TW201425489A - Ink set, ink cartridge, inkjet printer, inkjet recording method, and recorded matter - Google Patents

Ink set, ink cartridge, inkjet printer, inkjet recording method, and recorded matter Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201425489A
TW201425489A TW102141657A TW102141657A TW201425489A TW 201425489 A TW201425489 A TW 201425489A TW 102141657 A TW102141657 A TW 102141657A TW 102141657 A TW102141657 A TW 102141657A TW 201425489 A TW201425489 A TW 201425489A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
substituted
unsubstituted
formula
substituent
Prior art date
Application number
TW102141657A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Yoshihiko Fujie
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW201425489A publication Critical patent/TW201425489A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/30Inkjet printing inks
    • C09D11/32Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents
    • C09D11/328Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents characterised by dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/30Inkjet printing inks
    • C09D11/40Ink-sets specially adapted for multi-colour inkjet printing

Abstract

An ink set, an ink cartridge, an inkjet printer, a recording method, and a recorded matter are provided, wherein the ink set is capable of forming an image having high print density, good color balance, and excellent fading balance because of excellent fastness of ozone gas and light fastness, and the ink set has excellent storage stability. The ink set includes at least a black ink composition, a yellow ink composition, a magenta ink composition, and a cyan ink composition. For example, the black ink composition contains a compound (BLACK-10). For example, a compound (1A) and a compound (2B) are contained as the cyan ink composition.

Description

墨水套組、墨水匣、噴墨印表機、噴墨記錄方法及記錄物 Ink set, ink cartridge, inkjet printer, inkjet recording method and recorded matter

本發明是有關於一種墨水套組,尤其有關於一種可形成印相濃度高、色彩平衡良好、褪色平衡因優異的臭氧氣體牢固性及光牢固性而優異的圖像,且保存穩定性優異的墨水套組。進而,本發明是有關於一種使用該墨水套組的墨水匣、噴墨印表機、噴墨記錄方法及記錄物。 The present invention relates to an ink set, and particularly relates to an image which is excellent in print density, good color balance, excellent fading balance due to excellent ozone gas fastness and light fastness, and excellent in storage stability. Ink set. Further, the present invention relates to an ink cartridge, an ink jet printer, an ink jet recording method, and a recorded matter using the ink set.

近年來,噴墨記錄方法因材料費廉價、可進行高速記錄、記錄時的噪音少、進而容易進行彩色記錄,故迅速普及,且正進一步發展。 In recent years, the ink jet recording method has been rapidly developed due to its low material cost, high-speed recording, low noise during recording, and easy color recording, and is now being further developed.

於噴墨記錄方法中,有連續地使液滴飛翔的連續(continuous)方式、及對應於圖像資訊信號而使液滴飛翔的按需(on demand)方式,其噴出方式有藉由壓電元件(piezoelectric element)而施加壓力來使液滴噴出的方式、藉由熱而使墨水中產生氣泡來使液滴噴出的方式、利用超音波的方式、或藉由靜電力來使液滴吸引噴出的方式。 In the inkjet recording method, there is a continuous method of continuously flying the droplets, and an on demand method corresponding to the image information signal to fly the droplets, and the ejection method is performed by piezoelectric a method in which a pressure is applied to a droplet to eject a droplet, a method in which a bubble is generated in the ink to eject a droplet by heat, a method of using ultrasonic waves, or an electrostatic force to suck and eject a droplet. The way.

另外,作為噴墨記錄用墨水,可使用水性墨水、油性墨水、或固體(熔融型)墨水。 Further, as the ink for inkjet recording, an aqueous ink, an oily ink, or a solid (melt type) ink can be used.

對於此種噴墨記錄用墨水中所使用的色素的要求如下:對於溶劑的溶解性或分散性良好,可進行高濃度記錄,色澤良好,對於光、熱、環境中的活性氣體(除NOx、臭氧等氧化性氣體以外,SOx等)而言牢固,對於水或化學品的牢固性優異,對於顯像材料的固定性良好且不易滲出,作為墨水的保存性優異,無毒性,純度高,進而可廉價地獲得。 The dye used in the ink for inkjet recording is required to have good solubility in a solvent or dispersibility, and can be recorded at a high concentration, and has a good color, and is active gas (except NOx, light, heat, and environment). In addition to oxidizing gas such as ozone, it is strong in SOx or the like, is excellent in water or chemicals, and has good fixability to a developing material and is not easily bleed out. It is excellent in preservability of ink, non-toxic, and high in purity. Available at low cost.

最近,作為使色澤與光牢固性及臭氧牢固性並存的酞菁色素,於專利文獻2中記載有一種具有特定的磺醯基或亞磺醯基的酞菁色素。另外,記載有如下的要點:於該文獻中所記載的酞菁色素中,作為取代基的取代位置,與α、β-位混合型(取代基的取代位置無規則性者)相比,β-位取代型(當將下述通式(IV)中的R1~R16分別設為1位~16位時,於2位及/或3位、6位及/或7位、10位及/或11位、14位及/或15位上具有特定的磺醯基或亞磺醯基者)的色澤與光牢固性及臭氧牢固性更優異。 Recently, a phthalocyanine dye having a specific sulfonyl group or a sulfinyl group is described in Patent Document 2 as a phthalocyanine dye which has a color, a lightness, and an ozone solidity. In addition, in the phthalocyanine dye described in the document, the substitution position as a substituent is compared with the α- and β-position mixed type (when the substitution position of the substituent is irregular), β - a substitution type (when R 1 to R 16 in the following general formula (IV) are each from 1 to 16 positions, at 2 and/or 3, 6 and/or 7 and 10 And/or 11th, 14th, and/or 15th place having a specific sulfonyl or sulfinyl group) are more excellent in color and light fastness and ozone fastness.

近年來,藉由使用多種彩色墨水組成物的噴墨記錄方法來形成彩色圖像而獲得記錄物。通常,彩色圖像的形成藉由黃色墨水組成物、洋紅色墨水組成物、及青色墨水組成物的三色來進行,進而藉由視需要而添加有黑色墨水組成物的四色來進行。另外,有時亦藉由向上述四色中添加淺青色墨水組成物及淺洋紅色墨水組成物而成的六色、或向上述六色中進而添加深黃色墨水組 成物而成的七色來進行彩色圖像的形成。此種將2種以上的墨水組成物組合而成者為墨水套組(例如,參照專利文獻3~專利文獻7)。 In recent years, a recorded image has been obtained by forming a color image by an inkjet recording method using a plurality of color ink compositions. Generally, the formation of a color image is performed by three colors of a yellow ink composition, a magenta ink composition, and a cyan ink composition, and further, four colors of a black ink composition are added as needed. In addition, six colors of a light cyan ink composition and a light magenta ink composition may be added to the above four colors, or a deep yellow ink set may be further added to the above six colors. The seven colors of the object are formed to form a color image. In this case, two or more ink compositions are combined to form an ink set (see, for example, Patent Document 3 to Patent Document 7).

對於上述彩色圖像的形成中所使用的墨水套組,除要求各色的墨水組成物本身具有良好的顯色性以外,亦要求當將多種顏色的墨水組成物組合時可顯現良好的中間色、及所獲得的記錄物於保存過程中不變色.褪色等。 In the ink set used in the formation of the color image described above, in addition to the requirement that the ink composition of each color has good color rendering properties, it is also required to exhibit a good intermediate color when the ink compositions of the plurality of colors are combined. The obtained recorded matter does not change color during the preservation process. Fading and so on.

另外,於墨水套組中,當特定的墨水組成物的耐光性.耐臭氧性明顯低於其他墨水組成物的耐光性.耐臭氧性時,由該特定的墨水組成物所形成的顏色比其他顏色更快地褪色及變色等,圖像整體的色調的平衡變差,於是觀察者可在比能夠認識到由單獨的墨水組成物所形成的圖像褪色更短的時間內認識到圖像的畫質劣化。 In addition, in the ink set, when the specific ink composition is lightfast. Ozone resistance is significantly lower than the light resistance of other ink compositions. In the case of ozone resistance, the color formed by the specific ink composition is discolored and discolored more rapidly than other colors, and the balance of the color tone of the entire image is deteriorated, so that the observer can recognize the ink by the individual. The image formed by the composition fades in a shorter period of time to recognize that the image quality of the image deteriorates.

因此,於墨水套組中,較佳為在提昇構成墨水套組的各墨水組成物各自的耐光性.耐臭氧性的同時,各墨水組成物的耐光性.耐臭氧性水準,即由各墨水組成物所形成的圖像的因光.臭氧而引起的劣化的速度,例如褪色速度亦儘可能相同。換言之,較佳為構成墨水套組的各墨水組成物的耐光性.耐臭氧性優異,並且各墨水組成物間的耐光性.耐臭氧性的差小。 Therefore, in the ink set, it is preferred to enhance the light resistance of each ink composition constituting the ink set. Ozone resistance, the light resistance of each ink composition. Ozone resistance level, that is, the light of the image formed by each ink composition. The rate of deterioration caused by ozone, such as the fading speed, is also as similar as possible. In other words, it is preferably the light resistance of each ink composition constituting the ink set. Excellent ozone resistance and light resistance between ink compositions. The difference in ozone resistance is small.

另外,關於同系色,藉由包含色濃度不同的濃淡2種墨水組成物來構成墨水套組,而可形成各種色濃度的圖像,從而可獲得無粒狀感的圖像。此種包含色濃度不同的2種墨水組成物的 墨水套組主要用於照片圖像的印刷,於形成照片圖像時,為了緩和或消除圖像的粒狀感,通常使用色濃度低的墨水組成物的例子多。另外,於上述耐光性.耐臭氧性的評價中,成為評價試樣的光學濃度為1.0附近的圖案亦藉由色濃度低的墨水組成物來形成。因此,為了提昇記錄物的照片圖像的耐光性.耐臭氧性、及墨水套組整體的耐光性.耐臭氧性,重要的是改良色濃度低的墨水組成物的耐光性.耐臭氧性。 Further, regarding the homologous color, the ink set is formed by including two kinds of ink compositions having different color densities, and images of various color densities can be formed, and an image having no graininess can be obtained. This type of ink composition containing two different color concentrations The ink set is mainly used for printing a photographic image, and in order to alleviate or eliminate the graininess of an image when forming a photographic image, an ink composition having a low color density is often used. In addition, in the above light resistance. In the evaluation of ozone resistance, the pattern having an optical density of 1.0 in the evaluation sample was also formed by an ink composition having a low color density. Therefore, in order to improve the lightfastness of the photographic image of the recorded matter. Ozone resistance, and the overall light resistance of the ink set. Ozone resistance, it is important to improve the light resistance of ink compositions with low color density. Ozone resistance.

另一方面,色濃度濃的墨水組成物用於色彩極濃厚的圖像或圖形藝術(graphic art)的圖案的印刷,因此亦需要改良該些墨水組成物的耐光性.耐臭氧性。 On the other hand, an ink composition having a rich color density is used for printing of an extremely intense image or a graphic art pattern, and therefore it is also necessary to improve the light resistance of the ink compositions. Ozone resistance.

先前技術文獻 Prior technical literature

專利文獻 Patent literature

專利文獻1:日本專利特開2002-317136號公報 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2002-317136

專利文獻2:日本專利特開2002-249677號公報 Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2002-249677

專利文獻3:日本專利特開2007-138124號公報 Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2007-138124

專利文獻4:日本專利特表2009-512737號公報 Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-512737

專利文獻5:日本專利特開2007-70573號公報 Patent Document 5: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2007-70573

專利文獻6:日本專利特開2010-37504號公報 Patent Document 6: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-37504

專利文獻7:日本專利特開2008-81693號公報 Patent Document 7: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2008-81693

如上所述,於墨水套組中,期望構成墨水套組的各墨水組成物本身的耐光性.耐臭氧性良好,並且各墨水組成物間的耐光性.耐臭氧性的平衡良好,當暴露於光.臭氧中時特定顏色不會比其 他顏色更快地褪色及/或變色。如此,於墨水套組中,墨水組成物間的性能平衡變得重要,因此單一且高性能的墨水組成物未必適合於墨水套組,於上述專利文獻1~專利文獻7中,無法獲得具有所期望的特性的墨水套組。 As described above, in the ink set, the light resistance of each ink composition constituting the ink set is desired. Good ozone resistance and light resistance between the ink compositions. The ozone balance is well balanced when exposed to light. The specific color in ozone is no better than its His color fades and/or discolors more quickly. As described above, in the ink set, the performance balance between the ink compositions is important, and therefore, the single and high-performance ink composition is not necessarily suitable for the ink set, and Patent Document 1 to Patent Document 7 cannot be obtained. The desired set of ink sets.

例如,於專利文獻2中所記載的酞菁色素中的α、β-位混合型中,臭氧牢固性與印相濃度未充分地並存。於如上所述的α、β-位混合型中,藉由在分子內調整取代位置比率{α位(1位、4位、5位、8位、9位、12位、13位及16位)對β位(2位、3位、6位、7位、10位、11位、14位及15位)}來控制締合,而取得印相濃度與牢固性的平衡。即,其原因在於:兩者處於取捨(trade-off)的關係,為了滿足一者的性能,另一者的性能並未變得充分。 For example, in the α, β-position mixed type of the phthalocyanine dye described in Patent Document 2, the ozone solidity and the printing density do not sufficiently coexist. In the α, β-position hybrid type as described above, by adjusting the substitution position ratio {α bit in the molecule (1 bit, 4 bits, 5 bits, 8 bits, 9 bits, 12 bits, 13 bits, and 16 bits) The β position (2, 3, 6, 7, 10, 11, 14 and 15) is used to control the association, and the balance of the printing concentration and the firmness is obtained. That is, the reason is that the two are in a trade-off relationship, and the performance of the other is not sufficient in order to satisfy one performance.

另外,可知於僅包含β位取代型的酞菁色素的噴墨記錄用墨水中,臭氧牢固性與印相濃度亦未充分地並存,印相濃度存在進一步改良的餘地。 In addition, in the ink for inkjet recording containing only the β-substituted phthalocyanine dye, the ozone solidity and the printing density are not sufficiently coherent, and there is room for further improvement in the printing density.

另外,於專利文獻3、專利文獻4中所記載的墨水套組中,雖然各墨水組成物的耐光性或耐臭氧性得到改良,但墨水組成物間的耐光性.耐臭氧性的平衡存在改善的餘地,另外,需要墨水保存穩定性的進一步的改良。 Further, in the ink sets described in Patent Document 3 and Patent Document 4, although the light resistance or ozone resistance of each ink composition is improved, the light resistance between the ink compositions is improved. There is room for improvement in the balance of ozone resistance, and further improvement in ink storage stability is required.

進而,於專利文獻6、專利文獻7中揭示有將特定結構的各色染料組合而成的墨水套組,雖然注重墨水組成物間的性能平衡,但未同時滿足墨水組成物間的耐光性的平衡、耐臭氧性的平衡、墨水保存穩定性的所有性能,另外,任一種性能均需要進一步的 改良。 Further, Patent Document 6 and Patent Document 7 disclose an ink set in which dyes of respective colors having a specific structure are combined, and although the balance of performance between the ink compositions is emphasized, the balance of light resistance between the ink compositions is not simultaneously satisfied. All the properties of ozone balance, ink storage stability, and any performance requires further Improvement.

另外,先前於青色墨水組成物中,為了達成高印相濃度,通常併用如酸性藍(Acid Blue)9般的三芳基甲烷系的青色染料,但三芳基甲烷系的染料存在牢固性十分差這一缺點。因此,青色染料與黃色染料及洋紅色染料的褪色平衡崩潰,尤其青色染料的臭氧牢固性成為決定化學反應速度的最主要因素,因此青色成為決定彩色圖像的壽命者。 Further, in the cyan ink composition, in order to achieve a high printing phase concentration, a triarylmethane-based cyan dye such as Acid Blue is usually used in combination, but the triarylmethane-based dye has a very weak firmness. A disadvantage. Therefore, the fading balance of the cyan dye and the yellow dye and the magenta dye collapses, and especially the ozone fastness of the cyan dye becomes the most important factor determining the chemical reaction speed, so cyan becomes the life of the color image.

本發明是為了解決上述課題而完成的發明,其目的在於提供一種可形成印相濃度高、色彩平衡良好、褪色平衡因優異的臭氧氣體牢固性及光牢固性而優異的圖像,且保存穩定性優異的墨水套組。進而,本發明的目的在於提供一種收容有該墨水套組的墨水匣、以裝填有該墨水匣為特徵的噴墨印表機、使用該墨水套組的記錄方法、及藉由該墨水套組所記錄的記錄物。 The present invention has been made to solve the above problems, and an object of the invention is to provide an image which is excellent in printing density, good in color balance, excellent in fading balance, and excellent in ozone gas fastness and light fastness, and is stable in storage. Excellent ink set. Further, an object of the present invention is to provide an ink cartridge containing the ink set, an ink jet printer featuring the ink cartridge, a recording method using the ink set, and the ink set by the ink set Recorded records.

本發明者等人發現藉由將締合性弱、印相濃度優異的由通式(1)所表示的染料與締合性強、牢固性優異的由通式(2)所表示的染料組合來作為青色墨水,而可使優異的牢固性與印相濃度並存,且藉由使用利用該青色墨水的墨水套組,而完成了印相濃度高、色彩平衡良好、水準高且褪色平衡優異的墨水套組。用以解決上述課題的手段如下所述。 The inventors of the present invention have found that the dye represented by the formula (1), which is excellent in the association property and has a good printing density, has a combination of the dye represented by the formula (2) which is excellent in association property and excellent in firmness. As a cyan ink, excellent fastness and print density can be coexisted, and by using an ink set using the cyan ink, high print density, good color balance, high level, and excellent fading balance are achieved. Ink set. The means for solving the above problems are as follows.

[1]一種墨水套組,其至少包括黑色墨水組成物、黃色墨水組成 物、洋紅色墨水組成物、及青色墨水組成物,上述黑色墨水組成物含有選自由由下述通式(B-1)所表示的化合物及其鹽所組成的群組中的至少一種作為著色劑,上述青色墨水組成物含有由下述通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料、及由下述通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料作為著色劑。 [1] An ink set comprising at least a black ink composition and a yellow ink composition The composition of the black ink composition and the cyan ink composition, wherein the black ink composition contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (B-1) and a salt thereof as a coloring The cyan ink composition contains a phthalocyanine dye represented by the following formula (1) and a phthalocyanine dye represented by the following formula (2) as a colorant.

(通式(B-1)中,A表示經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的含氮5員雜環基。G表示氮原子或-C(R2)=。R2表示氫原子、磺基、羧基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、或氰基。Y2、Y3及Y4分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。Y2、Y3及Y4可相互鍵結而形成環。Y2、Y3及Y4不會同時均表示氫原子。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子(counter cation)) (In the formula (B-1), A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group. G represents a nitrogen atom or -C(R 2 )= R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, or a cyano group. Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 do not simultaneously represent a hydrogen atom. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation.

通式(1)中,R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、烯基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、胺基、烷基胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯胺基、芳基胺基、脲基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷硫基、芳硫基、烷氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、烷氧基羰基、雜環氧基、偶氮基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、矽烷氧基、芳氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基胺基、醯亞胺基、雜環硫基、磷醯基(phosphoryl group)、醯基或離子性親水性基。該些基亦可進而具有取代基。 In the formula (1), R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an alkenyl group. Aralkyl, aryl, heterocyclic, cyano, hydroxy, nitro, amine, alkylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, decylamino, arylamino, ureido, aminoxime Amino group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, sulfonylamino group, amine carbaryl group, amine sulfonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, heterocyclic oxy group, azo group, oxime Base, amine methyl methoxy, decyloxy, aryloxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonylamino, quinone imine, heterocyclic thio, phosphoyl group, sulfhydryl or ionic hydrophilic group . These groups may further have a substituent.

Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4分別獨立地表示經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的環烷基、經取代或未經取代的烯基、經取代或未經取代的芳烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的雜環基。其中,Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4中的至少1個具有 離子性親水性基作為取代基。 Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, substituted or Unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic. Among them, at least one of Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 has an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent.

l、m、n、p、q1、q2、q3及q4分別獨立地表示1或2。 l, m, n, p, q 1 , q 2 , q 3 and q 4 each independently represent 1 or 2.

M1表示氫原子、金屬元素、金屬氧化物、金屬氫氧化物或金屬鹵化物。 M 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a metal element, a metal oxide, a metal hydroxide or a metal halide.

通式(2)中,R1、R4、R5、R8、R9、R12、R13及R16分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、烯基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、胺基、烷基胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯胺基、芳基胺基、脲基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷硫基、芳硫基、烷氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、烷氧基羰基、雜環氧基、偶氮基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、矽烷氧基、芳氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基胺基、醯亞胺基、雜環硫基、磷醯基、醯基或離子性親水性基。該些基亦可進而具有取代基。 In the formula (2), R 1 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 9 , R 12 , R 13 and R 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an alkenyl group. Aralkyl, aryl, heterocyclic, cyano, hydroxy, nitro, amine, alkylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, decylamino, arylamino, ureido, aminoxime Amino group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, sulfonylamino group, amine carbaryl group, amine sulfonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, heterocyclic oxy group, azo group, oxime A group, an amine methyl methoxy group, a decyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a quinone imine group, a heterocyclic thio group, a phosphonium group, a fluorenyl group or an ionic hydrophilic group. These groups may further have a substituent.

Z5、Z6、Z7、及Z8分別獨立地表示經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的環烷基、經取代或未經取代的烯基、經取代或未經取代的芳烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的雜環基。其中,Z5、Z6、Z7、及Z8中的至少1個具有離子性親水性基作為取代基。 Z 5 , Z 6 , Z 7 , and Z 8 each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, substituted or Unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic. Among them, at least one of Z 5 , Z 6 , Z 7 , and Z 8 has an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent.

t、u、v、w、q5、q6、q7及q8分別獨立地表示1或2。 t, u, v, w, q 5 , q 6 , q 7 and q 8 each independently represent 1 or 2.

M2表示氫原子、金屬元素、金屬氧化物、金屬氫氧化物或金屬鹵化物。 M 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a metal element, a metal oxide, a metal hydroxide or a metal halide.

[2]如[1]所述的墨水套組,其中上述黑色墨水組成物進而含有由下述通式(B-14)所表示的化合物。 [2] The ink set according to [1], wherein the black ink composition further contains a compound represented by the following formula (B-14).

通式(B-14)中,A環、B環、C環分別獨立地表示經取代或未經取代的芳基或雜環基。A1、A2、A3、A4、A5、A11、A12、A13、A14、A15、B1、B2、B3、B4、B5、B6、B11、B12、B13、B14、B15、B16、C1、C2、C3、C4、C11、C12、C13、C14分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。Q1、Q2分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。L12表示二價的連結基。其中,通式(B-14)的化合物具有至少一個離子性親 水性基。 In the formula (B-14), the A ring, the B ring and the C ring each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heterocyclic group. A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , A 11 , A 12 , A 13 , A 14 , A 15 , B 1 , B 2 , B 3 , B 4 , B 5 , B 6 , B 11 B 12 , B 13 , B 14 , B 15 , B 16 , C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 11 , C 12 , C 13 and C 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. L 12 represents a divalent linking group. Among them, the compound of the formula (B-14) has at least one ionic hydrophilic group.

[3]如[1]或[2]所述的墨水套組,其中相對於上述黑色墨水組成物中的總質量,上述黑色墨水組成物中的著色劑的含量為0.1質量%~30質量%。 [3] The ink set according to [1] or [2], wherein the content of the coloring agent in the black ink composition is 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total mass in the black ink composition. .

[4]如[1]至[3]中任一項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料中的R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15為氫原子。 [4] The ink set according to any one of [1] to [3] wherein R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R in the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 are a hydrogen atom.

[5]如[1]至[4]中任一項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料中的R1、R4、R5、R8、R9、R12、R13及R16為氫原子。 [5] The ink set according to any one of [1] to [4] wherein R 1 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R in the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (2) 9. R 12 , R 13 and R 16 are a hydrogen atom.

[6]如[1]至[5]中任一項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料中的Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4分別獨立地表示經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的雜環基。 [6] The ink set according to any one of [1] to [5] wherein Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 in the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) are respectively The substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group is independently represented.

[7]如[1]至[6]中任一項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料中的Z5、Z6、Z7、及Z8分別獨立地表示經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的雜環基。 [7] The ink set according to any one of [1] to [6] wherein Z 5 , Z 6 , Z 7 , and Z 8 in the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (2) are respectively The substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group is independently represented.

[8]如[1]至[7]中任一項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料中的Z5、Z6、Z7、及Z8表示取代烷基,烷基所具有的取代基的至少一個為-SONHR基(其中,R表示經取代或未經取代的烷基、或者經取代或未經取代的苯基)。 [8] The ink set according to any one of [1] to [7] wherein Z 5 , Z 6 , Z 7 , and Z 8 in the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (2) represent In place of the alkyl group, at least one of the substituents of the alkyl group is a -SONHR group (wherein R represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group).

[9]如[1]至[8]中任一項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料中的l、m、n及p為1。 [9] The ink set according to any one of [1] to [8] wherein l, m, n and p in the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) are 1.

[10]如[1]至[9]中任一項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料中的t、u、v及w為1。 [10] The ink set according to any one of [1] to [9] wherein t, u, v, and w in the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (2) are 1.

[11]如[1]至[10]中任一項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料中的q1、q2、q3及q4為2。 [11] The ink set according to any one of [1] to [10] wherein q 1 , q 2 , q 3 and q 4 in the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) are 2 .

[12]如[1]至[11]中任一項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料中的q5、q6、q7及q8為2。 [12] The ink set according to any one of [1] to [11] wherein q 5 , q 6 , q 7 and q 8 in the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (2) are 2 .

[13]如[1]至[12]中任一項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料與由通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料的質量比為50/50~10/90。 [13] The ink set according to any one of [1] to [12] wherein the quality of the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) and the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (2) The ratio is 50/50~10/90.

[14] 如[1]至[13]中任一項所述的墨水套組,其中上述青色墨水組成物中的由通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料的含量為0.1質量%~10質量%。 [14] The ink set according to any one of [1] to [13] wherein the content of the phthalocyanine dye represented by the formula (1) in the cyan ink composition is from 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass.

[15]如[1]至[14]中任一項所述的墨水套組,其包括含有選自由由下述通式(Y)所表示的化合物、及由通式(Y-2)所表示的化合物以及其鹽所組成的群組中的至少1種化合物作為著色劑的黃色墨水組成物。其中,通式(Y-2)不含通式(Y)。 [15] The ink set according to any one of [1] to [14] comprising a compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (Y), and a formula (Y-2) A yellow ink composition of at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a compound and a salt thereof as a colorant. Among them, the general formula (Y-2) does not contain the general formula (Y).

(通式(Y)中,M分別獨立地表示氫原子或陽離子,當M表示陽離子時是表示Li+離子、Na+離子、K+離子或NH4 +離子) (In the general formula (Y), M each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a cation, and when M represents a cation, it means a Li + ion, a Na + ion, a K + ion or an NH 4 + ion)

通式(Y-2): General formula (Y-2):

通式(Y-2)中,R4表示一價的基,R5表示-OR6或-NHR7,R6及R7表示氫原子或一價的基,X3表示二價的連結基,n3為0或1,Ar3表示二價的雜環基,Ar4表示烷基、芳基或一價的三嗪環基。 In the formula (Y-2), R 4 represents a monovalent group, R 5 represents -OR 6 or -NHR 7 , R 6 and R 7 represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group, and X 3 represents a divalent linking group. , n 3 is 0 or 1, Ar 3 represents a divalent heterocyclic group, and Ar 4 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent triazine ring group.

[16]如[15]所述的墨水套組,其中相對於上述黃色墨水組成物中的總質量,上述黃色墨水組成物中的著色劑的含量為1.0質量%~6.0質量%。 [16] The ink set according to [15], wherein the content of the coloring agent in the yellow ink composition is 1.0% by mass to 6.0% by mass based on the total mass of the yellow ink composition.

[17]如[1]至[15]中任一項所述的墨水套組,其包括含有選自由由下述式(M-1)所表示的化合物及其鹽所組成的群組中的至少一種作為著色劑的洋紅色墨水組成物。 [17] The ink set according to any one of [1] to [15] comprising a group selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (M-1) and a salt thereof At least one magenta ink composition as a colorant.

通式(M-1)中,AM表示5員的雜環基。 In the formula (M-1), A M represents a 5-membered heterocyclic group.

B1及B2分別表示-CR13=、-CR14=,或者B1及B2任一者表示氮原子、而另一者表示-CR13=或-CR14=。 B 1 and B 2 respectively represent -CR 13 =, -CR 14 =, or either B 1 and B 2 represent a nitrogen atom, and the other represents -CR 13 = or -CR 14 =.

R11及R12分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、或胺磺醯基。各基亦可進而具有取代基。其中,R11、R12不同時為氫原子。 R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a fluorenyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, or an amine. Mercapto, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, or aminesulfonyl. Each group may further have a substituent. Wherein R 11 and R 12 are not hydrogen atoms at the same time.

G、R13、R14分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羧基、胺甲醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯基、羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷氧基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、雜環氧基、烷氧基羰氧基、芳氧基羰氧基、經烷基或芳基或雜環基取代的胺基、醯基胺基、脲基、胺磺醯基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基、硝基、烷硫基、芳硫基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基、烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基、胺磺醯基、雜環硫基、或離子性親水性基。各基可進而被取代。另外,R13與R11、或R11與R12可鍵結而形成5員環或6員環。其中,通式(M-1)具有至少一個離子性親水性基。 G, R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, an aminomethyl group, an alkoxy group. Carbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, fluorenyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, nonyloxy, decyloxy, aminemethyloxy, heterocyclic oxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyl Alkyl, an alkyl group or an aryl or heterocyclic group substituted with an amine group, a mercaptoamine group, a urea group, an aminesulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, an alkylsulfonyl group Amino or arylsulfonylamino, nitro, alkylthio, arylthio, alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl or arylsulfinyl, aminesulfonate An anthracenyl group, a heterocyclic thio group, or an ionic hydrophilic group. Each group can be further substituted. Further, R 13 and R 11 or R 11 and R 12 may be bonded to form a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. Among them, the general formula (M-1) has at least one ionic hydrophilic group.

[18]一種墨水匣,其收容有如[1]至[17]中任一項所述的墨水套組。 [18] An ink cartridge comprising the ink set according to any one of [1] to [17].

[19] 一種噴墨印表機,其裝填有如[18]所述的墨水匣。 [19] An ink jet printer loaded with an ink cartridge as described in [18].

[20]一種噴墨記錄方法,其特徵在於:使用如[1]至[17]中任一項所述的墨水套組進行記錄。 [20] An ink jet recording method, characterized in that recording is performed using the ink set according to any one of [1] to [17].

[21]一種噴墨記錄方法,其特徵在於:使用如[1]至[17]中任一項所述的墨水套組形成圖像。 [21] An ink jet recording method, characterized in that an image is formed using the ink set according to any one of [1] to [17].

[22]一種記錄物,其特徵在於:使用如[1]至[17]中任一項所述的墨水套組來記錄。 [22] A recorded matter characterized by using the ink set according to any one of [1] to [17] for recording.

本發明的墨水套組因使用特定的化合物作為青色墨水組成物的著色劑,故墨水保存穩定性優異。使用該墨水套組所獲得的圖像成為印相濃度高、色彩平衡良好、褪色平衡因優異的臭氧氣體牢固性及光牢固性而優異者。 Since the ink set of the present invention uses a specific compound as a coloring agent for the cyan ink composition, the ink storage stability is excellent. The image obtained by using the ink set has a high printing density, a good color balance, and excellent fading balance due to excellent ozone gas firmness and light fastness.

[墨水套組] [ink set]

本發明的墨水套組是至少包括黑色墨水組成物、黃色墨水組成物、洋紅色墨水組成物、及青色墨水組成物的墨水套組,上述黑色墨水組成物含有選自由由下述通式(B-1)所表示的 化合物及其鹽所組成的群組中的至少一種作為著色劑,上述青色墨水組成物含有由下述通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料、及由下述通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料作為著色劑。 The ink set of the present invention is an ink set including at least a black ink composition, a yellow ink composition, a magenta ink composition, and a cyan ink composition, the black ink composition containing a selected from the following formula (B) -1) expressed At least one of the group consisting of a compound and a salt thereof, the cyan ink dye containing the phthalocyanine dye represented by the following formula (1) and represented by the following formula (2) Phthalocyanine dyes are used as colorants.

(通式(B-1)中,A表示經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的含氮5員雜環基。G表示氮原子或-C(R2)=。R2表示氫原子、磺基、羧基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、或氰基。Y2、Y3及Y4分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。Y2、Y3及Y4可相互鍵結而形成環。Y2、Y3及Y4不會同時均表示氫原子。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (B-1), A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group. G represents a nitrogen atom or -C(R 2 )= R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, or a cyano group. Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 do not simultaneously represent a hydrogen atom. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation)

通式(1)中,R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、烯基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、胺基、烷基胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯胺基、芳基胺基、脲基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷硫基、芳硫基、烷氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、烷氧基羰基、雜環氧基、偶氮基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、矽烷氧基、芳氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基胺基、醯亞胺基、雜環硫基、磷醯基、醯基或離子性親水性基。該些基亦可進而具有取代基。 In the formula (1), R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an alkenyl group. Aralkyl, aryl, heterocyclic, cyano, hydroxy, nitro, amine, alkylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, decylamino, arylamino, ureido, aminoxime Amino group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, sulfonylamino group, amine carbaryl group, amine sulfonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, heterocyclic oxy group, azo group, oxime A group, an amine methyl methoxy group, a decyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a quinone imine group, a heterocyclic thio group, a phosphonium group, a fluorenyl group or an ionic hydrophilic group. These groups may further have a substituent.

Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4分別獨立地表示經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的環烷基、經取代或未經取代的烯基、經取代或未經取代的芳烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的雜環基。其中,Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4中的至少1個具有 離子性親水性基作為取代基。 Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, substituted or Unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic. Among them, at least one of Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 has an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent.

l、m、n、p、q1、q2、q3及q4分別獨立地表示1或2。 l, m, n, p, q 1 , q 2 , q 3 and q 4 each independently represent 1 or 2.

M1表示氫原子、金屬元素、金屬氧化物、金屬氫氧化物或金屬鹵化物。 M 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a metal element, a metal oxide, a metal hydroxide or a metal halide.

通式(2)中,R1、R4、R5、R8、R9、R12、R13及R16分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、烯基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、胺基、烷基胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯胺基、芳基胺基、脲基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷硫基、芳硫基、烷氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、烷氧基羰基、雜環氧基、偶氮基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、矽烷氧基、芳氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基胺基、醯亞胺基、雜環硫基、磷醯基、醯基或離子性親水性基。該些基亦可進而具有取代基。 In the formula (2), R 1 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 9 , R 12 , R 13 and R 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an alkenyl group. Aralkyl, aryl, heterocyclic, cyano, hydroxy, nitro, amine, alkylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, decylamino, arylamino, ureido, aminoxime Amino group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, sulfonylamino group, amine carbaryl group, amine sulfonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, heterocyclic oxy group, azo group, oxime A group, an amine methyl methoxy group, a decyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a quinone imine group, a heterocyclic thio group, a phosphonium group, a fluorenyl group or an ionic hydrophilic group. These groups may further have a substituent.

Z5、Z6、Z7、及Z8分別獨立地表示經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的環烷基、經取代或未經取代的烯基、經取代或未經取代的芳烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的雜環基。其中,Z5、Z6、Z7、及Z8中的至少1個具有離子性親水性基作為取代基。 Z 5 , Z 6 , Z 7 , and Z 8 each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, substituted or Unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic. Among them, at least one of Z 5 , Z 6 , Z 7 , and Z 8 has an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent.

t、u、v、w、q5、q6、q7及q8分別獨立地表示1或2。 t, u, v, w, q 5 , q 6 , q 7 and q 8 each independently represent 1 or 2.

M2表示氫原子、金屬元素、金屬氧化物、金屬氫氧化物或金屬鹵化物。 M 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a metal element, a metal oxide, a metal hydroxide or a metal halide.

本發明者等人進行了將多種顏色的各種墨水組成物組合來構成墨水套組,用以提昇墨水保存穩定性、及所形成的圖像的耐光性.耐臭氧性的研究。其結果,發現包含使用具有上述特定結構的著色劑的青色墨水組成物及黑色墨水組成物的墨水套組的墨水保存穩定性優異,在使用該墨水套組記錄了圖像的情況下,印相濃度高、色彩平衡良好、記錄物的圖像的耐光性.耐臭氧性優異、且青色墨水及黑色墨水與其他顏色墨水的因光.臭氧而引起的劣化的速度的差小,因此即便因光.臭氧而引起的圖像的劣化在某種程度上有所進展,亦可獲得觀察者難以感覺到圖像整體的劣化的墨水套組。 The inventors of the present invention have combined various ink compositions of a plurality of colors to form an ink set for improving ink storage stability and light resistance of the formed image. Ozone resistance research. As a result, it was found that the ink set including the cyan ink composition and the black ink composition using the coloring agent having the specific structure described above is excellent in ink storage stability, and in the case where an image is recorded using the ink set, the printing is performed. High concentration, good color balance, and light fastness of the recorded image. Excellent ozone resistance, and the light of cyan ink and black ink and other color inks. The difference in the speed of deterioration caused by ozone is small, so even due to light. The deterioration of the image caused by ozone progresses to some extent, and an ink set which is difficult for the observer to perceive deterioration of the entire image can be obtained.

以下,對本發明進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.

首先,於本發明中,對取代基群A、取代基群A'、取代基群J、離子性親水性基、哈米特(Hammett)的取代基常數σp值進行定義。 First, in the present invention, the substituent constant σp value of the substituent group A, the substituent group A', the substituent group J, the ionic hydrophilic group, and Hammett is defined.

(取代基群A) (substituting group A)

鹵素原子(例如氯原子、溴原子);碳數為1~12的直鏈狀烷基或支鏈狀烷基、碳數為7~18的芳烷基、碳數為2~12的烯基、碳數為2~12的直鏈狀炔基或支鏈狀炔基、可具有側鏈的碳數為3~12的環烷基、可具有側鏈的碳數為3~12的環烯基(作為上述基的具體例,例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、第三丁基、2-甲磺醯基乙基、3-苯氧基丙基、三氟甲基、環戊基);芳基(例如苯基、4-第三丁基苯基、2,4-二-第三戊基苯基);雜環基(例如咪唑基、吡唑基、三唑基、2-呋喃基、2-噻吩基、2-嘧啶基、2-苯并噻唑基);烷氧基(alkyloxy)(例如甲氧基、乙氧基、2-甲氧基乙氧基、2-甲磺醯基乙氧基);芳氧基(例如苯氧基、2-甲基苯氧基、4-第三丁基苯氧基、3-硝基苯氧基、3-第三丁氧基胺甲醯基苯氧基、3-甲氧基胺甲醯基);醯基胺基(例如乙醯胺、苯甲醯胺、4-(3-第三丁基-4-羥基苯氧基)丁醯胺);烷基胺基(例如甲胺基、丁胺基、二乙胺基、甲基丁胺基);苯胺基(例如苯基胺基、2-氯苯胺基);脲基(例如苯基脲基、甲基脲基、N,N-二丁基脲基);胺磺醯基胺基(例如N,N-二丙基胺磺醯基胺基);烷硫基(例如甲硫基、辛硫基、2-苯氧基乙硫基);芳硫基(例如苯硫基、2-丁氧基-5-第三辛基苯硫基、2-羧基苯硫基);烷氧基羰基胺基(例如甲氧基羰基胺基);磺醯胺基(例如甲磺醯胺、苯磺醯胺、對甲苯磺醯胺、十八烷);胺甲醯基(例如N-乙基胺甲醯基、N,N-二丁基胺甲醯基);胺磺醯基(例如N-乙基胺磺醯基、N,N-二丙基胺磺醯基、 N,N-二乙基胺磺醯基);磺醯基(例如甲磺醯基、辛磺醯基、苯磺醯基、甲苯磺醯基);烷氧基羰基(例如甲氧基羰基、丁氧基羰基);雜環氧基(例如1-苯基四唑-5-氧基、2-四氫吡喃氧基);偶氮基(例如苯基偶氮、4-甲氧基苯基偶氮、4-三甲基乙醯基胺基苯基偶氮、2-羥基-4-丙醯基苯基偶氮);醯氧基(例如乙醯氧基);胺甲醯氧基(例如N-甲基胺甲醯氧基、N-苯基胺甲醯氧基);矽烷氧基(例如三甲基矽烷氧基、二丁基甲基矽烷氧基);芳氧基羰基胺基(例如苯氧基羰基胺基);醯亞胺基(例如N-琥珀醯亞胺、N-鄰苯二甲醯亞胺);雜環硫基(例如2-苯并噻唑硫基、2,4-二-苯氧基-1,3,5-三唑-6-硫基、2-吡啶硫基);亞磺醯基(例如3-苯氧基丙基亞磺醯基);膦醯基(例如苯氧基膦醯基、辛氧基膦醯基、苯基膦醯基);芳氧基羰基(例如苯氧基羰基);醯基(例如乙醯基、3-苯基丙醯基、苯甲醯基);離子性親水性基(例如羧基、磺基、及四級銨基);此外,氰基、羥基、硝基、胺基。 a halogen atom (for example, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom); a linear alkyl group or a branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms; an aralkyl group having 7 to 18 carbon atoms; and an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms; a linear alkynyl group or a branched alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a side chain, and a cycloolefin having 3 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a side chain a base (as a specific example of the above group, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, 2-methylsulfonylethyl, 3-phenoxypropyl, trifluoromethyl, Cyclopentyl); aryl (eg phenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 2,4-di-t-pentylphenyl); heterocyclyl (eg imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl) , 2-furyl, 2-thienyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 2-benzothiazolyl); alkoxy (eg methoxy, ethoxy, 2-methoxyethoxy, 2 -Methanesulfonyl ethoxy); aryloxy (eg phenoxy, 2-methylphenoxy, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 3-nitrophenoxy, 3-third butyl) Oxylamine, mercaptophenoxy, 3-methoxylamine, mercapto); mercaptoamine (eg, acetamide, benzamide, 4-(3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzene) Oxyphenyl)butanamine); Amino group (for example, methylamino, butylamino, diethylamino, methylbutylamino); anilino (for example, phenylamino, 2-chloroanilino); urea (for example, phenylureido, Methylurea group, N,N-dibutylurea group; amine sulfonylamino group (for example, N,N-dipropylamine sulfonylamino group); alkylthio group (for example, methylthio group, octyl sulfide) Base, 2-phenoxyethylthio); arylthio (eg phenylthio, 2-butoxy-5-th-octylphenylthio, 2-carboxyphenylthio); alkoxycarbonylamine a group (for example, methoxycarbonylamino group); a sulfonamide group (for example, mesylamine, benzenesulfonamide, p-toluenesulfonamide, octadecane); an amine carbenyl group (for example, N-ethylamine A) Sulfhydryl, N,N-dibutylaminecarbamyl); aminoxime (eg N-ethylamine sulfonyl, N,N-dipropylamine sulfonyl, N,N-diethylamine sulfonyl); sulfonyl (eg, methylsulfonyl, octylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, toluenesulfonyl); alkoxycarbonyl (eg methoxycarbonyl, Butoxycarbonyl); heterocyclic oxy (eg 1-phenyltetrazole-5-oxy, 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy); azo (eg phenyl azo, 4-methoxybenzene) Alkyl azo, 4-trimethylethyl decyl phenyl azo, 2-hydroxy-4-propyl phenyl azo azo); an oxiranyloxy group (e.g., ethoxylated); (e.g., N-methylamine methyl methoxy, N-phenylamine methyl methoxy); decyloxy (e.g., trimethyl decyloxy, dibutylmethyl decyloxy); aryloxycarbonylamino ( For example, phenoxycarbonylamino); quinone imine (eg, N-succinimide, N-phthalimin); heterocyclic thio (eg, 2-benzothiazolylthio, 2, 4) - bis-phenoxy-1,3,5-triazole-6-thio, 2-pyridylthio); sulfinyl (eg 3-phenoxypropylsulfinyl); phosphinyl (e.g., phenoxyphosphonium, octyloxyphosphonium, phenylphosphonium); aryloxycarbonyl (e.g., phenoxycarbonyl); fluorenyl (e.g., ethyl phenyl, 3-phenylpropyl fluorenyl) Benzyl fluorenyl An ionic hydrophilic group (for example, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, and a quaternary ammonium group); further, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, and an amine group.

(取代基群A') (substituting group A')

可列舉:碳數為1~12的直鏈烷基或支鏈烷基、碳數為7~18的直鏈芳烷基或支鏈芳烷基、碳數為2~12的直鏈烯基或支鏈烯基、碳數為2~12的直鏈炔基或支鏈炔基、碳數為3~12的環烷基、碳數為3~12的環烯基(例如甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、2-乙基己基、2-甲基磺醯基乙基、3-苯氧基丙基、三氟甲基、環戊基)、鹵素原子(例如氯原子、溴原子)、芳基(例如苯基、4-第三丁基苯基、2,4-二-第三 戊基苯基)、雜環基(例如咪唑基、吡唑基、三唑基、2-呋喃基、2-噻吩基、2-嘧啶基、2-苯并噻唑基)、氰基、羥基、硝基、羧基、胺基、烷氧基(例如甲氧基、乙氧基、2-甲氧基乙氧基、2-甲基磺醯基乙氧基)、芳氧基(例如苯氧基、2-甲基苯氧基、4-第三丁基苯氧基、3-硝基苯氧基、3-第三丁氧基羰基苯氧基、3-甲氧基羰基苯氧基)、醯基胺基(例如乙醯胺、苯甲醯胺、4-(3-第三丁基-4-羥基苯氧基)丁醯胺)、烷基胺基(例如甲胺基、丁胺基、二乙胺基、甲基丁胺基)、芳基胺基(例如苯基胺基、2-氯苯胺基)、脲基(例如苯基脲基、甲基脲基、N,N-二丁基脲基)、胺磺醯基胺基(例如N,N-二丙基胺磺醯基胺基)、烷硫基(例如甲硫基、辛硫基、2-苯氧基乙硫基)、芳硫基(例如苯硫基、2-丁氧基-5-第三辛基苯硫基、2-羧基苯硫基)、烷氧基羰基胺基(例如甲氧基羰基胺基)、烷基磺醯基胺基及芳基磺醯基胺基(例如甲基磺醯基胺基、苯基磺醯基胺基、對甲苯磺醯基胺基)、胺甲醯基(例如N-乙基胺甲醯基、N,N-二丁基胺甲醯基)、胺磺醯基(例如N-乙基胺磺醯基、N,N-二丙基胺磺醯基、N,N-二乙基胺磺醯基、N-苯基胺磺醯基)、磺醯基(例如甲基磺醯基、辛基磺醯基、苯基磺醯基、對甲苯磺醯基)、磺醯胺基(例如甲磺醯胺、苯磺醯胺、對甲苯磺醯胺、十八烷)烷氧基羰基(例如甲氧基羰基、丁氧基羰基)、雜環氧基(例如1-苯基四唑-5-氧基、2-四氫吡喃氧基)、偶氮基(例如苯基偶氮、4-甲氧基苯基偶氮、4-三甲基乙醯基胺基苯基偶氮、2-羥基-4-丙醯基苯基偶氮)、醯氧基(例如乙醯氧基)、胺甲醯氧基(例如N-甲 基胺甲醯氧基、N-苯基胺甲醯氧基)、矽烷氧基(例如三甲基矽烷氧基、二丁基甲基矽烷氧基)、芳氧基羰基胺基(例如苯氧基羰基胺基)、醯亞胺基(例如N-琥珀醯亞胺、N-鄰苯二甲醯亞胺)、雜環硫基(例如2-苯并噻唑硫基、2,4-二-苯氧基-1,3,5-三唑-6-硫基、2-吡啶硫基)、亞磺醯基(例如3-苯氧基丙基亞磺醯基)、膦醯基(例如苯氧基膦醯基、辛氧基膦醯基、苯基膦醯基)、芳氧基羰基(例如苯氧基羰基)、醯基(例如乙醯基、3-苯基丙醯基、苯甲醯基)、離子性親水性基(羧基、磺基、四級銨基等)。該些取代基可進一步被取代,作為進一步的取代基,可列舉選自以上所說明的取代基群A'中的基。 The linear or branched alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 12, the linear aralkyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 18 or a branched aralkyl group, and the linear alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms may be mentioned. Or a branched alkenyl group, a linear alkynyl group or a branched alkynyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (for example, methyl group, B group) Base, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, tert-butyl, 2-ethylhexyl, 2-methylsulfonylethyl, 3-phenoxypropyl Base, trifluoromethyl, cyclopentyl), halogen atom (eg chlorine atom, bromine atom), aryl group (eg phenyl, 4-tert-butylphenyl, 2,4-di-third Pentylphenyl), heterocyclic (eg imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, 2-furyl, 2-thienyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 2-benzothiazolyl), cyano, hydroxy, Nitro, carboxyl, amine, alkoxy (eg methoxy, ethoxy, 2-methoxyethoxy, 2-methylsulfonylethoxy), aryloxy (eg phenoxy) , 2-methylphenoxy, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 3-nitrophenoxy, 3-tert-butoxycarbonylphenoxy, 3-methoxycarbonylphenoxy), Mercaptoamine (eg, acetamide, benzamide, 4-(3-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenoxy)butanamine), alkylamine (eg, methylamino, butylamine) , diethylamino, methylbutylamino), arylamine (eg phenylamino, 2-chloroanilino), ureido (eg phenylureido, methylureido, N, N-di Butylureido), sulfonylamino (eg N,N-dipropylamine sulfonylamino), alkylthio (eg methylthio, octylthio, 2-phenoxyethylthio) , an arylthio group (e.g., phenylthio, 2-butoxy-5-th-octylphenylthio, 2-carboxyphenylthio), alkoxycarbonylamino (e.g., methoxycarbonylamino) Alkylsulfonylamine And an arylsulfonylamino group (eg, methylsulfonylamino, phenylsulfonylamino, p-toluenesulfonylamino), an amine carbenyl (eg, N-ethylamine methyl sulfhydryl) , N,N-dibutylaminecarbamyl), amidoxime (eg N-ethylamine sulfonyl, N,N-dipropylamine sulfonyl, N,N-diethylamine sulfonate Sulfhydryl, N-phenylamine sulfonyl), sulfonyl (eg, methylsulfonyl, octylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, p-toluenesulfonyl), sulfonylamino (eg, A) Sulfonamide, benzenesulfonamide, p-toluenesulfonamide, octadecane) alkoxycarbonyl (eg methoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl), heterocyclic oxy (eg 1-phenyltetrazole-5) -oxy, 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy), azo (eg phenylazo, 4-methoxyphenylazo, 4-trimethylethenylaminophenyl azo, 2 -hydroxy-4-propylmercaptophenylazo), anthraceneoxy (eg ethoxylated), amine methyloxy (eg N-A) Alkylmethyl methoxy, N-phenylamine methyl methoxy), decyloxy (eg, trimethyl decyloxy, dibutylmethyl decyloxy), aryloxycarbonylamino (eg, phenoxycarbonyl) Amino), quinone imine (eg N-succinimide, N-phthalimin), heterocyclic thio (eg 2-benzothiazolylthio, 2,4-di-phenyloxy) Base-1,3,5-triazole-6-thio, 2-pyridylthio), sulfinyl (eg 3-phenoxypropylsulfinyl), phosphino group (eg phenoxy) Phosphoninyl, octyloxyphosphonium, phenylphosphonium), aryloxycarbonyl (eg phenoxycarbonyl), fluorenyl (eg ethyl, 3-phenylpropenyl, benzhydryl) ) an ionic hydrophilic group (carboxyl group, sulfo group, quaternary ammonium group, etc.). These substituents may be further substituted, and as a further substituent, a group selected from the substituent group A' described above may be mentioned.

(取代基群J) (substituting group J)

例如可列舉鹵素原子、烷基、芳烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷氧基、雜環氧基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、烷氧基羰氧基、芳氧基羰氧基、胺基、醯基胺基、胺基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基、巰基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜環硫基、胺磺醯基、烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基、醯基、芳氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、芳基偶氮基或雜環偶氮基、醯亞胺基、膦基、氧膦基、氧膦基氧基、氧膦基胺基、矽烷基、離子性親水性基作為例子。該些取代基可進一步被取代,作為進一步的取代基,可列舉選自以上所說明的取代基群J中的基。 For example, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a decyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group , anthraceneoxy, amine methyl methoxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, amine, decylamino, aminocarbonylamino, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonyl Amine, amine sulfonylamino, alkylsulfonylamino or arylsulfonylamino, fluorenyl, alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclic thio, sulfonyl, alkyl sulfin Mercapto or arylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl, fluorenyl, aryloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminemethantyl, arylazo or heterocyclic azo Examples of the benzylidene group, the phosphinyl group, the phosphino group, the phosphinyl group, the phosphinyloxy group, the phosphinylamino group, the decyl group, and the ionic hydrophilic group are exemplified. These substituents may be further substituted, and as a further substituent, a group selected from the substituent group J described above may be mentioned.

更詳細而言,作為鹵素原子,例如可列舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、或碘原子。 More specifically, examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

作為烷基,可列舉直鏈、分支、環狀的經取代或未經取代的烷基,亦包含環烷基、雙環烷基,環結構更多的三環結構等。以下所說明的取代基中的烷基(例如烷氧基、烷硫基的烷基)亦表示此種概念的烷基。詳細而言,作為烷基,較佳為碳數為1~30的烷基,例如可列舉甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、第三丁基、正辛基、二十基、2-氯乙基、2-氰基乙基、2-乙基己基等,作為環烷基,較佳為碳數為3~30的經取代或未經取代的環烷基,例如可列舉環己基、環戊基、4-正十二基環己基等,作為雙環烷基,較佳為碳數為5~30的經取代或未經取代的雙環烷基,即,自碳數為5~30的雙環烷烴中去除一個氫原子而成的一價的基,例如可列舉雙環[1,2,2]庚烷-2-基、雙環[2,2,2]辛烷-3-基等。 The alkyl group may, for example, be a linear, branched or cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group or a bicycloalkyl group, or a tricyclic structure having a more cyclic structure. The alkyl group (e.g., alkoxy group, alkylthio group alkyl group) in the substituents described below also represents an alkyl group of this concept. Specifically, the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-octyl group, and a decyl group. And 2-chloroethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-ethylhexyl, etc., as a cycloalkyl group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 30, for example, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl group or the like, and a bicycloalkyl group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 5 to 30, that is, a carbon number of 5 A monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom in the bicycloalkane of ~30, and examples thereof include a bicyclo[1,2,2]heptan-2-yl group and a bicyclo[2,2,2]octane-3-yl group. Wait.

作為芳烷基,可列舉經取代或未經取代的芳烷基,作為經取代或未經取代的芳烷基,較佳為碳原子數為7~30的芳烷基。例如可列舉苄基及2-苯乙基。 The aralkyl group may, for example, be a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms. For example, a benzyl group and a 2-phenylethyl group are mentioned.

作為烯基,可列舉直鏈、分支、環狀的經取代或未經取代的烯基,包含環烯基、雙環烯基。詳細而言,作為烯基,較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的烯基,例如可列舉乙烯基、烯丙基、異戊二烯基、香葉基、油烯基等,作為環烯基,較佳為碳數為3~30的經取代或未經取代的環烯基,即,去除一個碳數為3~30的環烯烴的氫原子而成的一價的基,例如可列舉2-環戊 烯-1-基、2-環己烯-1-基等,作為雙環烯基,可列舉經取代或未經取代的雙環烯基,較佳為碳數為5~30的經取代或未經取代的雙環烯基,即,將具有一個雙鍵的雙環烯烴的氫原子去除一個而成的一價的基,例如可列舉雙環[2,2,1]庚-2-烯-1-基、雙環[2,2,2]辛-2-烯-4-基等。 Examples of the alkenyl group include a linear, branched or cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, and a cycloalkenyl group or a bicycloalkenyl group. Specifically, the alkenyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a prenyl group, a geranyl group, and an oleyl group. The base or the like, as the cycloalkenyl group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 30, that is, a monovalent value obtained by removing a hydrogen atom of a cycloolefin having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. 2-cyclopentyl Examples of the bicycloalkenyl group include a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 5 to 30. a substituted bicycloalkenyl group, that is, a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom of a bicyclic olefin having one double bond, and, for example, a bicyclo[2,2,1]hept-2-en-1-yl group, Bicyclo[2,2,2]oct-2-en-4-yl and the like.

作為炔基,較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的炔基,例如可列舉:乙炔基、炔丙基、三甲基矽烷基乙炔基等。 The alkynyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an ethynyl group, a propargyl group, and a trimethyldecyl ethynyl group.

作為芳基,較佳為碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基,例如可列舉:苯基、對甲苯基、萘基、間氯苯基、鄰十六醯基胺基苯基等。 The aryl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a p-tolyl group, a naphthyl group, a m-chlorophenyl group, and an o-hexadecanoylamino group. Phenyl and the like.

作為雜環基,較佳為自5員或6員的經取代或未經取代的芳香族或非芳香族的雜環化合物中去除一個氫原子而成的一價的基,更佳為碳數為3~30的5員或6員的芳香族的雜環基,例如可列舉:2-呋喃基、2-噻吩基、2-嘧啶基、2-苯并噻唑基等。 The heterocyclic group is preferably a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic compound of 5 or 6 members, more preferably a carbon number. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group of 5 or 30 members of 3 to 30 include a 2-furyl group, a 2-thienyl group, a 2-pyrimidinyl group, and a 2-benzothiazolyl group.

作為烷氧基,較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基,例如可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、第三丁氧基、正辛氧基、2-甲氧基乙氧基等。 The alkoxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group, and a third butoxy group. Octyloxy, 2-methoxyethoxy, and the like.

作為芳氧基,較佳為碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基,例如可列舉:苯氧基、2-甲基苯氧基、4-第三丁基苯氧基、3-硝基苯氧基、2-十四醯基胺基苯氧基等。 The aryloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group having a carbon number of 6 to 30, and examples thereof include a phenoxy group, a 2-methylphenoxy group, and a 4-tert-butylphenoxy group. A group, a 3-nitrophenoxy group, a 2-tetradecylaminophenoxy group, and the like.

作為矽烷氧基,較佳為碳數為0~20的經取代或未經取代的矽烷氧基,例如可列舉:三甲基矽烷氧基、二苯基甲基矽烷 氧基等。 As the decyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted decyloxy group having a carbon number of 0 to 20 is preferable, and examples thereof include a trimethyldecyloxy group and a diphenylmethyl decane group. Oxyl and the like.

作為雜環氧基,較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環氧基,例如可列舉:1-苯基四唑-5-氧基、2-四氫吡喃氧基等。 The heterocyclic oxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include 1-phenyltetrazole-5-oxyl and 2-tetrahydropyran. Oxyl and the like.

作為醯氧基,較佳為甲醯氧基、碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰氧基、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰氧基,例如可列舉:乙醯氧基、三甲基乙醯氧基、硬脂醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基、對甲氧基苯基羰氧基等。 As the decyloxy group, a methyl methoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 30 is preferable. Examples of the oxy group include an ethoxycarbonyl group, a trimethylacetoxy group, a stearyloxy group, a benzamethyleneoxy group, a p-methoxyphenylcarbonyloxy group and the like.

作為胺甲醯氧基,較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯氧基,例如可列舉:N,N-二甲基胺甲醯氧基、N,N-二乙基胺甲醯氧基、嗎啉基羰氧基、N,N-二-正辛胺基羰氧基、N-正辛基胺甲醯氧基等。 The amine methyl methoxy group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted amine methyl methoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, N,N-dimethylamine methyl methoxy group, N, N a diethylamine methyl methoxy group, a morpholinylcarbonyloxy group, an N,N-di-n-octylaminocarbonyloxy group, an N-n-octylamine methyl methoxy group, or the like.

作為烷氧基羰氧基,較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰氧基,例如可列舉:甲氧基羰氧基、乙氧基羰氧基、第三丁氧基羰氧基、正辛基羰氧基等。 The alkoxycarbonyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methoxycarbonyloxy group and an ethoxycarbonyloxy group. A third butoxycarbonyloxy group, an n-octylcarbonyloxy group or the like.

作為芳氧基羰氧基,較佳為碳數為7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰氧基,例如可列舉:苯氧基羰氧基、對甲氧基苯氧基羰氧基、對正十六烷氧基苯氧基羰氧基等。 The aryloxycarbonyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyloxy group having a carbon number of 7 to 30, and examples thereof include a phenoxycarbonyloxy group and a p-methoxyphenoxy group. A carbonyloxy group, a p-hexadecyloxyphenoxycarbonyloxy group, or the like.

作為胺基,包含烷基胺基、芳基胺基、雜環胺基,較佳為胺基、碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基胺基、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的苯胺基,例如可列舉:甲胺基、二甲胺基、苯胺基、N-甲基-苯胺基、二苯基胺基、三嗪基胺基等。 The amine group includes an alkylamino group, an arylamine group, a heterocyclic amine group, preferably an amine group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, and a carbon number of 6~ Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted anilino group of 30 include a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, an anilino group, an N-methyl-anilino group, a diphenylamino group, a triazinylamino group and the like.

作為醯基胺基,較佳為甲醯基胺基、碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰基胺基、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基胺基,例如可列舉:乙醯基胺基、三甲基乙醯基胺基、月桂醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基、3,4,5-三-正辛氧基苯基羰基胺基等。 As the mercaptoamine group, a mercaptoamine group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferred. Examples of the carbonylamino group include an ethyl hydrazino group, a trimethyl ethylamino group, a lauryl amine group, a benzhydrylamino group, and a 3,4,5-tri-n-octyloxybenzene group. Alkylcarbonyl group and the like.

作為胺基羰基胺基,較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺基羰基胺基,例如可列舉:胺甲醯基胺基、N,N-二甲胺基羰基胺基、N,N-二乙胺基羰基胺基、嗎啉基羰基胺基等。 The aminocarbonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an amine formamylamino group and an N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl group. Amino group, N,N-diethylaminocarbonylamino group, morpholinylcarbonylamino group and the like.

作為烷氧基羰基胺基,較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基胺基,例如可列舉:甲氧基羰基胺基、乙氧基羰基胺基、第三丁氧基羰基胺基、正十八烷氧基羰基胺基、N-甲基-甲氧基羰基胺基等。 The alkoxycarbonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methoxycarbonylamino group and an ethoxycarbonylamino group. Third butoxycarbonylamino group, n-octadecyloxycarbonylamino group, N-methyl-methoxycarbonylamino group and the like.

作為芳氧基羰基胺基,較佳為碳數為7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰基胺基,例如可列舉:苯氧基羰基胺基、對氯苯氧基羰基胺基、間正辛氧基苯氧基羰基胺基等。 The aryloxycarbonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenoxycarbonylamino group and a p-chlorophenoxycarbonylamine. A group, an n-octyloxyphenoxycarbonylamino group, and the like.

作為胺磺醯基胺基,較佳為碳數為0~30的經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基胺基,例如可列舉:胺磺醯基胺基、N,N-二甲胺基磺醯基胺基、N-正辛胺基磺醯基胺基等。 The aminesulfonylamino group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfonylamino group having a carbon number of 0 to 30, may, for example, be an aminesulfonylamino group or an N,N-dimethylamine. A sulfonylamino group, an N-n-octylaminosulfonylamino group, and the like.

作為烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基,較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基胺基、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基胺基,例如可列舉:甲基磺醯基胺基、丁基磺醯基胺基、苯基磺醯基胺基、2,3,5-三氯苯基磺醯基胺 基、對甲基苯基磺醯基胺基等。 The alkylsulfonylamino group or the arylsulfonylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino group having a carbon number of 1 to 30 and a carbon number of 6 to 30. Examples of the substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino group include a methylsulfonylamino group, a butylsulfonylamino group, a phenylsulfonylamino group, and a 2,3,5-trichloro group. Phenylsulfonylamine Base, p-methylphenylsulfonylamino group and the like.

作為烷硫基,較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷硫基,例如可列舉:甲硫基、乙硫基、正十六烷硫基等。 The alkylthio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, and an n-hexadecanethio group.

作為芳硫基,較佳為碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳硫基,例如可列舉:苯硫基、對氯苯硫基、間甲氧基苯硫基等。 The arylthio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenylthio group, a p-chlorophenylthio group, and a m-methoxyphenylthio group.

作為雜環硫基,較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環硫基,例如可列舉:2-苯并噻唑硫基、1-苯基四唑-5-基硫基等。 The heterocyclic thio group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic thio group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a 2-benzothiazolylthio group and a 1-phenyltetrazole-5-yl group. Sulfur-based, etc.

作為胺磺醯基,較佳為碳數為0~30的經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基,例如可列舉:N-乙基胺磺醯基、N-(3-十二烷氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、N,N-二甲基胺磺醯基、N-乙醯基胺磺醯基、N-苯甲醯基胺磺醯基、N-(N'-苯基胺甲醯基)胺磺醯基等。 The aminesulfonyl group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfonyl group having a carbon number of 0 to 30, may, for example, be an N-ethylaminesulfonyl group or an N-(3-dodecyloxy group). Propyl sulfonyl, N,N-dimethylamine sulfonyl, N-acetyl sulfonyl sulfonyl, N-benzamide sulfonyl, N-(N'-phenyl Aminomethyl) sulfonyl group and the like.

作為烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基,較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基亞磺醯基、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基亞磺醯基,例如可列舉:甲基亞磺醯基、乙基亞磺醯基、苯基亞磺醯基、對甲基苯基亞磺醯基等。 As the alkylsulfinyl group or the arylsulfinyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 6 to 30 is preferable. Examples of the substituted arylsulfinyl group include a methylsulfinyl group, an ethylsulfinyl group, a phenylsulfinyl group, a p-methylphenylsulfinyl group, and the like.

作為烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基,較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基,例如可列舉:甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、苯基磺醯基、對甲基苯基磺醯基等。 As the alkylsulfonyl group or the arylsulfonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 30, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 6 to 30 is preferable. Examples of the arylsulfonyl group include a methylsulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, and a p-methylphenylsulfonyl group.

作為醯基,較佳為甲醯基、碳數為2~30的經取代或未 經取代的烷基羰基、碳數為7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基、碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的利用碳原子與羰基鍵結的雜環羰基,例如可列舉:乙醯基、三甲基乙醯基、2-氯乙醯基、硬脂醯基、苯甲醯基、對正辛氧基苯基羰基、2-吡啶基羰基、2-呋喃基羰基等。 As a mercapto group, a substituted mercapto group or a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 2 to 30 is preferred. a substituted alkylcarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbonic acid group bonded to a carbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms; For example, an ethyl sulfonyl group, a trimethyl ethinyl group, a 2-chloroethyl fluorenyl group, a stearyl group, a benzamyl group, a p-octyloxyphenylcarbonyl group, a 2-pyridylcarbonyl group, and 2- Furanylcarbonyl and the like.

作為芳氧基羰基,較佳為碳數為7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰基,例如可列舉:苯氧基羰基、鄰氯苯氧基羰基、間硝基苯氧基羰基、對第三丁基苯氧基羰基等。 The aryloxycarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenoxycarbonyl group, an o-chlorophenoxycarbonyl group, and a m-nitrophenoxy group. A carbonyl group, a p-tert-butylphenoxycarbonyl group, or the like.

作為烷氧基羰基,較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基,例如可列舉:甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基、正十八烷氧基羰基等。 The alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a third butoxycarbonyl group, and a positive group. Octadecyloxycarbonyl and the like.

作為胺甲醯基,較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基,例如可列舉:胺甲醯基、N-甲基胺甲醯基、N,N-二甲基胺甲醯基、N,N-二-正辛基胺甲醯基、N-(甲基磺醯基)胺甲醯基等。 As the amine mercapto group, a substituted or unsubstituted oxime group having a carbon number of 1 to 30 is preferable, and examples thereof include an amine methyl sulfonyl group, an N-methyl amine methyl fluorenyl group, and N, N-. Dimethylamine methyl sulfonyl, N,N-di-n-octylamine methyl sulfhydryl, N-(methylsulfonyl)amine carbaryl, and the like.

作為芳基偶氮基或雜環偶氮基,較佳為碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基偶氮基、碳數為3~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環偶氮基,例如可列舉:苯基偶氮、對氯苯基偶氮、5-乙硫基-1,3,4-噻二唑-2-基偶氮等。 As the arylazo or heterocyclic azo group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylazo group having a carbon number of 6 to 30, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 3 to 30 is preferable. Examples of the heterocyclic azo group include phenylazo, p-chlorophenylazo, 5-ethylthio-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylazo and the like.

作為醯亞胺基,較佳為可列舉N-琥珀醯亞胺基、N-鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基等。 The quinone imine group is preferably an N-succinimide group or an N-phthalimido group.

作為膦基,較佳為碳數為0~30的經取代或未經取代的 膦基,例如可列舉:二甲基膦基、二苯基膦基、甲基苯氧基膦基等。 As the phosphino group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 0 to 30 is preferred. Examples of the phosphino group include a dimethylphosphino group, a diphenylphosphino group, a methylphenoxyphosphino group and the like.

作為氧膦基,較佳為碳數為0~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基,例如可列舉:氧膦基、二辛氧基氧膦基、二乙氧基氧膦基等。 The phosphinyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyl group having a carbon number of 0 to 30, and examples thereof include a phosphinyl group, a dioctyloxyphosphinyl group, a diethoxyphosphinyl group, and the like. .

作為氧膦基氧基,較佳為碳數為0~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基氧基,例如可列舉:二苯氧基氧膦基氧基、二辛氧基氧膦基氧基等。 The phosphinyloxy group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyloxy group having a carbon number of 0 to 30, and examples thereof include a diphenoxyphosphinyloxy group and a dioctyloxyphosphine oxide. Baseoxy and the like.

作為氧膦基胺基,較佳為碳數為0~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基胺基,例如可列舉:二甲氧基氧膦基胺基、二甲胺基氧膦基胺基。 The phosphinylamino group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinylamino group having a carbon number of 0 to 30, and examples thereof include a dimethoxyphosphinylamino group and a dimethylaminophosphine oxide. Amino group.

作為矽烷基,較佳為碳數為0~30的經取代或未經取代的矽烷基,例如可列舉:三甲基矽烷基、第三丁基二甲基矽烷基、苯基二甲基矽烷基等。 As the decyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted decyl group having a carbon number of 0 to 30 is preferable, and examples thereof include a trimethyl decyl group, a tert-butyl dimethyl decyl group, and a phenyl dimethyl decane. Base.

(離子性親水性基) (ionic hydrophilic group)

可列舉磺基、羧基、硫代羧基、亞磺酸基、膦醯基(phosphono group)、二羥基膦基、四級銨基等。特佳為磺酸基、羧基。另外,羧基、膦醯基及磺基亦可為鹽的狀態,形成鹽的抗衡陽離子的例子包括銨離子、鹼金屬離子(例如鋰離子、鈉離子、鉀離子)及有機陽離子(例如四甲基銨離子、四甲基胍鎓離子、四甲基鏻),較佳為鋰鹽、鈉鹽、鉀鹽、銨鹽,更佳為鋰鹽或將鋰鹽作為主成分的混合鹽,最佳為鋰鹽。 Examples thereof include a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a thiocarboxy group, a sulfinic acid group, a phosphono group, a dihydroxyphosphino group, a quaternary ammonium group, and the like. Particularly preferred are a sulfonic acid group and a carboxyl group. Further, the carboxyl group, the phosphonium group and the sulfo group may be in the form of a salt, and examples of the counter cation forming the salt include an ammonium ion, an alkali metal ion (for example, lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion), and an organic cation (for example, tetramethyl group). Ammonium ion, tetramethyl phosphonium ion, tetramethyl phosphonium), preferably a lithium salt, a sodium salt, a potassium salt, an ammonium salt, more preferably a lithium salt or a mixed salt containing a lithium salt as a main component, and most preferably Lithium salt.

本發明的由通式(B-1)所表示的化合物所含有的離子性親水性基的抗衡陽離子(一價的抗衡陽離子)較佳為含有鋰離子作為主成分。抗衡陽離子可並非均為鋰離子,相對於各墨水組成物中的抗衡陽離子整體,上述各墨水組成物中的鋰離子濃度較佳為設為50質量%以上,更佳為75質量%以上,進而更佳為80質量%以上,特佳為95質量%以上。 The counter cation (monovalent counter cation) of the ionic hydrophilic group contained in the compound represented by the formula (B-1) of the present invention preferably contains lithium ions as a main component. The counter cations are not all lithium ions, and the lithium ion concentration in each of the ink compositions is preferably 50% by mass or more, and more preferably 75% by mass or more, based on the entire counter cation in each ink composition. More preferably, it is 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 95% by mass or more.

於此種存在比率的條件下,可在墨水組成物中含有氫離子、鹼金屬離子(例如鈉離子、鉀離子)、鹼土金屬離子(例如鎂離子、鈣離子等)、四級銨離子、四級鏻離子、鋶離子等作為抗衡陽離子。 Under the condition of such a ratio, hydrogen ions, alkali metal ions (such as sodium ions, potassium ions), alkaline earth metal ions (such as magnesium ions, calcium ions, etc.), quaternary ammonium ions, and the like may be contained in the ink composition. Grade cesium ions, strontium ions, etc. are used as counter cations.

關於上述著色劑的抗衡陽離子的種類及比率,於日本化學會編寫的「新實驗化學講座9分析化學」(1977年丸善)、及日本化學會編寫的「第4版實驗化學講座15分析」(1991年丸善)中記載有關於分析方法或元素的分論,可加以參考來選擇分析方法,並進行分析及定量。其中,容易藉由離子層析法、原子吸光法、感應耦合電漿發光分析法(Inductively Coupled Plasma,ICP)等分析法來決定。 The types and ratios of the counter-cations of the above-mentioned coloring agents are "New Experimental Chemistry Lecture 9 Analytical Chemistry" (Maruzen, 1977) prepared by the Chemical Society of Japan, and "The 4th Edition Experimental Chemistry Lecture 15 Analysis" prepared by the Chemical Society of Japan ( In 1991, Maruzen) contains a discussion of analytical methods or elements, which can be used to select analytical methods, and to analyze and quantify them. Among them, it is easily determined by an ion chromatography method, an atomic absorption method, or an inductively coupled plasma (ICP) analysis method.

作為獲得抗衡陽離子含有鋰離子的本發明的著色劑的方法,可使用任何方法。例如可列舉:(1)使用離子交換樹脂將抗衡陽離子自其他陽離子變換成鋰離子的方法;(2)自含有鋰離子的系統中進行酸析或鹽析的方法;(3)使用抗衡陽離子為鋰離子的原料及合成中間物來形成著色劑的方法;(4)使用抗衡陽離子為鋰離子的反應劑,並藉由各色著色劑的官能基變換來導入離子性親 水性基的方法;(5)合成著色劑中的離子性親水性基的抗衡陽離子為銀離子的化合物,使該化合物與鋰鹵化物溶液進行反應並去除所析出的鹵化銀,藉此使抗衡陽離子變成鋰離子的方法等。 As a method of obtaining the coloring agent of the present invention in which the countercation contains lithium ions, any method can be used. For example, (1) a method of converting a counter cation from another cation into a lithium ion using an ion exchange resin; (2) a method of performing acid precipitation or salting out from a system containing lithium ions; (3) using a counter cation a method for forming a coloring agent by using a raw material of lithium ion and a synthetic intermediate; (4) using a reactant in which a counter cation is a lithium ion, and introducing an ionic progeny by functional group conversion of each coloring agent a method of water-based; (5) a compound in which a counter-cation of an ionic hydrophilic group in a coloring agent is a silver ion, which reacts the compound with a lithium halide solution and removes the precipitated silver halide, thereby making a counter cation A method of turning into lithium ions.

作為各色著色劑中的離子性親水性基,只要是離子性解離基,則可為任何基。作為較佳的離子性親水性基,包括:磺基(亦可為鹽)、羧基(亦可為鹽)、羥基(亦可為鹽)、膦醯基(亦可為鹽)及四級銨基、醯基胺磺醯基(亦可為鹽)、磺醯基胺甲醯基(亦可為鹽)、磺醯基胺磺醯基(亦可為鹽)等。 The ionic hydrophilic group in each coloring agent may be any group as long as it is an ionic dissociative group. Preferred examples of the ionic hydrophilic group include a sulfo group (which may also be a salt), a carboxyl group (which may also be a salt), a hydroxyl group (which may also be a salt), a phosphinium group (which may also be a salt), and a quaternary ammonium salt. A sulfhydryl sulfonyl group (which may also be a salt), a sulfhydrylamine carbaryl group (which may also be a salt), a sulfonylamine sulfonyl group (which may also be a salt), and the like.

較佳為磺基、羧基或羥基(包含該些的鹽)。當離子性親水性基為鹽時,較佳的抗衡陽離子可列舉鋰或將鋰作為主成分的鹼金屬(例如鈉、鉀)、銨、及有機的陽離子(例如吡啶鎓、四甲基銨、胍鎓)混合鹽,其中,較佳為鋰或將鋰作為主成分的鹼金屬混合鹽,特佳為磺基的鋰鹽、羧基的鋰鹽、羥基的鋰鹽。 Preferred are sulfo groups, carboxyl groups or hydroxyl groups (including such salts). When the ionic hydrophilic group is a salt, preferred counter cations include lithium or an alkali metal (for example, sodium, potassium), ammonium, and an organic cation having lithium as a main component (for example, pyridinium, tetramethylammonium, The mixed salt is preferably an alkali metal mixed salt containing lithium or lithium as a main component, and particularly preferably a lithium salt of a sulfo group, a lithium salt of a carboxyl group, or a lithium salt of a hydroxyl group.

(哈米特的取代基常數σp值) (Hamet's substituent constant σp value)

此處,對本說明書中所使用的哈米特的取代基常數σp值進行些許說明。哈米特法則是為了定量地論述取代基對苯衍生物的反應或平衡所帶來的影響,而由L.P.Hammett於1935年所倡導的經驗法則,其於今日被廣泛承認妥當性。藉由哈米特法則所求出的取代基常數有σp值與σm值,可於許多普通書籍中找到該些值,例如詳見J.A.Dean編寫的「蘭格化學手冊(Lange's Handbook of Chemistry)」第12版、1979年(麥格羅希爾(Mc Graw-Hill))或「化學的領域」增刊、122號、96頁~103頁、1979年(南光堂)。 再者,於本發明中,藉由哈米特的取代基常數σp來對各取代基進行限定、或進行說明,但其並不意味著僅限定於可在上述書籍中找到的具有文獻已知的值的取代基,當然亦包含即便該值為文獻未知的值,在根據哈米特法進行了測定時亦包含於其範圍內的取代基。由本發明的通式所表示的化合物並非苯衍生物,但作為表示取代基的電子效果的標準,不論取代位置而使用σp值。於本發明中,以下以此種含義來使用σp值。 Here, the value of the substituent constant σp of Hammett used in the present specification will be described somewhat. The Hammett's rule is to quantitatively discuss the effects of substituents on the reaction or balance of benzene derivatives, and the rule of thumb advocated by L.P. Hammett in 1935 is widely recognized today. The substituent constants obtained by Hammett's law have σp values and σm values, which can be found in many common books. For example, see "Lange's Handbook of Chemistry" by JADean. 12th edition, 1979 (Mc Graw-Hill) or "Chemical field" supplement, 122, 96-103 pages, 1979 (Nanguangtang). Further, in the present invention, each substituent is limited or described by the substituent constant σp of Hammett, but it is not meant to be limited only to those known in the above-mentioned books. The substituent of the value, of course, also includes a substituent which is included in the range according to the Hammett method even if the value is a value unknown to the literature. The compound represented by the general formula of the present invention is not a benzene derivative, but as a standard for indicating the electronic effect of the substituent, the σp value is used regardless of the position of substitution. In the present invention, the σp value is used in the following sense.

再者,於本發明中,當化合物為鹽時,鹽在墨水中解離成離子而存在,但為了便於說明,而表達成「含有鹽]。 Further, in the present invention, when the compound is a salt, the salt is decomposed into ions in the ink, but is expressed as "containing a salt" for convenience of explanation.

以下,對本發明的墨水套組中所含有的各墨水組成物進行說明 Hereinafter, each ink composition contained in the ink set of the present invention will be described.

首先,關於各墨水組成物中所含有的著色劑,以下針對各色的墨水組成物進行說明。 First, regarding the coloring agent contained in each ink composition, the ink composition of each color will be described below.

(黑色墨水) (black ink)

對構成本發明的墨水套組的黑色墨水組成物中所使用的著色劑進行說明。 The coloring agent used in the black ink composition constituting the ink set of the present invention will be described.

於本發明的黑色墨水組成物中,含有至少一種可用作黑色染料的由下述通式(B-1)所表示的化合物或其鹽作為著色劑。 The black ink composition of the present invention contains at least one compound represented by the following formula (B-1) or a salt thereof which can be used as a black dye as a colorant.

[由通式(B-1)所表示的染料] [Dye represented by the general formula (B-1)]

本發明的墨水組成物中所使用的偶氮染料由通式(B-1)表示。以下,對由通式(B-1)所表示的偶氮染料(黑色染料)(以下有時稱為「由通式(B-1)所表示的偶氮化合物」、「偶氮染料」 或「水溶性染料」)進行說明。 The azo dye used in the ink composition of the present invention is represented by the formula (B-1). In the following, the azo dye (black dye) represented by the formula (B-1) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "the azo compound represented by the formula (B-1)", "azo dye" Or "water-soluble dyes").

(通式(B-1)中,A表示經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的含氮5員雜環基。G表示氮原子或-C(R2)=。R2表示氫原子、磺基、羧基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、或氰基。Y2、Y3及Y4分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。Y2、Y3及Y4可相互鍵結而形成環。Y2、Y3及Y4不會同時均表示氫原子。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (B-1), A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group. G represents a nitrogen atom or -C(R 2 )= R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, or a cyano group. Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 do not simultaneously represent a hydrogen atom. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation)

通式(B-1)中的G表示氮原子或-C(R2)=。R2表示氫原子、磺基、羧基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、或氰基,作為胺甲醯基具有取代基時的取代基,可列舉:烷基(甲基、乙基)、芳基(苯基)。 G in the formula (B-1) represents a nitrogen atom or -C(R 2 )=. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, or a cyano group, and examples of the substituent when the amine ondenyl group has a substituent include an alkyl group (methyl group, ethyl group B). Base), aryl (phenyl).

Y2、Y3及Y4分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。Y2、Y3及Y4的至少任1個表示取代基。作為Y2、Y3及Y4表示取 代基時的取代基,可分別獨立地列舉上述取代基群J。 Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. At least one of Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 represents a substituent. The substituent group in the case where Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 represent a substituent may independently be the above-mentioned substituent group J.

於通式(B-1)中,Y2、Y3及Y4較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子、離子性親水性基、經取代或未經取代的胺基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基胺基、經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基胺基、經取代或未經取代的醯基胺基的任一者。當Y2、Y3及Y4為經取代或未經取代的胺基時,較佳為雜環胺基。 In the formula (B-1), Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, substituted or unsubstituted. Aminomethyl, substituted or unsubstituted sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino, substituted Or any of the unsubstituted mercaptoamine groups. When Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 are a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, a heterocyclic amino group is preferred.

Y2、Y3及Y4更佳為分別獨立地為氫原子、離子性親水性基、經取代或未經取代的雜環胺基、經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基胺基、經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基胺基、經取代或未經取代的醯基胺基的任一者,Y2、Y3及Y4特佳為分別獨立地為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的雜環胺基、經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基胺基、經取代或未經取代的醯基胺基的任一者。 More preferably, Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic amine group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino group. Any one of a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino group, a substituted or unsubstituted mercaptoamine group, and Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 are each preferably independently a hydrogen atom, Any of substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic amine groups, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino groups, substituted or unsubstituted decylamino groups.

作為Y2、Y3及Y4所表示的雜環胺基、胺磺醯基、烷基磺醯基胺基、芳基磺醯基胺基、醯基胺基具有取代基時的取代基,更佳為分別獨立地為離子性親水性基(例如-CO2M、-SO3M:M為一價的抗衡陽離子)。 The substituents when the heterocyclic amine group, the amine sulfonyl group, the alkylsulfonylamino group, the arylsulfonylamino group, and the mercaptoamine group represented by Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 have a substituent, More preferably, they are each independently an ionic hydrophilic group (for example, -CO 2 M, -SO 3 M: M is a monovalent counter cation).

Y2、Y3及Y4可進一步具有取代基,作為進一步的取代基,可列舉羥基、經取代或未經取代的胺基或可具有離子性親水性基的芳基、可具有離子性親水性基的雜環基,較佳為經取代或未經取代的胺基。作為該取代胺基的取代基,例如較佳為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、經取代或未經取代的雜 環基,更佳為經離子性親水性基取代的烷基、或經離子性親水性基取代的芳基。 Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 may further have a substituent. Examples of the further substituent include a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine group or an aryl group which may have an ionic hydrophilic group, and may have an ionic hydrophilic group. The heterocyclic group of the group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted amine group. As the substituent of the substituted amino group, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, and more preferably an ionic group are preferable. A hydrophilic group-substituted alkyl group or an aryl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group.

作為雜環胺基,較佳為經取代或未經取代的三嗪基胺基,更佳為具有取代基的三嗪基胺基。 As the heterocyclic amine group, a substituted or unsubstituted triazinylamino group is preferred, and a triazinylamino group having a substituent is more preferred.

作為三嗪基胺基所具有的取代基,較佳為經取代或未經取代的胺基,特佳為經取代或未經取代的胺基。 The substituent which the triazinylamino group has is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, particularly preferably a substituted or unsubstituted amine group.

作為該取代胺基的取代基,可適宜地使用上述的例子。此處,作為經離子性親水性基取代的烷基中的烷基,較佳為甲基、乙基、或正丙基,更佳為乙基。作為經離子性親水性基取代的芳基中的芳基,較佳為苯基。 As the substituent of the substituted amino group, the above examples can be suitably used. Here, the alkyl group in the alkyl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group or a n-propyl group, and more preferably an ethyl group. The aryl group in the aryl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group is preferably a phenyl group.

作為醯基胺基,較佳為烷基羰基胺基、具有離子性親水性基作為取代基的烷基羰基胺基、具有離子性親水性基作為取代基的芳基羰基胺基。作為該烷基羰基胺基中的烷基,較佳為甲基、乙基、或正丙基,更佳為乙基。作為該芳基羰基醯基中的芳基,較佳為苯基。 The mercaptoamine group is preferably an alkylcarbonylamino group, an alkylcarbonylamino group having an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent, and an arylcarbonylamino group having an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent. The alkyl group in the alkylcarbonylamino group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group or a n-propyl group, more preferably an ethyl group. As the aryl group in the arylcarbonylfluorenyl group, a phenyl group is preferred.

Y2、Y3及Y4不會同時均表示氫原子。Y2、Y3及Y4可相互鍵結而形成環,作為Y2、Y3及Y4相互鍵結所形成的環,例如可列舉苯環、萘環,較佳為苯環。 Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 do not simultaneously represent a hydrogen atom. Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and examples of the ring formed by bonding Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 to each other include a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring, and a benzene ring is preferred.

Y2、Y3及Y4之中,較佳為Y3表示取代基,更佳為Y2、及Y4表示氫原子,Y3表示取代基。 Y 2, Y 3 and Y 4 being, preferably Y 3 represents a substituent group, more preferably Y 2, and Y 4 represents a hydrogen atom, Y 3 represents a substituent.

尤其,最佳為Y2、及Y4表示氫原子,Y3為具有經取代或未經取代的胺基作為取代基的雜環胺基、具有離子性親水性基作為 取代基的芳基磺醯基胺基、或具有離子性親水性基作為取代基的醯基胺基。 In particular, it is preferable that Y 2 and Y 4 represent a hydrogen atom, and Y 3 is a heterocyclic amine group having a substituted or unsubstituted amino group as a substituent, and an aryl sulfonate having an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent. A mercaptoamine group or a mercaptoamine group having an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent.

作為Y2、Y3及Y4所是的取代基,更具體而言,可列舉下述的取代基(A1)。 Specific examples of the substituent of Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 include the following substituents (A1).

(取代基(A1)中,*表示作為Y2~Y4的鍵結鍵。L1表示單鍵、羰基、磺醯基。R1表示經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、經取代或未經取代的雜環基) (In the substituent (A1), * represents a bonding bond as Y 2 to Y 4 . L 1 represents a single bond, a carbonyl group, or a sulfonyl group. R 1 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, substituted or not Substituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group)

R1較佳為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、經取代或未經取代的雜環基,具有取代基時的取代基可列舉離子性親水性基、芳基胺基、烷基胺基。 R 1 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, and a substituent having a substituent may be an ionic hydrophilic group. An arylamine group or an alkylamino group.

上述取代基(A1)較佳為下述取代基(A2)或取代基(A3)。 The above substituent (A1) is preferably the following substituent (A2) or substituent (A3).

(取代基(A2)及取代基(A3)中,*表示作為Y2~Y4的鍵結鍵。L2表示羰基、或磺醯基。RA2表示經取代或未經取代的烷基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基。RA3表示經取代或未經取代的雜環基) (In the substituent (A2) and the substituent (A3), * represents a bond to Y 2 to Y 4 . L 2 represents a carbonyl group or a sulfonyl group. R A2 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, Or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. R A3 represents a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group)

RA2表示經取代或未經取代的烷基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基,較佳為烷基。具有取代基時的取代基較佳為離子性親水性基。 R A2 represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, preferably an alkyl group. The substituent in the case of having a substituent is preferably an ionic hydrophilic group.

L2較佳為羰基。 L 2 is preferably a carbonyl group.

RA3表示經取代或未經取代的雜環基,具有取代基時的取代基較佳為烷基胺基、芳基胺基,更佳為烷基胺基或芳基胺基,該些基可進一步具有取代基且較佳為由離子性親水性基取代。 R A3 represents a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, and the substituent having a substituent is preferably an alkylamino group or an arylamine group, more preferably an alkylamino group or an arylamino group, and these groups are preferred. It may further have a substituent and is preferably substituted by an ionic hydrophilic group.

上述取代基(A3)較佳為下述取代基(A4)。 The above substituent (A3) is preferably the following substituent (A4).

(取代基(A4)中,*表示作為Y2~Y4的鍵結鍵。RA4分別獨立地表示經取代或未經取代的烷基胺基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基胺基) (In the substituent (A4), * represents a bonding bond as Y 2 to Y 4 . R A4 each independently represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylamine. base)

RA4分別獨立地表示經取代或未經取代的烷基胺基、或者經取代或未經取代的芳基胺基,具有取代基時的取代基較佳為 離子性親水性基。 R A4 each independently represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino group or a substituted or unsubstituted arylamine group, and the substituent having a substituent is preferably an ionic hydrophilic group.

上述取代基(A1)~取代基(A4)中的烷基、芳基、雜環基烷基胺基、芳基胺基、及離子性親水性基的具體例與Y2、Y3及Y4中的具體例相同。 Specific examples of the alkyl group, the aryl group, the heterocyclic alkylamino group, the arylamine group, and the ionic hydrophilic group in the above substituent (A1) to the substituent (A4), and Y 2 , Y 3 and Y The specific examples in 4 are the same.

以下表示上述取代基(A1)~取代基(A4)的具體例,但並不限定於下述的例子。*表示作為Y2~Y4的鍵結鍵。 Specific examples of the substituent (A1) to the substituent (A4) are shown below, but are not limited to the following examples. * indicates a bond key as Y 2 ~ Y 4 .

A表示經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的含氮5員雜環基。作為芳基,包括經取代或未經取代的芳基。更詳細而言,可列舉具有取代基群J的芳基。 A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group. As the aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group is included. More specifically, an aryl group having a substituent group J can be mentioned.

A所表示的芳基較佳為碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基,更佳為經取代或未經取代的苯基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基群J一項中所述的基,較佳為上述離子性親水性基或上述哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基。 The aryl group represented by A is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group. Examples of the substituent include the group described in the above-mentioned substituent group J, and it is preferred that the ionic hydrophilic group or the Hammett has a σp value of 0.3 or more.

A所表示的含氮雜環基包括經取代或未經取代的含氮雜環基。作為A所表示的雜環基,較佳為自5員的經取代或未經取 代的芳香族或非芳香族的雜環化合物中去除1個氫原子而成的一價的基,更佳為碳數為2~4的5員的芳香族雜環基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基群J一項中所述的基。作為上述含氮5員雜環基,若不限定取代位置來表示,則可列舉:吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、噻唑環、異噻唑環、噻二唑環。 The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group represented by A includes a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group. As the heterocyclic group represented by A, it is preferably substituted or not taken from 5 members. The monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from the substituted aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic compound is more preferably a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above-mentioned substituent group J. The nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group is represented by a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring or a thiadiazole ring, unless the substitution position is defined.

A較佳為具有取代基的芳基,更佳為具有離子性親水性基或哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基的芳基,進而更佳為具有離子性親水性基或哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基的苯基。 A is preferably an aryl group having a substituent, more preferably an aryl group having an ionic hydrophilic group or a Hammett's σp value of 0.3 or more, and more preferably an ionic hydrophilic group or a ha Mitt has a σp value of 0.3 or more electron withdrawing phenyl groups.

作為通式(B-1)中的離子性親水性基,較佳為-SO3M1或-CO2M1,更佳為-SO3M1,特佳為-SO3Li。 The ionic hydrophilic group in the formula (B-1) is preferably -SO 3 M 1 or -CO 2 M 1 , more preferably -SO 3 M 1 , particularly preferably -SO 3 Li.

上述M1及M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子,作為一價的抗衡陽離子,例如可列舉:銨離子、鹼金屬離子(例如鋰離子、鈉離子、鉀離子)及有機陽離子(例如四甲基銨離子、四甲基胍鎓離子、四甲基鏻)。作為鋰離子以外的抗衡陽離子,較佳為鉀離子、鈉離子,更佳為鈉離子。 The above M 1 and M each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation, and examples of the monovalent counter cation include ammonium ion, alkali metal ion (for example, lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic cation ( For example, tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylphosphonium ion, tetramethylphosphonium). As the counter cation other than lithium ion, potassium ion and sodium ion are preferable, and sodium ion is more preferable.

作為所形成的鹽,較佳為鋰鹽、鈉鹽、鉀鹽、銨鹽,更佳為鋰鹽或將鋰鹽作為主成分的混合鹽,最佳為鋰鹽。 The salt to be formed is preferably a lithium salt, a sodium salt, a potassium salt or an ammonium salt, more preferably a lithium salt or a mixed salt containing a lithium salt as a main component, and most preferably a lithium salt.

當由通式(B-1)所表示的偶氮化合物為混合鹽時,就對於水的溶解性、水溶液的黏度、表面張力、高濃度水溶液的儲存穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為鋰鹽與鈉鹽的混合鹽,可為多個M的一部分表示鋰離子,剩餘的M表示鈉離子的形態,亦可為將通式(B-1)中的所有M表示鋰離子的染料與通式(B-1)中的所有M表示鈉 離子的染料混合的形態。 When the azo compound represented by the formula (B-1) is a mixed salt, lithium is preferred from the viewpoints of solubility in water, viscosity of an aqueous solution, surface tension, and storage stability of a high-concentration aqueous solution. A mixed salt of a salt and a sodium salt may represent a lithium ion in a part of a plurality of M, and the remaining M represents a form of a sodium ion, and may also be a dye in which all M in the formula (B-1) represents a lithium ion. All M in formula (B-1) means sodium The form of ionic dye mixing.

當M為鋰鹽與鈉鹽的混合鹽時,鋰鹽與鈉鹽的莫耳比(Li:Na)較佳為99:1~25:75,特佳為99:1~50:50,更佳為99:1~55:45,其中,尤其最佳為99:1~65:35。若為該範圍,則存在對於水的溶解度.溶解速度良好,高濃度水溶液的黏度、表面張力的調整變得容易,進而高濃度水溶液的儲存穩定性優異的傾向,因此取得如下的效果:例如水溶性墨水組成物,特別是噴墨用水溶性墨水的墨水組成物的構成要件的配方設計變得容易,可提供以高水準滿足噴墨用水溶性墨水的要求性能的優異的原料(高濃度水溶液、墨水組成物)。 When M is a mixed salt of a lithium salt and a sodium salt, the molar ratio (Li:Na) of the lithium salt to the sodium salt is preferably 99:1 to 25:75, particularly preferably 99:1 to 50:50, more preferably Jia is 99:1~55:45, among which, the best is 99:1~65:35. If it is this range, there is solubility in water. The dissolution rate is good, and the viscosity and surface tension of the high-concentration aqueous solution are easily adjusted, and the storage stability of the high-concentration aqueous solution tends to be excellent. Therefore, for example, a water-soluble ink composition, particularly a water-soluble ink for inkjet, is obtained. It is easy to formulate the constituent elements of the ink composition, and it is possible to provide an excellent raw material (high-concentration aqueous solution, ink composition) which satisfies the required performance of the water-soluble ink for inkjet at a high level.

該混合鹽的陽離子的比可藉由離子層析分析來測定。 The ratio of the cations of the mixed salt can be determined by ion chromatography analysis.

作為由通式(B-1)所表示的化合物特佳的組合是包含以下的(i)~(v)者。 The combination which is particularly preferable as the compound represented by the formula (B-1) is the following (i) to (v).

(i)G表示氮原子或-C(R2)=,較佳為-C(R2)=。R2表示氫原子、磺基、羧基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、或氰基,較佳為胺甲醯基(-CONH2基)或氰基,更佳為氰基。 (i) G represents a nitrogen atom or -C(R 2 )=, preferably -C(R 2 )=. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine mercapto group, or a cyano group, preferably an aminomethyl group (-CONH 2 group) or a cyano group, more preferably a cyano group.

(ii)A較佳為具有取代基的芳基,更佳為具有離子性親水性基或哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基的芳基,進而更佳為具有2個離子性親水性基的苯基。 (ii) A is preferably an aryl group having a substituent, more preferably an aryl group having an ionic hydrophilic group or a Hammett having a σp value of 0.3 or more, and more preferably having 2 ionicities. A hydrophilic group of phenyl groups.

(iii)Y2、Y3及Y4較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的雜環胺基、離子性親水性基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基、經取代或未經取代 的烷基磺醯基胺基、經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基胺基、經取代或未經取代的醯基胺基的任一者,更佳為氫原子、具有經取代或未經取代的胺基作為取代基的雜環胺基、離子性親水性基、經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基胺基、經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基胺基、經取代或未經取代的醯基胺基的任一者,特佳為氫原子、具有經取代或未經取代的胺基作為取代基的雜環胺基、具有離子性親水性基作為取代基的芳基磺醯基胺基、具有離子性親水性基作為取代基的醯基胺基的任一者。作為醯基胺基,較佳為烷基羰基醯基、具有離子性親水性基作為取代基的烷基羰基醯基、具有離子性親水性基作為取代基的芳基羰基醯基。作為該烷基羰基醯基中的烷基,較佳為甲基、乙基、或正丙基,更佳為乙基。作為該芳基羰基醯基中的芳基,較佳為苯基。 (iii) Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 are preferably independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic amine group, an ionic hydrophilic group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine methyl fluorenyl group. , substituted or unsubstituted sulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino, substituted or unsubstituted Any of a mercaptoamine group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic amine group having a substituted or unsubstituted amino group as a substituent, an ionic hydrophilic group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl sulfonate Any of a mercaptoamino group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino group, a substituted or unsubstituted mercaptoamine group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, having a substituted or unsubstituted Any one of a heterocyclic amine group having a substituent as a substituent, an arylsulfonylamino group having an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent, and a mercaptoamine group having an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent. The mercaptoamine group is preferably an alkylcarbonylfluorenyl group, an alkylcarbonylfluorenyl group having an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent, and an arylcarbonylfluorenyl group having an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent. The alkyl group in the alkylcarbonylcarbonyl group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group or a n-propyl group, more preferably an ethyl group. As the aryl group in the arylcarbonylfluorenyl group, a phenyl group is preferred.

最佳為Y2、及Y4表示氫原子,Y3為具有經取代或未經取代的胺基作為取代基的雜環胺基、具有離子性親水性基作為取代基的芳基磺醯基胺基、或具有離子性親水性基作為取代基的醯基胺基。 Most preferably, Y 2 and Y 4 represent a hydrogen atom, and Y 3 is a heterocyclic amine group having a substituted or unsubstituted amino group as a substituent, and an arylsulfonyl group having an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent. An amine group or a mercaptoamine group having an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent.

(iv)作為離子性親水性基,較佳為-SO3M1或-CO2M1,更佳為-SO3M1,特佳為-SO3Li。 (iv) As the ionic hydrophilic group, -SO 3 M 1 or -CO 2 M 1 is preferred, and -SO 3 M 1 is more preferred, and -SO 3 Li is particularly preferred.

(v)上述M1及M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子,作為一價的抗衡陽離子,例如可列舉銨離子、鹼金屬離子(例如鋰離子、鈉離子、鉀離子)及有機陽離子(例如四甲基銨離子、四甲基胍鎓離子、四甲基鏻),較佳為鋰鹽、鈉鹽、鉀 鹽、銨鹽,更佳為鋰鹽或將鋰鹽作為主成分的混合鹽,最佳為鋰鹽。 (v) The above M 1 and M each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation, and examples of the monovalent counter cation include an ammonium ion, an alkali metal ion (e.g., lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic a cation (for example, tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylphosphonium ion, tetramethylphosphonium), preferably a lithium salt, a sodium salt, a potassium salt, an ammonium salt, more preferably a lithium salt or a lithium salt as a main component The salt is mixed, preferably a lithium salt.

作為該結構較佳的主要原因,可列舉:通式(B-1)的偶氮化合物的水溶性提昇,可電子地.立體地賦予能夠使良好的色澤與著色力及高保存穩定性並存的偶氮色素結構。 As a preferred factor for the structure, the water solubility of the azo compound of the formula (B-1) can be increased, and it can be electronically. An azo dye structure capable of coexisting with good color, coloring power, and high storage stability is provided three-dimensionally.

其結果,作為墨水組成物的儲存穩定性提昇,作為墨水的要求性能的光牢固性、熱穩定性、濕熱穩定性、耐水性、耐氣體性及/或耐溶劑性大幅度地提昇,因此成為較佳例。 As a result, the storage stability of the ink composition is improved, and the light fastness, thermal stability, moist heat stability, water resistance, gas resistance, and/or solvent resistance which are required properties of the ink are greatly improved, and thus A preferred example.

由上述通式(B-1)所表示的化合物為由下述通式(2-1)所表示的化合物亦較佳。 The compound represented by the above formula (B-1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (2-1).

以下,對由通式(2-1)所表示的化合物或其鹽進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the compound represented by the formula (2-1) or a salt thereof will be described in detail.

(通式(2-1)中,G表示氮原子或-C(R2)=。R2表示氫原子、磺基、羧基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、或氰基。R11、 R12、R13、及R14分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。A表示經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的含氮5員雜環基。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (2-1), G represents a nitrogen atom or -C(R 2 )=. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, or a cyano group. R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 5 member. Heterocyclic group. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation)

通式(2-1)中的G、A、R2及M的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(B-1)中的G、A、R2及M的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Formula (2-1) in the G, A, examples of R 2 and M are each independently an example in the general formula (B-1) of G, A, R 2 and M are the same meaning as the preferred embodiment The same is true.

作為通式(2-1)中的R11、R12、R13、及R14所表示的一價的取代基,可分別獨立地列舉取代基群A',較佳為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、經取代或未經取代的雜環基,更佳為經離子性親水性基取代的烷基(可列舉碳數為1~10的烷基,較佳為甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、或第三丁基,更佳為甲基、乙基、或正丙基,進而更佳為正丙基)、或經離子性親水性基取代的芳基(可列舉碳數為6~20的芳基,較佳為苯基、萘基,更佳為苯基)。 As the monovalent substituent represented by R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 in the formula (2-1), the substituent group A' may be independently listed, preferably substituted or not. The substituted alkyl group, the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, more preferably an alkyl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group (for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms) Base, preferably methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, or tert-butyl, more preferably methyl, ethyl, or n-propyl Further, the group is more preferably n-propyl) or an aryl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group (exemplified by an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group). .

由上述通式(B-1)、通式(2-1)所表示的化合物為由下述通式(3-1)所表示的化合物亦較佳。 The compound represented by the above formula (B-1) and formula (2-1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (3-1).

以下,對由通式(3-1)所表示的化合物或其鹽進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the compound represented by the formula (3-1) or a salt thereof will be described in detail.

通式(3-1) General formula (3-1)

(通式(3-1)中,G表示氮原子或-C(R2)=。R2表示氫原子、磺基、羧基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、或氰基。R11、R12、R13、及R14分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。X1、X2、X3、X4、及X5分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (3-1), G represents a nitrogen atom or -C(R 2 )=. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, or a cyano group. R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a a valence substituent. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation)

通式(3-1)中的G、R2、R11、R12、R13、R14及M的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(2-1)中的G、R2、R11、R12、R13、R14及M的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Examples of G, R 2 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and M in the formula (3-1) are independently and G, R 2 and R 11 in the above formula (2-1), respectively. Examples of R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and M have the same meanings, and preferred examples are also the same.

通式(3-1)中,X1、X2、X3、X4、及X5分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。作為X1、X2、X3、X4、及X5表示取代基時的取代基,可列舉上述取代基群J。 In the formula (3-1), X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. Examples of the substituent in the case where X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 represent a substituent include the above-mentioned substituent group J.

X1、X2、X3、X4、及X5較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子、離子性親水性基、氰基、經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基、經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基、硝基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基,更佳為氫原子、離子性親水性基、氰基、甲磺醯基、苯基磺醯基、 硝基、甲氧基羰基、胺甲醯基,特佳為氫原子、離子性親水性基、或氰基。 X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 are preferably independently a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group, substituted or Unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, nitro, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted aminyl, substituted or unsubstituted sulfonamide, Preferably, it is a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a cyano group, a methanesulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a nitro group, a methoxycarbonyl group, an amine carbenyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, Or cyano.

通式(3-1)中,X2及X4較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或離子性親水性基。X1、X3、及X5較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或取代基群J的任一者,更佳為X1、X3、及X5的至少一個表示哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基。哈米特的取代基常數σp值的上限為1.0以下。 In the formula (3-1), X 2 and X 4 are each preferably independently a hydrogen atom or an ionic hydrophilic group. X 1 , X 3 , and X 5 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent group J, and more preferably at least one of X 1 , X 3 , and X 5 represents a σp value of Hammett. It is a pull electron base of 0.3 or more. The upper limit of the substituent constant σp value of Hammett is 1.0 or less.

若X1、X3、及X5的至少一個是σp值為該範圍的拉電子基,則可調整偶氮化合物的色澤並提昇光牢固性及臭氧氣體牢固性,就用作噴墨記錄黑墨水用水溶性染料的觀點而言可獲得效果。 If at least one of X 1 , X 3 , and X 5 is a zeta electron group having a σp value in the range, the color of the azo compound can be adjusted, and the light fastness and the ozone gas firmness can be improved, and it can be used as an inkjet recording black. The ink can obtain an effect from the viewpoint of a water-soluble dye.

作為σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基的具體例,可列舉:醯基、醯氧基、胺甲醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、氰基、硝基、二烷基膦醯基、二芳基膦醯基、二芳基氧膦基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、磺醯氧基、醯硫基、胺磺醯基、硫氰酸酯基、硫羰基、鹵化烷基、鹵化烷氧基、鹵化芳氧基、鹵化烷基胺基、鹵化烷硫基、經σp值為0.3以上的其他拉電子基取代的芳基、硝基、雜環基、鹵素原子、偶氮基、或硒氰酸酯基。較佳為氰基、甲基磺醯基、苯基磺醯基、甲氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、硝基,更佳為氰基、甲基磺醯基、硝基。 Specific examples of the electron withdrawing group having a σp value of 0.3 or more include an anthracenyl group, a decyloxy group, an amine carbaryl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, and a dialkylphosphine oxime. , diarylphosphonium, diarylphosphinyl, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, sulfonyloxy, sulfonylthio Aminesulfonyl, thiocyanate, thiocarbonyl, alkyl halide, halogenated alkoxy, halogenated aryloxy, halogenated alkylamino, halogenated alkylthio, other electrons with a σp value of 0.3 or more A substituted aryl, nitro, heterocyclic, halogen atom, azo group, or selenocyanate group. Preferred is a cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, an amine carbenyl group, a nitro group, more preferably a cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group or a nitro group.

就色澤、著色力、水溶性的儲存穩定性的觀點而言,上述之中,較佳為X2、及X4的至少一個為離子性親水性基,且較佳為X1、X3、及X5為氫原子或哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子 基,更佳為X1、X3、及X5為氫原子,X2、及X4為離子性親水性基。作為離子性親水性基,較佳為-SO3M1或-CO2M1(M1表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子),更佳為-CO2M1,特佳為-CO2Li。 In view of the color, the coloring power, and the water-soluble storage stability, at least one of X 2 and X 4 is preferably an ionic hydrophilic group, and preferably X 1 , X 3 , And X 5 is a hydrogen atom or a Hammett having a σp value of 0.3 or more, more preferably X 1 , X 3 and X 5 are hydrogen atoms, and X 2 and X 4 are ionic hydrophilic groups. As the ionic hydrophilic group, -SO 3 M 1 or -CO 2 M 1 (M 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation), more preferably -CO 2 M 1 , particularly preferably -CO 2 Li.

作為由通式(3-1)所表示的化合物特佳的組合為包含以下的(i)~(v)者。 The combination which is particularly preferable as the compound represented by the formula (3-1) is the following (i) to (v).

(i)X2及X4較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或離子性親水性基,X1、X3、及X5的至少一個較佳為表示哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基,氰基、甲基磺醯基、苯基磺醯基、甲氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、硝基,更佳為氰基、甲基磺醯基、硝基,進而更佳為氰基,特佳為X1、X2、X3及X4為氫原子,X5為氰基。 (i) X 2 and X 4 are each preferably independently a hydrogen atom or an ionic hydrophilic group, and at least one of X 1 , X 3 and X 5 preferably represents a Hammert σp value of 0.3 or more. Electron-based, cyano, methylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, methoxycarbonyl, aminecaraki, nitro, more preferably cyano, methylsulfonyl, nitro, and thus more preferably It is a cyano group, particularly preferably X 1 , X 2 , X 3 and X 4 are a hydrogen atom, and X 5 is a cyano group.

(ii)G表示氮原子或-C(R2)=,較佳為-C(R2)=。R2表示氫原子、磺基、羧基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、或氰基,較佳為胺甲醯基(-CONH2基)或氰基,更佳為氰基。 (ii) G represents a nitrogen atom or -C(R 2 )=, preferably -C(R 2 )=. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine mercapto group, or a cyano group, preferably an aminomethyl group (-CONH 2 group) or a cyano group, more preferably a cyano group.

(iii)作為R11、R12、R13、及R14所表示的一價的取代基,可列舉取代基群A',較佳為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、經取代或未經取代的雜環基,更佳為經離子性親水性基取代的烷基、或經離子性親水性基取代的芳基。 (iii) The monovalent substituent represented by R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 may, for example, be a substituted group A', preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted The substituted aryl group, the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group is more preferably an alkyl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group or an aryl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group.

(iv)作為離子性親水性基,較佳為-SO3M1或-CO2M1,更佳為-SO3M1,特佳為-SO3Li。 (iv) As the ionic hydrophilic group, -SO 3 M 1 or -CO 2 M 1 is preferred, and -SO 3 M 1 is more preferred, and -SO 3 Li is particularly preferred.

(v)上述M1及M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子,作為一價的抗衡陽離子,例如可列舉銨離子、鹼金屬離子(例如鋰離子、鈉離子、鉀離子)及有機陽離子(例如四甲 基銨離子、四甲基胍鎓離子、四甲基鏻),較佳為鋰鹽、鈉鹽、鉀鹽、銨鹽,更佳為鋰鹽或將鋰鹽作為主成分的混合鹽,最佳為鋰鹽。 (v) The above M 1 and M each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation, and examples of the monovalent counter cation include an ammonium ion, an alkali metal ion (e.g., lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic a cation (for example, tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylphosphonium ion, tetramethylphosphonium), preferably a lithium salt, a sodium salt, a potassium salt, an ammonium salt, more preferably a lithium salt or a lithium salt as a main component The salt is mixed, preferably a lithium salt.

作為該結構較佳的主要原因,可列舉:通式(3-1)的偶氮化合物的水溶性與墨水組成物中的偶氮色素的締合性顯著提昇,尤其墨水組成物中的儲存穩定性提昇。 As a preferable factor of the structure, the water solubility of the azo compound of the formula (3-1) and the association of the azo dye in the ink composition are remarkably improved, and in particular, the storage in the ink composition is stable. Sexual improvement.

其結果,可長期穩定地保存,作為墨水的要求性能的光牢固性、熱穩定性、濕熱穩定性、耐水性、耐氣體性及/或耐溶劑性大幅度地提昇,因此成為較佳例。 As a result, it can be stably stored for a long period of time, and the light fastness, thermal stability, moist heat stability, water resistance, gas resistance, and/or solvent resistance which are required properties of the ink are greatly improved, which is a preferred example.

由上述通式(B-1)、通式(2-1)或通式(3-1)所表示的化合物較佳為由下述通式(4-1)所表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the above formula (B-1), formula (2-1) or formula (3-1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (4-1).

以下,對由通式(4-1)所表示的化合物或其鹽進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the compound represented by the formula (4-1) or a salt thereof will be described in detail.

(通式(4-1)中,R11、R12、R13、及R14分別獨立地表 示氫原子、或一價的取代基。X1、X2、X3、X4、及X5分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (4-1), R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation)

通式(4-1)中的R11、R12、R13、R14及M的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(2-1)中的R11、R12、R13、R14及M的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Examples of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and M in the formula (4-1) are independently and independently R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 in the above formula (2-1). The examples of M have the same meaning, and the preferred examples are also the same.

通式(4-1)中的X1、X2、X3、X4、及X5的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(3-1)中的X1、X2、X3、X4、及X5的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Examples of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 in the formula (4-1) are independently the same as X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , and X in the above formula (3-1). The examples of 4 and X 5 have the same meaning, and the preferred examples are also the same.

該結構較佳的主要原因如下:藉由通式(B-1)中的含有G的環並非含氮5員雜環而變成噻吩環,而能夠以更高的水準改良使用本發明的墨水組成物的印相物的圖像牢固性的保存性(例如臭氧氣體牢固性、光牢固性)、變色(顏色變化)、褪色(消色),作為要求變色.褪色的變化小的灰色墨水~黑色墨水的適應性提昇。 The reason why the structure is preferable is as follows: the ring containing G in the formula (B-1) is not a nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic ring and becomes a thiophene ring, and the ink composition of the present invention can be improved at a higher level. The image retention of the object is preserved (eg, ozone gas firmness, light fastness), discoloration (color change), fading (decoloration), and discoloration is required. The gray ink with little change in fading is more adaptable to black ink.

由上述通式(B-1)、通式(2-1)、通式(3-1)或通式(4-1)所表示的化合物較佳為由下述通式(5)所表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the above formula (B-1), formula (2-1), formula (3-1) or formula (4-1) is preferably represented by the following formula (5). compound of.

以下,對由通式(5)所表示的化合物或其鹽進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the compound represented by the formula (5) or a salt thereof will be described in detail.

通式(5) General formula (5)

(通式(5)中,M1、M2、M3、M4、及M5分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子,當M1、M2、M3、M4、及M5表示一價的抗衡陽離子時,是表示鋰離子、鈉離子、鉀離子、或銨離子) (In the formula (5), M 1 , M 2 , M 3 , M 4 and M 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation, when M 1 , M 2 , M 3 , M 4 , and When M 5 represents a monovalent counter cation, it means lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion, or ammonium ion)

由上述通式(B-1)所表示的化合物為由下述通式(2-2)所表示的化合物亦較佳。 The compound represented by the above formula (B-1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (2-2).

以下,對由通式(2-2)所表示的化合物或其鹽進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the compound represented by the formula (2-2) or a salt thereof will be described in detail.

(通式(2-2)中,G表示氮原子或-C(R2)=。R2表示氫原子、磺基、羧基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、或氰基。R3表示一價的取代基。A表示經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的含氮5員雜環基。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (2-2), G represents a nitrogen atom or -C(R 2 )=. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, or a cyano group. R 3 represents a monovalent substituent. A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation. )

通式(2-2)中的A、G、R2及M的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(B-1)中的A、G、R2及M的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 General formula (2-2) is A, G, M, and examples of R 2 are independently an example in the general formula (B-1) of A, G, R 2 and M are the same meaning as the preferred embodiment The same is true.

作為通式(2-2)中的R3所表示的一價的取代基,可列舉取代基群A',較佳為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、經取代或未經取代的雜環基,更佳為經離子性親水性基取代的烷基、或芳基,特佳為經離子性親水性基取代的烷基。 The monovalent substituent represented by R 3 in the formula (2-2) includes a substituent group A', preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. The group, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, more preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group, particularly preferably an alkyl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group.

於上述經離子性親水性基取代的烷基中,作為烷基,較佳為甲基、乙基、或正丙基,特佳為乙基。作為離子性親水性基,較佳為-SO3M1或-CO2M1(M1表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子),更佳為-CO2M1,特佳為-CO2Li。 In the alkyl group substituted with the above ionic hydrophilic group, the alkyl group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group or a n-propyl group, and particularly preferably an ethyl group. As the ionic hydrophilic group, -SO 3 M 1 or -CO 2 M 1 (M 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation), more preferably -CO 2 M 1 , particularly preferably -CO 2 Li.

由上述通式(B-1)、通式(2-2)所表示的化合物較佳為由下述通式(3-2)所表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the above formula (B-1) and formula (2-2) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (3-2).

以下,對由通式(3-2)所表示的化合物或其鹽進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the compound represented by the formula (3-2) or a salt thereof will be described in detail.

(通式(3-2)中,G表示氮原子或-C(R2)=。R2表示氫原子、磺基、羧基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、或氰基。R3表示一價的取代基。X1、X2、X3、X4、及X5分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (3-2), G represents a nitrogen atom or -C(R 2 )=. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, or a cyano group. R 3 represents a monovalent substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counterbalance. cation)

通式(3-2)中的G、R2、R3及M的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(2-2)中的G、R2、R3及M的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Formula (3-2) in the G, R 2, R 3 and M in the example are each independently the general formula G (2-2) in, R 2, R 3 and examples of the same meaning as M, more The best case is the same.

通式(3-2)中,X1、X2、X3、X4、及X5分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。作為X1、X2、X3、X4、及X5表示取代基時的取代基,可列舉上述取代基群J。 In the formula (3-2), X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. Examples of the substituent in the case where X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 represent a substituent include the above-mentioned substituent group J.

X1、X2、X3、X4、及X5較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子、離子性親水性基、氰基、經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基、經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基、硝基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基, 更佳為氫原子、離子性親水性基、氰基、甲磺醯基、苯基磺醯基、硝基、甲氧基羰基、胺甲醯基,特佳為氫原子、離子性親水性基(較佳為-SO3M1或-CO2M1,更佳為-CO2M1,特佳為-CO2Li)、或氰基。 X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and X 5 are preferably independently a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group, substituted or Unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, nitro, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted amide, substituted or unsubstituted sulfonamide, Preferably, it is a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a cyano group, a methanesulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a nitro group, a methoxycarbonyl group, an amine carbenyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or an ionic hydrophilic group ( It is preferably -SO 3 M 1 or -CO 2 M 1 , more preferably -CO 2 M 1 , particularly preferably -CO 2 Li), or a cyano group.

通式(3-2)中,X2及X4較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或離子性親水性基。X1、X3、及X5較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或取代基群J的任一者,更佳為X1、X3、及X5的至少一個表示哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基。哈米特的取代基常數σp值的上限為1.0以下。 In the formula (3-2), X 2 and X 4 are each preferably independently a hydrogen atom or an ionic hydrophilic group. X 1 , X 3 , and X 5 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent group J, and more preferably at least one of X 1 , X 3 , and X 5 represents a σp value of Hammett. It is a pull electron base of 0.3 or more. The upper limit of the substituent constant σp value of Hammett is 1.0 or less.

若X1、X3、及X5的至少一個是σp值為該範圍的拉電子基,則可調整偶氮化合物的色澤並提昇光牢固性及臭氧氣體牢固性,就用作噴墨記錄黑墨水用水溶性染料的觀點而言可獲得效果。 If at least one of X 1 , X 3 , and X 5 is a zeta electron group having a σp value in the range, the color of the azo compound can be adjusted, and the light fastness and the ozone gas firmness can be improved, and it can be used as an inkjet recording black. The ink can obtain an effect from the viewpoint of a water-soluble dye.

作為σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基的具體例,可列舉:醯基、醯氧基、胺甲醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、氰基、硝基、二烷基膦醯基、二芳基膦醯基、二芳基氧膦基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、磺醯氧基、醯硫基、胺磺醯基、硫氰酸酯基、硫羰基、鹵化烷基、鹵化烷氧基、鹵化芳氧基、鹵化烷基胺基、鹵化烷硫基、經σp值為0.3以上的其他拉電子基取代的芳基、硝基、雜環基、鹵素原子、偶氮基、或硒氰酸酯基。較佳為氰基、甲基磺醯基、苯基磺醯基、甲氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、硝基,更佳為氰基、甲基磺醯基、硝基。 Specific examples of the electron withdrawing group having a σp value of 0.3 or more include an anthracenyl group, a decyloxy group, an amine carbaryl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, and a dialkylphosphine oxime. , diarylphosphonium, diarylphosphinyl, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, sulfonyloxy, sulfonylthio Aminesulfonyl, thiocyanate, thiocarbonyl, alkyl halide, halogenated alkoxy, halogenated aryloxy, halogenated alkylamino, halogenated alkylthio, other electrons with a σp value of 0.3 or more A substituted aryl, nitro, heterocyclic, halogen atom, azo group, or selenocyanate group. Preferred is a cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, an amine carbenyl group, a nitro group, more preferably a cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group or a nitro group.

就色澤、著色力、水溶性的儲存穩定性的觀點而言,上 述之中,較佳為X2、及X4的至少一個為離子性親水性基,且較佳為X1、X3、及X5為氫原子或哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基,更佳為X1、X3、及X5為氫原子,X2、及X4為離子性親水性基。作為離子性親水性基,較佳為-SO3M1或-CO2M1(M1表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子),更佳為-CO2M1,特佳為-CO2Li。 In view of the color, the coloring power, and the water-soluble storage stability, at least one of X 2 and X 4 is preferably an ionic hydrophilic group, and preferably X 1 , X 3 , And X 5 is a hydrogen atom or a Hammett having a σp value of 0.3 or more, more preferably X 1 , X 3 and X 5 are hydrogen atoms, and X 2 and X 4 are ionic hydrophilic groups. As the ionic hydrophilic group, -SO 3 M 1 or -CO 2 M 1 (M 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation), more preferably -CO 2 M 1 , particularly preferably -CO 2 Li.

作為由通式(3-2)所表示的化合物特佳的組合為包含以下的(i)~(iv)者。 The combination which is particularly preferable as the compound represented by the formula (3-2) is the following (i) to (iv).

(i)較佳為X2、及X4的至少一個為離子性親水性基,且較佳為X1、X3、及X5為氫原子或哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基,更佳為X1、X3、及X5為氫原子,X2、及X4為離子性親水性基。 (i) preferably at least one of X 2 and X 4 is an ionic hydrophilic group, and preferably X 1 , X 3 , and X 5 are hydrogen atoms or the Hammert σp value is 0.3 or more. More preferably, X 1 , X 3 and X 5 are a hydrogen atom, and X 2 and X 4 are ionic hydrophilic groups.

(ii)作為R3所表示的一價的取代基,可列舉取代基群A',較佳為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、雜環基,更佳為經離子性親水性基取代的烷基、芳基。 (ii) The monovalent substituent represented by R 3 may, for example, be a substituted group A', preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a heterocyclic group. More preferably, it is an alkyl group or an aryl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group.

(iii)作為離子性親水性基,較佳為-SO3M1或-CO2M1,更佳為-CO2M1,特佳為-CO2Li。 (iii) As the ionic hydrophilic group, -SO 3 M 1 or -CO 2 M 1 is preferred, and -CO 2 M 1 is more preferred, and -CO 2 Li is particularly preferred.

(iv)上述M1及M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子,作為一價的抗衡陽離子,例如可列舉銨離子、鹼金屬離子(例如鋰離子、鈉離子、鉀離子)及有機陽離子(例如四甲基銨離子、四甲基胍鎓離子、四甲基鏻),較佳為鋰鹽、鈉鹽、鉀鹽、銨鹽,更佳為鋰鹽或將鋰鹽作為主成分的混合鹽,最佳為鋰鹽。 (iv) The above M 1 and M each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation, and examples of the monovalent counter cation include an ammonium ion, an alkali metal ion (for example, lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic a cation (for example, tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylphosphonium ion, tetramethylphosphonium), preferably a lithium salt, a sodium salt, a potassium salt, an ammonium salt, more preferably a lithium salt or a lithium salt as a main component The salt is mixed, preferably a lithium salt.

作為該結構較佳的主要原因,可列舉:通式(3-2)的偶氮化合物的水溶性與墨水組成物中的偶氮色素的締合性顯著提昇,尤其墨水組成物中的高儲存穩定性提昇。 As a preferable factor of the structure, the water solubility of the azo compound of the formula (3-2) and the association of the azo dye in the ink composition are remarkably improved, especially in the ink composition. Increased stability.

其結果,可長期穩定地保存,作為墨水的要求性能的光牢固性、熱穩定性、濕熱穩定性、耐水性、耐氣體性及/或耐溶劑性大幅度地提昇,因此成為較佳例。 As a result, it can be stably stored for a long period of time, and the light fastness, thermal stability, moist heat stability, water resistance, gas resistance, and/or solvent resistance which are required properties of the ink are greatly improved, which is a preferred example.

由上述通式(B-1)、通式(2-2)或通式(3-2)所表示的化合物較佳為由下述通式(4-2)所表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the above formula (B-1), formula (2-2) or formula (3-2) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (4-2).

以下,對由通式(4-2)所表示的化合物或其鹽進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the compound represented by the formula (4-2) or a salt thereof will be described in detail.

(通式(4-2)中,R3表示一價的取代基。X1、X2、X3、X4、及X5分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (4-2), R 3 represents a monovalent substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. Independently representing a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation)

通式(4-2)中的R3、及M的例子分別獨立地與上述通 式(2-2)中的R3、及M的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Examples of R 3 and M in the formula (4-2) are the same as the examples of R 3 and M in the above formula (2-2), and the preferred examples are also the same.

通式(4-2)中,X1、X2、X3、X4、及X5與上述通式(3-2)中的X1、X2、X3、X4、及X5的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 In the general formula (4-2), X 1, X 2, X 3, X 4, and X 5 in the general formula (3-2) in the X 1, X 2, X 3 , X 4, and X 5 The examples are the same and the preferred examples are the same.

作為由通式(4)所表示的化合物特佳的組合為包含以下的(i)~(iv)者。 The combination which is particularly preferable as the compound represented by the general formula (4) is the following (i) to (iv).

(i)通式(B-1)中的A為具有取代基的芳基,更佳為具有離子性親水性基或哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基的芳基,進而更佳為具有2個離子性親水性基的苯基。 (i) A in the formula (B-1) is an aryl group having a substituent, and more preferably an aryl group having an ionic hydrophilic group or a Hammert having a σp value of 0.3 or more, and further A phenyl group having two ionic hydrophilic groups is preferred.

(ii)作為R3所表示的一價的取代基,可列舉取代基群A',較佳為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、雜環基,更佳為經離子性親水性基取代的烷基、芳基,特佳為經離子性親水性基取代的烷基(較佳為甲基、乙基、或正丙基,特佳為正丙基)。 (ii) The monovalent substituent represented by R 3 may, for example, be a substituted group A', preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a heterocyclic group. More preferably, it is an alkyl group or an aryl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group, and particularly preferably an alkyl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group (preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a n-propyl group, particularly preferably a positive C-propyl group). base).

(iii)作為離子性親水性基,較佳為-SO3M1或-CO2M1,更佳為-CO2M1,特佳為-CO2Li。 (iii) As the ionic hydrophilic group, -SO 3 M 1 or -CO 2 M 1 is preferred, and -CO 2 M 1 is more preferred, and -CO 2 Li is particularly preferred.

(iv)上述M1及M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子,作為一價的抗衡陽離子,例如可列舉銨離子、鹼金屬離子(例如鋰離子、鈉離子、鉀離子)及有機陽離子(例如四甲基銨離子、四甲基胍鎓離子、四甲基鏻)。作為所形成的鹽,較佳為鋰鹽、鈉鹽、鉀鹽、銨鹽,更佳為鋰鹽或將鋰鹽作為主成分的混合鹽,最佳為鋰鹽。 (iv) The above M 1 and M each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation, and examples of the monovalent counter cation include an ammonium ion, an alkali metal ion (for example, lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic A cation (for example, tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylphosphonium ion, tetramethylphosphonium). The salt to be formed is preferably a lithium salt, a sodium salt, a potassium salt or an ammonium salt, more preferably a lithium salt or a mixed salt containing a lithium salt as a main component, and most preferably a lithium salt.

該結構較佳的主要原因如下:藉由通式(B-1)中的含 有G的環並非含氮5員雜環而變成噻吩環,而能夠以更高的水準改良使用本發明的墨水組成物的印相物的圖像牢固性的保存性(例如臭氧氣體牢固性、光牢固性)、變色(顏色變化)、褪色(消色),作為要求變色、褪色的變化小的灰色墨水~黑色墨水的適應性提昇。 The main reason for the structure is as follows: by the formula (B-1) The ring having G is not a nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic ring and becomes a thiophene ring, and the image retaining property of the printed matter using the ink composition of the present invention can be improved at a higher level (for example, ozone gas firmness, Light fastness), discoloration (color change), fading (decoloration), as a gray ink that requires little change in color and fading, the adaptability of black ink is improved.

由上述通式(B-1)、通式(2-2)、通式(3-2)或通式(4-2)所表示的化合物較佳為由下述通式(5-2)所表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the above formula (B-1), formula (2-2), formula (3-2) or formula (4-2) is preferably represented by the following formula (5-2). The compound represented.

(M2分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子,當M2表示一價的抗衡陽離子時,是表示鋰離子、鈉離子、鉀離子、或銨離子) (M 2 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation, and when M 2 represents a monovalent counter cation, it means a lithium ion, a sodium ion, a potassium ion, or an ammonium ion)

通式(5-2)中的M2的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(2-2)中的M的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Examples of M 2 in the formula (5-2) are each independently the same as the examples of M in the above formula (2-2), and preferred examples are also the same.

另外,將由通式(B-1)所表示的偶氮化合物用作色素(著色劑)的水溶液及水溶性墨水組成物表示含有染料或顏料等色材與其分散劑(溶劑等)的組成物,可特別適宜地用於圖像形成。 In addition, the azo compound represented by the general formula (B-1) is used as an aqueous solution of a dye (colorant) and a water-soluble ink composition, and a composition containing a color material such as a dye or a pigment and a dispersing agent (solvent or the like) is used. It can be used particularly suitably for image formation.

由上述通式(B-1)所表示的化合物為由下述通式(1-3)所表示的化合物亦較佳。 The compound represented by the above formula (B-1) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1-3).

以下,對由通式(1-3)所表示的化合物或其鹽進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the compound represented by the formula (1-3) or a salt thereof will be described in detail.

(通式(1-3)中,G表示氮原子或-C(R2)=。R2表示氫原子、磺基、羧基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、或氰基。X1、X2、X3、X4、X5、X6及X7分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。Y2、Y3、及Y4分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。Y2、Y3、及Y4可相互鍵結而形成環。Y2、Y3及Y4不會同時均表示氫原子。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (1-3), G represents a nitrogen atom or -C(R 2 )=. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, or a cyano group. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, Or a monovalent substituent. Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 do not simultaneously represent a hydrogen atom. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent Counter cation)

通式(1-3)中的G、R2、Y2、Y3、Y4及M的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(B-1)中的G、R2、Y2、Y3、Y4及M的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Examples of G, R 2 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 and M in the formula (1-3) are each independently a G, R 2 , Y 2 , Y 3 in the above formula (B-1). Examples of Y 4 and M have the same meaning, and preferred examples are also the same.

通式(1-3)中,X1、X2、X3、X4、X5、X6及X7分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。作為X1、X2、X3、X4、X5、X6及X7表示取代基時的取代基,可列舉上述取代基J。 In the formula (1-3), X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. Examples of the substituent in the case where X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 represent a substituent include the above substituent J.

X1、X2、X3、X4、X5、X6及X7較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子、離子性親水性基、氰基、經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基、經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基、硝基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基,更佳為氫原子、離子性親水性基、氰基、甲磺醯基、苯基磺醯基、硝基、甲氧基羰基、胺甲醯基,特佳為氫原子、離子性親水性基、或氰基。 X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 are preferably independently a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonate. A substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine Sulfhydryl group, more preferably hydrogen atom, ionic hydrophilic group, cyano group, methanesulfonyl group, phenylsulfonyl group, nitro group, methoxycarbonyl group, amine carbenyl group, particularly preferably hydrogen atom, ion Hydrophilic group, or cyano group.

通式(1-3)中,較佳為X1、X3、X5及X7分別獨立地為氫原子或取代基群J的任一者,進而,較佳為X2、X4、及X6的至少一個表示哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基。 In the formula (1-3), X 1 , X 3 , X 5 and X 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent group J, and further preferably X 2 and X 4 . And at least one of X 6 represents a tensile electron group having a σp value of 0.3 or more.

若X2、X4、及X6的至少一個是σp值為該範圍的拉電子基,則可調整偶氮化合物的色澤並提昇光牢固性及臭氧氣體牢固性,就用作噴墨記錄黑墨水用水溶性染料的觀點而言可獲得效果。 If at least one of X 2 , X 4 , and X 6 is a zirconium group having a σp value in the range, the color of the azo compound can be adjusted, and the light fastness and the ozone gas firmness can be improved, and it can be used as an inkjet recording black. The ink can obtain an effect from the viewpoint of a water-soluble dye.

X2、X4、及X6較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子、離子性親水性基、氰基、經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基、經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基、硝基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基、經 取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基,更佳為氫原子、離子性親水性基、氰基、甲磺醯基、苯基磺醯基、硝基、甲氧基羰基、胺甲醯基,特佳為氫原子、離子性親水性基、或氰基。 X 2 , X 4 , and X 6 are preferably independently a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, a cyano group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. a sulfonyl group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine sulfonyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an ion The hydrophilic group, the cyano group, the methanesulfonyl group, the phenylsulfonyl group, the nitro group, the methoxycarbonyl group, the amine carbenyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, or a cyano group.

進而,較佳為X2、X4、及X6的至少一個表示哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基,且哈米特的取代基常數σp值的上限為1.0以下,更佳為X2、及X6為離子性羥基,X4表示哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基。 Further, it is preferable that at least one of X 2 , X 4 and X 6 represents a zestidine having a σp value of 0.3 or more, and an upper limit of the substituent constant σp of Hammett is 1.0 or less, more preferably X 2 and X 6 are ionic hydroxyl groups, and X 4 represents a zestidine having a σp value of 0.3 or more.

作為σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基的具體例,可列舉:醯基、醯氧基、胺甲醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、氰基、硝基、二烷基膦醯基、二芳基膦醯基、二芳基氧膦基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、磺醯氧基、醯硫基、胺磺醯基、硫氰酸酯基、硫羰基、鹵化烷基、鹵化烷氧基、鹵化芳氧基、鹵化烷基胺基、鹵化烷硫基、經σp值為0.3以上的其他拉電子基取代的芳基、硝基、雜環基、鹵素原子、偶氮基、或硒氰酸酯基。較佳為氰基、甲基磺醯基、苯基磺醯基、甲氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、硝基,更佳為氰基、甲基磺醯基、硝基。 Specific examples of the electron withdrawing group having a σp value of 0.3 or more include an anthracenyl group, a decyloxy group, an amine carbaryl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, and a dialkylphosphine oxime. , diarylphosphonium, diarylphosphinyl, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, sulfonyloxy, sulfonylthio Aminesulfonyl, thiocyanate, thiocarbonyl, alkyl halide, halogenated alkoxy, halogenated aryloxy, halogenated alkylamino, halogenated alkylthio, other electrons with a σp value of 0.3 or more A substituted aryl, nitro, heterocyclic, halogen atom, azo group, or selenocyanate group. Preferred is a cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, an amine carbenyl group, a nitro group, more preferably a cyano group, a methylsulfonyl group or a nitro group.

就色澤、著色力、水溶性的儲存穩定性的觀點而言,上述之中,較佳為X2、X4、及X6的至少一個為離子性親水性基,且較佳為X2、X4、及X6的至少一個為哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基,更佳為X3為哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基,X2、及X6為離子性親水性基。作為離子性親水性基,較佳為-SO3M1 或-CO2M1(M1表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子),更佳為-SO3M1,特佳為-SO3Li。 In view of the color, the coloring power, and the water-soluble storage stability, at least one of X 2 , X 4 , and X 6 is preferably an ionic hydrophilic group, and preferably X 2 , At least one of X 4 and X 6 is an electron withdrawing group having a σp value of 0.3 or more of Hammett, and more preferably X 3 is an electron withdrawing group having a σp value of 0.3 or more of Hammett, X 2 , and X 6 . It is an ionic hydrophilic group. As the ionic hydrophilic group, -SO 3 M 1 or -CO 2 M 1 (M 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation), more preferably -SO 3 M 1 , particularly preferably -SO 3 Li.

作為由通式(1-3)所表示的化合物特佳的組合為包含以下的(i)~(v)者。 The combination which is particularly preferable as the compound represented by the general formula (1-3) is the following (i) to (v).

(i)G表示氮原子或-C(R2)=,較佳為-C(R2)=。R2表示氫原子、磺基、羧基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、或氰基,較佳為胺甲醯基(-CONH2基)或氰基,更佳為氰基。 (i) G represents a nitrogen atom or -C(R 2 )=, preferably -C(R 2 )=. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine mercapto group, or a cyano group, preferably an aminomethyl group (-CONH 2 group) or a cyano group, more preferably a cyano group.

(ii)Y2、Y3、及Y4較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的雜環胺基、離子性親水性基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基胺基、經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基胺基、經取代或未經取代的醯基胺基的任一者,更佳為氫原子、具有經取代或未經取代的胺基作為取代基的雜環胺基、離子性親水性基、經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基胺基、經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基胺基、經取代或未經取代的醯基胺基的任一者,特佳為氫原子、具有經取代或未經取代的胺基作為取代基的雜環胺基、具有離子性親水性基作為取代基的芳基磺醯基胺基、具有離子性親水性基作為取代基的醯基胺基的任一者。作為醯基胺基,較佳為烷基羰基胺基、具有離子性親水性基作為取代基的烷基羰基胺基、具有離子性親水性基作為取代基的芳基羰基胺基。作為該烷基羰基胺基中的烷基,較佳為甲基、乙基、或正丙基,更佳為乙基。作為該芳基羰基胺基中的芳基,較佳為苯基。 (ii) Y 2 , Y 3 , and Y 4 are preferably independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic amine group, an ionic hydrophilic group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine formazan. A substituted or unsubstituted sulfonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino group, substituted or unsubstituted Any one of a mercaptoamine group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a heterocyclic amine group having a substituted or unsubstituted amine group as a substituent, an ionic hydrophilic group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group Any of a sulfonylamino group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino group, a substituted or unsubstituted mercaptoamine group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, having a substituted or unsubstituted The amine group is a heterocyclic amine group as a substituent, an arylsulfonylamino group having an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent, and a mercaptoamine group having an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent. The mercaptoamine group is preferably an alkylcarbonylamino group, an alkylcarbonylamino group having an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent, and an arylcarbonylamino group having an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent. The alkyl group in the alkylcarbonylamino group is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group or a n-propyl group, more preferably an ethyl group. As the aryl group in the arylcarbonylamino group, a phenyl group is preferred.

最佳為Y2、及Y4表示氫原子,Y3為具有經取代或未經取代的胺基作為取代基的雜環胺基、具有離子性親水性基作為取代基的芳基磺醯基胺基、或具有離子性親水性基作為取代基的醯基胺基。 Most preferably, Y 2 and Y 4 represent a hydrogen atom, and Y 3 is a heterocyclic amine group having a substituted or unsubstituted amino group as a substituent, and an arylsulfonyl group having an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent. An amine group or a mercaptoamine group having an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent.

(iii)作為離子性親水性基,較佳為-SO3M1或-CO2M1(M1表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子),更佳為-SO3M1,特佳為-SO3Li。 (iii) as the ionic hydrophilic group, preferably -SO 3 M 1 or -CO 2 M 1 (M 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation), more preferably -SO 3 M 1 , particularly preferably -SO 3 Li.

(iv)上述M1及M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子,作為一價的抗衡陽離子,例如可列舉銨離子、鹼金屬離子(例如鋰離子、鈉離子、鉀離子)及有機陽離子(例如四甲基銨離子、四甲基胍鎓離子、四甲基鏻),較佳為鋰鹽、鈉鹽、鉀鹽、銨鹽,更佳為鋰鹽或將鋰鹽作為主成分的混合鹽,最佳為鋰鹽。 (iv) The above M 1 and M each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation, and examples of the monovalent counter cation include an ammonium ion, an alkali metal ion (for example, lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic a cation (for example, tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylphosphonium ion, tetramethylphosphonium), preferably a lithium salt, a sodium salt, a potassium salt, an ammonium salt, more preferably a lithium salt or a lithium salt as a main component The salt is mixed, preferably a lithium salt.

(v)X1、X2、X3、X4、X5、X6及X7較佳為分別獨立地為氫原子或取代基群J的任一者,更佳為氫原子、離子性親水性基、氰基、甲磺醯基、苯基磺醯基、硝基、甲氧基羰基、胺甲醯基,特佳為氫原子、離子性親水性基、或氰基。較佳為X1、X3、X5及X7分別獨立地為氫原子或取代基群J的任一者,進而,較佳為X2、X4、及X6的至少一個表示哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基,更佳為X4為哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基,X2、及X6為離子性親水性基。作為離子性親水性基,較佳為-SO3M1或-CO2M1(M1表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子),更佳為-SO3M1, 特佳為-SO3Li。 (v) X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent group J, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an ionic group. Hydrophilic group, cyano group, methanesulfonyl group, phenylsulfonyl group, nitro group, methoxycarbonyl group, amine carbenyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, an ionic hydrophilic group, or a cyano group. Preferably, X 1 , X 3 , X 5 and X 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent group J, and further preferably at least one of X 2 , X 4 and X 6 represents Hami. The specific σp value is an electron withdrawing group of 0.3 or more, and more preferably X 4 is a zestidine having a σp value of 0.3 or more, and X 2 and X 6 are ionic hydrophilic groups. As the ionic hydrophilic group, -SO 3 M 1 or -CO 2 M 1 (M 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation), more preferably -SO 3 M 1 , particularly preferably -SO 3 Li.

作為該結構較佳的主要原因,可列舉:通式(1-3)的偶氮化合物的水溶性提昇,可電子地.立體地賦予能夠使良好的色澤與著色力及高保存穩定性並存的偶氮色素結構。 As a preferred reason for the structure, the water solubility of the azo compound of the formula (1-3) can be increased, and it can be electronically. An azo dye structure capable of coexisting with good color, coloring power, and high storage stability is provided three-dimensionally.

其結果,作為墨水組成物的儲存穩定性提昇,作為墨水的要求性能的光牢固性、熱穩定性、濕熱穩定性、耐水性、耐氣體性及/或耐溶劑性大幅度地提昇,因此成為較佳例。 As a result, the storage stability of the ink composition is improved, and the light fastness, thermal stability, moist heat stability, water resistance, gas resistance, and/or solvent resistance which are required properties of the ink are greatly improved, and thus A preferred example.

由上述通式(1-3)所表示的化合物為由下述通式(2-3)所表示的化合物亦較佳。 The compound represented by the above formula (1-3) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (2-3).

以下,對由通式(2-3)所表示的化合物或其鹽進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the compound represented by the formula (2-3) or a salt thereof will be described in detail.

(通式(2-3)中,G表示氮原子或-C(R2)=。R2表示氫原子、磺基、羧基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、或氰基。X1、 X2、X3、X4、X5、X6及X7分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。R11、R12、R13、及R14分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (2-3), G represents a nitrogen atom or -C(R 2 )=. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, or a cyano group. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are each independently represented. a hydrogen atom, or a monovalent substituent. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation)

通式(2-3)中的G、R2、X1~X7、及M的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(1-3)中的G、R2、X1~X7、及M的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Examples of G, R 2 , X 1 to X 7 , and M in the formula (2-3) are independently and G, R 2 , X 1 to X 7 in the above formula (1-3), and The examples of M have the same meaning, and the preferred examples are also the same.

作為通式(2-3)中的R11、R12、R13、及R14所表示的一價的取代基,可列舉取代基群A',較佳為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、經取代或未經取代的雜環基,更佳為經離子性親水性基取代的烷基、或經離子性親水性基取代的芳基。 The monovalent substituent represented by R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 in the formula (2-3) may, for example, be a substituent group A', preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkane. The aryl group, the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, more preferably an alkyl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group or an aryl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group.

於R11、R12中,較佳為一者為氫原子,另一者為氫原子或具有離子性親水性基的烷基、芳基。於R13、R14中,較佳為一者為氫原子,另一者為氫原子或具有離子性親水性基的烷基、芳基。 Among R 11 and R 12 , one is preferably a hydrogen atom, and the other is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group or an aryl group having an ionic hydrophilic group. Among R 13 and R 14 , one is preferably a hydrogen atom, and the other is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group or an aryl group having an ionic hydrophilic group.

尤其,藉由變成均三嗪環上的胺基的取代基(R11與R12)的一者為氫原子,另一者為具有離子性親水性基的烷基、或芳基,(R13與R14)的一者為氫原子,另一者為具有離子性親水性基的烷基、或芳基的組合,染料的水溶性與染料在水溶性中的締合性提昇(染料分子的相互作用提昇),藉此可大幅度地提昇對噴墨用水溶性墨水所要求的水溶性墨水的儲存穩定性(防止色素的析出.抑制色素的分解),就該觀點而言較佳。 In particular, one of the substituents (R 11 and R 12 ) which becomes an amine group on the s-triazine ring is a hydrogen atom, and the other is an alkyl group having an ionic hydrophilic group or an aryl group, (R One of 13 and R 14 ) is a hydrogen atom, and the other is an alkyl group having an ionic hydrophilic group or a combination of aryl groups, and the water solubility of the dye and the association of the dye in water solubility are improved (dye molecule) In view of this, it is preferable to improve the storage stability of the water-soluble ink required for the water-soluble ink for inkjet (preventing the precipitation of the dye and suppressing the decomposition of the dye).

由上述通式(B-1)、通式(2-3)所表示的化合物較佳 為由下述通式(3-3)所表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the above formula (B-1) and formula (2-3) is preferably a compound It is a compound represented by the following general formula (3-3).

以下,對由通式(3-3)所表示的化合物或其鹽進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the compound represented by the formula (3-3) or a salt thereof will be described in detail.

(通式(3-3)中,R11、R12、R13、及R14分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。X1、X2、X3、X4、X5、X6及X7分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (3-3), R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 And X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation)

通式(3-3)中的X1~X7、R11~R14、及M的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(2-3)中的X1~X7、R11~R14、及M的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Examples of X 1 to X 7 , R 11 to R 14 , and M in the formula (3-3) are independently and independently from X 1 to X 7 and R 11 to R 14 in the above formula (2-3). The examples of M and M have the same meaning, and the preferred examples are also the same.

由上述通式(B-1)、通式(2-3)所表示的化合物較佳為由下述通式(4-3)所表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the above formula (B-1) and formula (2-3) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (4-3).

以下,對由通式(4-3)所表示的化合物或其鹽進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the compound represented by the formula (4-3) or a salt thereof will be described in detail.

(通式(4-3)中,R11、R12、R13、及R14分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。X1、X2、X3、X4、X5、X6及X7分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (4-3), R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 And X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation)

通式(4-3)中的X1~X7、R11~R14、及M的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(2-3)中的X1~X7、R11~R14、及M的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Examples of X 1 to X 7 , R 11 to R 14 , and M in the formula (4-3) are independently and independently from X 1 to X 7 and R 11 to R 14 in the above formula (2-3). The examples of M and M have the same meaning, and the preferred examples are also the same.

作為由通式(2-3)、通式(3-3)及通式(4-3)所表示的化合物特佳的組合為包含以下的(i)~(iv)者。 The combination which is particularly preferable as the compound represented by the general formula (2-3), the general formula (3-3), and the general formula (4-3) is the following (i) to (iv).

(i)作為R11~R14所表示的一價的取代基,可列舉取代基群A',較佳為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、經取代或未經取代的雜環基,更佳為經離子性親水性基取代的烷基、或經離子性親水性基取代的芳基。 (i) The monovalent substituent represented by R 11 to R 14 may, for example, be a substituted group A', preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, The substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group is more preferably an alkyl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group or an aryl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group.

(ii)作為離子性親水性基,較佳為-SO3M1或-CO2M1, 更佳為-SO3M1,特佳為-SO3Li。 (ii) As the ionic hydrophilic group, -SO 3 M 1 or -CO 2 M 1 is preferred, -SO 3 M 1 is more preferred, and -SO 3 Li is particularly preferred.

(iii)上述M1及M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子,作為一價的抗衡陽離子,例如可列舉銨離子、鹼金屬離子(例如鋰離子、鈉離子、鉀離子)及有機陽離子(例如四甲基銨離子、四甲基胍鎓離子、四甲基鏻),較佳為鋰鹽、鈉鹽、鉀鹽、銨鹽,更佳為鋰鹽或將鋰鹽作為主成分的混合鹽,最佳為鋰鹽。 (iii) The above M 1 and M each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation, and examples of the monovalent counter cation include an ammonium ion, an alkali metal ion (for example, lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic a cation (for example, tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylphosphonium ion, tetramethylphosphonium), preferably a lithium salt, a sodium salt, a potassium salt, an ammonium salt, more preferably a lithium salt or a lithium salt as a main component The salt is mixed, preferably a lithium salt.

(iv)較佳為X2、X4、及X6的至少一個為離子性親水性基,且較佳為X2、X4、及X6的至少一個為哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基,更佳為X4為哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基,X2、及X6為離子性親水性基。 (iv) preferably at least one of X 2 , X 4 , and X 6 is an ionic hydrophilic group, and preferably at least one of X 2 , X 4 , and X 6 has a σp value of 0.3 of Hammett. More preferably, X 4 is a zestidine having a σp value of 0.3 or more, and X 2 and X 6 are ionic hydrophilic groups.

作為該結構較佳的主要原因,可列舉:通式(2-3)、通式(3-3)、通式(4-3)的偶氮化合物的水溶性與墨水組成物中的偶氮色素的締合性顯著提昇,尤其墨水組成物中的高儲存穩定性提昇。 Preferred examples of the structure include water solubility of the azo compound of the formula (2-3), formula (3-3), and formula (4-3) and azo in the ink composition. The association of the pigment is remarkably improved, especially the high storage stability in the ink composition.

其結果,可長期穩定地保存,作為墨水的要求性能的光牢固性、熱穩定性、濕熱穩定性、耐水性、耐氣體性及/或耐溶劑性大幅度地提昇,因此成為較佳例。 As a result, it can be stably stored for a long period of time, and the light fastness, thermal stability, moist heat stability, water resistance, gas resistance, and/or solvent resistance which are required properties of the ink are greatly improved, which is a preferred example.

由上述通式(1-3)所表示的化合物為由下述通式(2-4)所表示的化合物亦較佳。 The compound represented by the above formula (1-3) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (2-4).

以下,對由通式(2-4)所表示的化合物或其鹽進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the compound represented by the formula (2-4) or a salt thereof will be described in detail.

(通式(2-4)中,G表示氮原子或-C(R2)=。R2表示氫原子、磺基、羧基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、或氰基。X1、X2、X3、X4、X5、X6及X7分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。R3表示一價的取代基。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (2-4), G represents a nitrogen atom or -C(R 2 )=. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, or a cyano group. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. R 3 represents a monovalent substituent. M independently represents a hydrogen atom. Or a monovalent counter cation)

通式(2-4)中的G、X1~X7、R2及M的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(1-3)中的G、X1~X7、R2及M的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Examples of G, X 1 to X 7 , R 2 and M in the formula (2-4) are independently the same as G, X 1 to X 7 , R 2 and M in the above formula (1-3). The examples have the same meaning, and the preferred examples are also the same.

作為通式(2-4)中的R3所表示的一價的取代基,可列舉取代基群A',較佳為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、雜環基,更佳為經離子性親水性基取代的烷基、芳基。 The monovalent substituent represented by R 3 in the formula (2-4) may, for example, be a substituent group A', preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. The group or the heterocyclic group is more preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group.

由上述通式(1-3)、通式(2-4)所表示的化合物較佳為由下述通式(3-4)所表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the above formula (1-3) and formula (2-4) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (3-4).

以下,對由通式(3-4)所表示的化合物或其鹽進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the compound represented by the formula (3-4) or a salt thereof will be described in detail.

(通式(3-4)中,R3表示一價的取代基。X1、X2、X3、X4、X5、X6及X7分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (3-4), R 3 represents a monovalent substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent Substituent. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation)

通式(3-4)中的M、R3、及X1~X7的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(2-4)中的M、R3、及X1~X7的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Examples of M, R 3 and X 1 to X 7 in the formula (3-4) are independently and in the above formula (2-4), examples of M, R 3 and X 1 to X 7 are The same meaning and preferred examples are the same.

作為由通式(2-4)及通式(3-4)所表示的化合物特佳的組合為包含以下的(i)~(iv)者。 The combination which is particularly preferable as the compound represented by the general formula (2-4) and the general formula (3-4) is the following (i) to (iv).

(i)作為R3所表示的一價的取代基,可列舉取代基群A',較佳為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、雜環基,更佳為經離子性親水性基取代的烷基、芳基。 (i) The monovalent substituent represented by R 3 may, for example, be a substituent group A', preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group or a heterocyclic group. More preferably, it is an alkyl group or an aryl group substituted with an ionic hydrophilic group.

(ii)作為離子性親水性基,較佳為-SO3M1或-CO2M1, 更佳為-SO3M1,特佳為-SO3Li。 (ii) As the ionic hydrophilic group, -SO 3 M 1 or -CO 2 M 1 is preferred, -SO 3 M 1 is more preferred, and -SO 3 Li is particularly preferred.

(iii)上述M1及M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子,作為一價的抗衡陽離子,例如可列舉銨離子、鹼金屬離子(例如鋰離子、鈉離子、鉀離子)及有機陽離子(例如四甲基銨離子、四甲基胍鎓離子、四甲基鏻),較佳為鋰鹽、鈉鹽、鉀鹽、銨鹽,更佳為鋰鹽或將鋰鹽作為主成分的混合鹽,最佳為鋰鹽。 (iii) The above M 1 and M each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation, and examples of the monovalent counter cation include an ammonium ion, an alkali metal ion (for example, lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion) and organic a cation (for example, tetramethylammonium ion, tetramethylphosphonium ion, tetramethylphosphonium), preferably a lithium salt, a sodium salt, a potassium salt, an ammonium salt, more preferably a lithium salt or a lithium salt as a main component The salt is mixed, preferably a lithium salt.

(iv)較佳為X2、X4、及X6的至少一個為離子性親水性基,且較佳為X2、X4、及X6的至少一個為哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基,更佳為X4為哈米特的σp值為0.3以上的拉電子基,X2、及X6為離子性親水性基。 (iv) preferably at least one of X 2 , X 4 , and X 6 is an ionic hydrophilic group, and preferably at least one of X 2 , X 4 , and X 6 has a σp value of 0.3 of Hammett. More preferably, X 4 is a zestidine having a σp value of 0.3 or more, and X 2 and X 6 are ionic hydrophilic groups.

作為該結構較佳的主要原因,可列舉:通式(2-4)及通式(3-4)的偶氮化合物的水溶性與墨水組成物中的偶氮色素的締合性顯著提昇,尤其墨水組成物中的高儲存穩定性提昇。 The reason why the azo compound of the general formulae (2-4) and (3-4) has a water solubility and the association of the azo dye in the ink composition is remarkably improved. In particular, the high storage stability in the ink composition is improved.

其結果,可長期穩定地保存,作為墨水的要求性能的光牢固性、熱穩定性、濕熱穩定性、耐水性、耐氣體性及/或耐溶劑性大幅度地提昇,因此成為較佳例。 As a result, it can be stably stored for a long period of time, and the light fastness, thermal stability, moist heat stability, water resistance, gas resistance, and/or solvent resistance which are required properties of the ink are greatly improved, which is a preferred example.

由上述通式(1-3)或通式(2-4)所表示的化合物較佳為由下述通式(4-4)所表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the above formula (1-3) or formula (2-4) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (4-4).

以下,對由通式(4-4)所表示的化合物或其鹽進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the compound represented by the formula (4-4) or a salt thereof will be described in detail.

(通式(4-4)中,R3表示一價的取代基。X1、X2、X3、X4、X5、X6及X7分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (4-4), R 3 represents a monovalent substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent Substituent. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation)

通式(4-4)中的R3、及X1~X7及M的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(2-4)中的R3、及X1~X7及M的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Examples of the general formula (4-4) in R 3, and X 1 ~ X 7 and M are each independently of examples of the general formula R (2-4) 3, and X 1 ~ X 7 and M is The same meaning and preferred examples are the same.

由上述通式(B-1)所表示的偶氮化合物為由下述通式(6)所表示的偶氮化合物亦較佳。 The azo compound represented by the above formula (B-1) is preferably an azo compound represented by the following formula (6).

通式(6) General formula (6)

(通式(6)中,X1、X2、X3、X4、及X5分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。Y2、Y3、及Y4分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的取代基。Y2、Y3及Y4不會同時均表示氫原子。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (6), X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 are each independently represented. a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 do not simultaneously represent a hydrogen atom. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation)

通式(6)中的X1、X2、X3、X4、X5及M的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(3-1)中的X1、X2、X3、X4、X5及M的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Examples of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 and M in the formula (6) are each independently and X 1 , X 2 , X 3 and X 4 in the above formula (3-1). Examples of X 5 and M have the same meaning, and preferred examples are also the same.

通式(6)中的Y2、Y3、及Y4的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(B-1)中的Y2、Y3、及Y4的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Formula (6) Y 2, Y 3, and Y 4 are each independently examples with the general formula Y (B-1) is 2, Y 3, and Y 4 are examples of the same meaning as the preferred embodiment The same is true.

由上述通式(B-1)所表示的偶氮化合物為由下述通式(7)所表示的偶氮化合物亦較佳。 The azo compound represented by the above formula (B-1) is preferably an azo compound represented by the following formula (7).

通式(7) General formula (7)

(通式(7)中,X1、X2、X3、X4、及X5分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。Y2、Y3、及Y4分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的取代基。Y2、Y3及Y4不會同時均表示氫原子。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (7), X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and X 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 are each independently represented. a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 do not simultaneously represent a hydrogen atom. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation)

通式(7)中的Y2、Y3、Y4、X1~X5及M的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(6)中的Y2、Y3、Y4、X1~X5及M的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Examples of Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , X 1 to X 5 and M in the formula (7) are independently and Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , X 1 to X in the above formula (6), respectively. The examples of 5 and M have the same meaning, and the preferred examples are also the same.

由上述通式(B-1)及通式(7)所表示的偶氮化合物為由下述式(8)所表示的偶氮化合物亦較佳。 The azo compound represented by the above formula (B-1) and formula (7) is preferably an azo compound represented by the following formula (8).

式(8) Formula (8)

另外,將由通式(2-3)所表示的偶氮化合物用作色素(著色劑)的墨水組成物表示含有染料或顏料等色材與其分散劑(溶劑等)的組成物,可特別適宜地用於圖像形成。 In addition, the ink composition containing the azo compound represented by the general formula (2-3) as a coloring matter (colorant) means a composition containing a color material such as a dye or a pigment and a dispersing agent (solvent or the like), which is particularly suitable. Used for image formation.

(通式(2-3)中,G表示氮原子或-C(R2)=。R2表示氫原子、磺基、羧基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、或氰基。X1、X2、X3、X4、X5、X6及X7分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。R11、R12、R13、及R14分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代 基。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (2-3), G represents a nitrogen atom or -C(R 2 )=. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, or a cyano group. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 are each independently represented. a hydrogen atom, or a monovalent substituent. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation)

通式(2-3)中的G、R2、R11、R12、R13、R14、X1~X7及M的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(2-3)中的G、R2、R11、R12、R13、R14、X1~X7及M的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Examples of G, R 2 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , X 1 to X 7 and M in the formula (2-3) are independently and G in the above formula (2-3) Examples of R 2 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , X 1 to X 7 and M have the same meanings, and preferred examples are also the same.

由上述通式(2-3)所表示的偶氮化合物較佳為由下述通式(4-3)所表示的偶氮化合物。 The azo compound represented by the above formula (2-3) is preferably an azo compound represented by the following formula (4-3).

(通式(4-3)中,R11、R12、R13、及R14分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。X1、X2、X3、X4、X5、X6及X7分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (4-3), R 11 , R 12 , R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 And X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation)

通式(4-3)中的R11、R12、R13、R14、X1~X7及M的例子分別獨立地與上述通式(4-3)中的R11、R12、R13、R14、X1~X7及M的例子為相同含義,較佳例亦相同。 Examples of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , X 1 to X 7 and M in the formula (4-3) are each independently R 11 and R 12 in the above formula (4-3). Examples of R 13 , R 14 , X 1 to X 7 and M have the same meanings, and preferred examples are also the same.

另外,將由通式(2-4)所表示的偶氮化合物用作色素 (著色劑)的墨水組成物表示含有染料或顏料等色材與其分散劑(溶劑等)的組成物,可特別適宜地用於圖像形成。 Further, an azo compound represented by the general formula (2-4) is used as a pigment The ink composition of the (colorant) means a composition containing a color material such as a dye or a pigment and a dispersing agent (solvent or the like), and can be particularly suitably used for image formation.

(通式(2-4)中,G表示氮原子或-C(R2)=。R2表示氫原子、磺基、羧基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、或氰基。X1、X2、X3、X4、X5、X6及X7分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。R3表示一價的取代基。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (2-4), G represents a nitrogen atom or -C(R 2 )=. R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, or a cyano group. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. R 3 represents a monovalent substituent. M independently represents a hydrogen atom. Or a monovalent counter cation)

由上述通式(2-4)所表示的偶氮化合物較佳為由下述通式(3-4)所表示的偶氮化合物。 The azo compound represented by the above formula (2-4) is preferably an azo compound represented by the following formula (3-4).

通式(3-4) General formula (3-4)

(通式(3-4)中,R3表示一價的取代基。X1、X2、X3、X4、X5、X6及X7分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (3-4), R 3 represents a monovalent substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent Substituent. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation)

由上述通式(2-4)所表示的偶氮化合物為由下述通式(4-4)所表示的偶氮化合物亦較佳。 The azo compound represented by the above formula (2-4) is preferably an azo compound represented by the following formula (4-4).

(通式(4-4)中,R3表示一價的取代基。X1、X2、X3、X4、X5、X6及X7分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基。M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) (In the formula (4-4), R 3 represents a monovalent substituent. X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , X 5 , X 6 and X 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent Substituent. M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation)

由通式(B-1)、通式(2-1)、通式(2-2)、通式(2-3)、 通式(2-4)、通式(3-1)、通式(3-2)、通式(3-3)、通式(3-4)、通式(4-1)、通式(4-2)、通式(4-3)、通式(4-4)、通式(5)~通式(7)、式(8)所表示的化合物將水作為溶劑所測定的吸收光譜的最大吸收波長(λmax)較佳為550nm以上、700nm以下,進而,特佳為580nm~650nm。 From the general formula (B-1), the general formula (2-1), the general formula (2-2), the general formula (2-3), the general formula (2-4), the general formula (3-1), Formula (3-2), Formula (3-3), Formula (3-4), Formula (4-1), Formula (4-2), Formula (4-3), Formula ( 4-4) The maximum absorption wavelength (λ max ) of the absorption spectrum measured by the compound represented by the formula (5) to the formula (7) or the formula (8) using water as a solvent is preferably 550 nm or more and 700 nm or less. Further, it is particularly preferably 580 nm to 650 nm.

另外,於本發明中,由通式(B-1)、通式(2-1)、通式(2-2)、通式(2-3)、通式(2-4)、通式(3-1)、通式(3-2)、通式(3-3)、通式(3-4)、通式(4-1)、通式(4-2)、通式(4-3)、通式(4-4)、通式(5)~通式(7)、式(8)所表示的化合物較佳為具有至少3個以上的離子性親水性基。更佳為具有3個~6個離子性親水性基,進而更佳為具有4個~5個離子性親水性基。藉此,取得如下的效果:偶氮化合物的水溶性、水溶液儲存穩定性提昇,以高水準滿足作為噴墨記錄黑墨水用水溶性染料的要求性能,進而可進一步提昇用作噴墨記錄用墨水時的噴墨印相物的畫質。 Further, in the present invention, the formula (B-1), the formula (2-1), the formula (2-2), the formula (2-3), the formula (2-4), and the formula (3-1), general formula (3-2), general formula (3-3), general formula (3-4), general formula (4-1), general formula (4-2), general formula (4) -3) The compound represented by the formula (4-4), the formula (5) to the formula (7), and the formula (8) preferably has at least three or more ionic hydrophilic groups. More preferably, it has 3 to 6 ionic hydrophilic groups, and more preferably has 4 to 5 ionic hydrophilic groups. Thereby, the water absorbing effect of the azo compound and the storage stability of the aqueous solution are improved, and the required performance as a water-soluble dye for inkjet recording black ink is satisfied at a high level, and further, when it is used as an ink for inkjet recording, The quality of the inkjet print.

於由通式(B-1)、通式(2-1)、通式(2-2)、通式(2-3)、通式(2-4)、通式(3-1)、通式(3-2)、通式(3-3)、通式(3-4)、通式(4-1)、通式(4-2)、通式(4-3)、通式(4-4)、通式(5)~通式(7)、式(8)所表示的偶氮化合物中,較佳為至少1個M為鋰離子。 From the general formula (B-1), the general formula (2-1), the general formula (2-2), the general formula (2-3), the general formula (2-4), the general formula (3-1), General formula (3-2), general formula (3-3), general formula (3-4), general formula (4-1), general formula (4-2), general formula (4-3), general formula In the azo compound represented by the formula (5) to the formula (7) or the formula (8), at least one M is preferably a lithium ion.

另外,本發明中,即便於由通式(B-1)、通式(2-1)、通式(2-2)、通式(2-3)、通式(2-4)、通式(3-1)、通式(3-2)、通式(3-3)、通式(3-4)、通式(4-1)、通式(4-2)、通式(4-3)、 通式(4-4)、通式(5)~通式(7)、式(8)所表示的化合物中含有同位素(例如2H、3H、13C、15N),亦可應用。 Further, in the present invention, even the general formula (B-1), the general formula (2-1), the general formula (2-2), the general formula (2-3), the general formula (2-4), and the Formula (3-1), Formula (3-2), Formula (3-3), Formula (3-4), Formula (4-1), Formula (4-2), Formula ( 4-3), The compound represented by the formula (4-4), the formula (5) to the formula (7), and the formula (8) may be used as an isotope (for example, 2H, 3H, 13C, or 15N).

以下表示由上述通式(B-1)、通式(2-1)、通式(2-2)、通式(2-3)、通式(2-4)、通式(3-1)、通式(3-2)、通式(3-3)、通式(3-4)、通式(4-1)、通式(4-2)、通式(4-3)、通式(4-4)、通式(5)~通式(7)所表示的化合物的具體例,但本發明中所使用的化合物並不限定於下述的例子。M表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子(鋰離子、鈉離子、鉀離子、或銨離子)。 The following formula (B-1), formula (2-1), formula (2-2), formula (2-3), formula (2-4), and formula (3-1) are shown. ), general formula (3-2), general formula (3-3), general formula (3-4), general formula (4-1), general formula (4-2), general formula (4-3), Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (4-4) and the formula (5) to the formula (7), but the compound used in the present invention is not limited to the following examples. M represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation (lithium ion, sodium ion, potassium ion, or ammonium ion).

由通式(B-1)所表示的染料亦可為存在多種M的混合鹽的狀態。當由通式(B-1)所表示的染料為混合鹽時,墨水中所含有的由通式(B-1)所表示的染料所具有的M之中,以莫耳分率計,較佳為50%~100%,更佳為80%~100%的M為Li+離子,其中,特佳為90%~100%的M為Li+離子。作為Li+離子以外的M,較佳為Na+離子、NH4 +離子,更佳為Na+離子。 The dye represented by the formula (B-1) may also be in a state in which a mixed salt of a plurality of M is present. When the dye represented by the formula (B-1) is a mixed salt, among the Ms of the dye represented by the formula (B-1) contained in the ink, the molar fraction is used. Preferably, 50% to 100%, more preferably 80% to 100%, of M is Li + ions, and particularly preferably 90% to 100% of M is Li + ions. M other than the Li + ion is preferably a Na + ion or an NH 4 + ion, more preferably a Na + ion.

另外,由通式(B-1)所表示的染料並非混合鹽、且墨水中所含有的由通式(B-1)所表示的染料的所有M為Li亦較佳。 其原因在於:藉由所有M為Li,於溶解在水溶液或墨水溶液中的分子分散狀態下,作為離子性親水性基的羧基或其鹽(-CO2M)解離而離子化成-CO2 -與M+,且陽離子種於該狀態下進行交換,藉此可獲得形成對於水溶液或墨水溶液的溶解性更低的鹽的狀態而容易抑制以著色劑的鹽的狀態析出等效果。 Further, the dye represented by the formula (B-1) is not a mixed salt, and all of the dyes represented by the formula (B-1) contained in the ink are preferably Li. The reason for this is that, by all of M being Li, in the state of molecular dispersion dissolved in an aqueous solution or an ink solution, the carboxyl group or the salt (-CO 2 M) which is an ionic hydrophilic group is dissociated and ionized into -CO 2 - When M + is exchanged in this state, it is possible to obtain a state in which a salt having a lower solubility in an aqueous solution or an ink solution is formed, and it is easy to suppress precipitation in a state of a salt of a colorant.

由通式(B-1)所表示的染料可藉由一般的合成法來合成,例如可藉由重氮成分與偶合劑(coupler)的偶合反應來合成。具體而言,可藉由日本專利特開2003-306623號公報或日本專利特開2005-139427號公報中所記載的方法來合成。 The dye represented by the formula (B-1) can be synthesized by a general synthesis method, for example, by a coupling reaction of a diazo component and a coupler. Specifically, it can be synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2003-306623 or JP-A-2005-139427.

進而,於本發明中,為了調整黑色墨水組成物的色調等,亦可於不大幅度損害耐光性.耐臭氧性的範圍內,併用由下述的式(B-11)所表示的化合物,進而併用其他黃色系染料。 Further, in the present invention, in order to adjust the color tone of the black ink composition, etc., the light resistance may not be greatly impaired. In the range of ozone resistance, a compound represented by the following formula (B-11) is used in combination, and other yellow dyes are used in combination.

作為所併用的黃色系染料,例如可列舉C.I.直接黃(Direct Yellow)8、9、11、12、27、28、29、33、35、39、41、44、50、53、59、68、87、93、95、96、98、100、106、108、109、110、130、142、144、161、163,C.I.酸性黃(Acid Yellow)17、19、23、25、39、40、42、44、49、50、61、64、76、79、110、127、135、143、151、159、169、174、190、195、196、197、199、218、219、222、227,C.I.活性黃(Reactive Yellow)2、3、13、14、15、17、18、23、24、25、26、27、29、35、37、41、42,C.I.鹼性黃(Basic Yellow)1、2、4、11、13、14、15、19、21、23、24、25、28、29、32、36、39、及40等,但並不限定於該些 染料。 Examples of the yellow-based dye to be used together include CI Direct Yellow 8, 9, 11, 12, 27, 28, 29, 33, 35, 39, 41, 44, 50, 53, 59, 68. 87, 93, 95, 96, 98, 100, 106, 108, 109, 110, 130, 142, 144, 161, 163, CI Acid Yellow 17, 19, 23, 25, 39, 40, 42 , 44, 49, 50, 61, 64, 76, 79, 110, 127, 135, 143, 151, 159, 169, 174, 190, 195, 196, 197, 199, 218, 219, 222, 227, CI Reactive Yellow 2, 3, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 29, 35, 37, 41, 42, CI Basic Yellow 1, 2, 4, 11, 13, 14, 15, 19, 21, 23, 24, 25, 28, 29, 32, 36, 39, and 40, etc., but not limited to these dye.

通式(B-11):G 1 -N=N-G 2 -L-K General formula (B-11): G 1 -N=NG 2 -LK

通式(B-11)中,G1、G2分別獨立地表示可被取代的芳基或可被取代的雜基,K表示任意的取代基。L表示二價的連結基。其中,通式(B-11)具有至少一個離子性親水性基。 In the formula (B-11), G 1 and G 2 each independently represent an aryl group which may be substituted or a hetero group which may be substituted, and K represents an arbitrary substituent. L represents a divalent linking group. Among them, the general formula (B-11) has at least one ionic hydrophilic group.

作為芳基的例子,可列舉苯環或萘環,作為雜環的雜原子,可列舉N、O、及S。脂肪族環、芳香族環或其他雜環可於雜環中縮合。作為取代基,可為芳基偶氮基或雜環偶氮基。 Examples of the aryl group include a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and examples of the hetero atom of the hetero ring include N, O, and S. An aliphatic ring, an aromatic ring or other heterocyclic ring may be condensed in the heterocyclic ring. As the substituent, it may be an arylazo group or a heterocyclic azo group.

由通式(B-11)所表示的化合物較佳為由下述通式(B-12)所表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the formula (B-11) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (B-12).

通式(B-12):G 1 -N=N-G 2 -L 1 -G 3 -N=N-G 4 General formula (B-12): G 1 -N=NG 2 -L 1 -G 3 -N=NG 4

通式(B-12)中,G1、G2、G3及G4分別獨立地表示可被取代的芳基或可被取代的雜環基。L1表示二價的連結基。其中,通式(B-12)具有至少一個離子性親水性基。 In the formula (B-12), G 1 , G 2 , G 3 and G 4 each independently represent an aryl group which may be substituted or a heterocyclic group which may be substituted. L 1 represents a divalent linking group. Among them, the general formula (B-12) has at least one ionic hydrophilic group.

由通式(B-12)所表示的化合物較佳為由下述通式(B-13)所表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the formula (B-12) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (B-13).

通式(B-13):E 1 -N=N-E 2 -N=N-L 11 -N=N-E 3 -N=N-E 4 General formula (B-13): E 1 -N=NE 2 -N=NL 11 -N=NE 3 -N=NE 4

通式(B-13)中,E1、E2、E3及E4分別獨立地表示可被取代的芳基或可被取代的雜環基。L11表示二價的連結基。其中,通式(B-13)具有至少一個離子性親水性基。 In the formula (B-13), E 1 , E 2 , E 3 and E 4 each independently represent an aryl group which may be substituted or a heterocyclic group which may be substituted. L 11 represents a divalent linking group. Among them, the general formula (B-13) has at least one ionic hydrophilic group.

由通式(B-13)所表示的化合物較佳為由下述通式(B-14)所表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the formula (B-13) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (B-14).

通式(B-14)中,A環、B環、C環分別獨立地表示可被取代的芳基或可被取代的雜環基。 In the formula (B-14), the A ring, the B ring, and the C ring each independently represent an aryl group which may be substituted or a heterocyclic group which may be substituted.

A1、A2、A3、A4、A5、A11、A12、A13、A14、A15、B1、B2、B3、B4、B5、B6、B11、B12、B13、B14、B15、B16、C1、C2、C3、 C4、C11、C12、C13、C14分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基。其中,通式(B-14)具有至少一個離子性親水性基。Q1、Q2分別獨立地表示氫原子、或取代基。L12表示二價的連結基。 A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , A 11 , A 12 , A 13 , A 14 , A 15 , B 1 , B 2 , B 3 , B 4 , B 5 , B 6 , B 11 B 12 , B 13 , B 14 , B 15 , B 16 , C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 11 , C 12 , C 13 and C 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Among them, the general formula (B-14) has at least one ionic hydrophilic group. Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. L 12 represents a divalent linking group.

對通式(B-14)進行說明。 The general formula (B-14) will be described.

A1、A2、A3、A4、A5、A11、A12、A13、A14、A15、B1、B2、B3、B4、B5、B6、B11、B12、B13、B14、B15、B16、C1、C2、C3、C4、C11、C12、C13、C14分別獨立地表示氫原子、取代基。作為取代基的較佳例,可列舉離子性親水性基、鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、經取代或未經取代的醯基胺基、經取代或未經取代的磺醯基胺基、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、經取代或未經取代的雜環基、經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基、經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基、經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基,其中,較佳為離子性親水性基、鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、經取代或未經取代的醯基胺基、經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的烷氧基、經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基、經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基、經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基,更佳為離子性親水性基、鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、經取代或未經取代的醯基胺基、經取代或未經取代的烷基,尤其,最佳為離子性親水性基。 A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , A 11 , A 12 , A 13 , A 14 , A 15 , B 1 , B 2 , B 3 , B 4 , B 5 , B 6 , B 11 B 12 , B 13 , B 14 , B 15 , B 16 , C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 11 , C 12 , C 13 and C 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Preferred examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted mercaptoamine group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfonylamino group, Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic, substituted or unsubstituted alkane a sulfonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, preferably an ionic hydrophilic group a radical, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted mercaptoamine group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, substituted or unsubstituted Substituted alkylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl, substituted or unsubstituted sulfonyl, more preferably ionic hydrophilic, halogen, cyano, nitro Substituted or unsubstituted mercaptoamine, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, especially preferably ion Hydrophilic group.

Q1、Q2分別獨立,較佳為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的碳數為1~6的烷基、經取代或未經取代的碳數為6~10的芳基,更佳為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的碳數為1~6的烷基,特佳為氫原 子。 Q 1 and Q 2 are each independently, preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably It is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.

L12表示二價的連結基,較佳為經取代或未經取代的碳數為1~6的伸烷基、經取代或未經取代的伸苯基、羰基、經取代或未經取代的1,3,5-三嗪-2,4-二基,更佳為羰基、經取代或未經取代的1,3,5-三嗪-2,4-二基,特佳為羰基。 L 12 represents a divalent linking group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted phenylene group, a carbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted group. 1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diyl, more preferably carbonyl, substituted or unsubstituted 1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diyl, particularly preferably carbonyl.

以下表示由上述通式(B-11)、通式(B-12)、通式(B-13)、通式(B-14)所表示的化合物的具體例,但本發明中所使用的化合物並不限定於下述的例子。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the above formula (B-11), formula (B-12), formula (B-13), and formula (B-14) are shown below, but are used in the present invention. The compound is not limited to the following examples.

相對於黑色墨水組成物的總質量,黑色墨水組成物中的由上述通式(B-1)所表示的化合物或其鹽的含量較佳為0.1質量%~20質量%,更佳為0.5質量%~15質量%,進而更佳為1質量%~10質量%。 The content of the compound represented by the above formula (B-1) or a salt thereof in the black ink composition is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass based on the total mass of the black ink composition. %~15% by mass, and more preferably 1% by mass to 10% by mass.

另外,相對於黑色墨水組成物的總質量,黑色墨水組成物中 所含有的所有著色劑的合計量較佳為0.1質量%~30質量%,更佳為0.5質量%~20質量%,進而更佳為1質量%~15質量%。 In addition, the black ink composition is relative to the total mass of the black ink composition. The total amount of all the colorants contained is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably from 0.5% by mass to 20% by mass, even more preferably from 1% by mass to 15% by mass.

在黑色墨水組成物中所含有的著色劑的合計量為0.1質量%以上的情況下,當使用該墨水組成物將圖像等記錄於記錄介質上時,可獲得足夠良好的顯色或高圖像濃度。另外,藉由將著色劑的合計量設為30質量%以下,而可將該墨水組成物的黏度調節成較佳值,另外,可使墨水組成物的自噴墨頭的噴出量穩定化,進而,可防止噴墨頭的堵塞。 When the total amount of the coloring agent contained in the black ink composition is 0.1% by mass or more, when an image or the like is recorded on a recording medium using the ink composition, a sufficiently good color development or high image can be obtained. Like concentration. In addition, by setting the total amount of the coloring agent to 30% by mass or less, the viscosity of the ink composition can be adjusted to a preferable value, and the discharge amount of the ink composition from the inkjet head can be stabilized. Further, clogging of the ink jet head can be prevented.

作為由上述通式(B-1)所表示的化合物或其鹽的染料的耐光性.耐臭氧性非常優異,因此藉由製成與本發明的黃色墨水、青色墨水及洋紅色墨水組合而成的墨水套組,而可使各色的耐光性.耐臭氧性飛躍性地提昇,即便於光.臭氧曝露試驗後,圖像的色彩平衡亦不會崩潰,可長期維持圖像的良好的畫質。 Light resistance of a dye as a compound represented by the above formula (B-1) or a salt thereof. Ozone resistance is very excellent, so by making the ink set combined with the yellow ink, cyan ink and magenta ink of the present invention, the light resistance of each color can be made. Ozone resistance is dramatically improved, even in light. After the ozone exposure test, the color balance of the image will not collapse, and the image quality can be maintained for a long time.

進而,於黑色墨水組成物中,藉由併用作為由上述通式(B-1)所表示的化合物或其鹽的染料、及上述本發明中可使用的化合物,而可調節成更佳的色彩平衡,並可更長期地良好地保持印刷物的畫質。 Further, in the black ink composition, a dye which is a compound represented by the above formula (B-1) or a salt thereof and a compound which can be used in the above-mentioned invention can be used in combination to adjust to a better color. Balanced and maintains the print quality of the prints in a longer period of time.

(青色墨水) (cyan ink)

對構成本發明的墨水套組的青色墨水組成物中所使用的著色劑進行說明。 The coloring agent used in the cyan ink composition constituting the ink set of the present invention will be described.

於本發明的青色墨水組成物中,包含用作青色染料的由下述通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料、及由下述通式(2)所表示的酞菁 染料作為著色劑。 In the cyan ink composition of the present invention, a phthalocyanine dye represented by the following formula (1) used as a cyan dye, and a phthalocyanine represented by the following formula (2) are contained. The dye acts as a colorant.

[由通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料] [Phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1)]

首先,對由通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料進行詳細說明。 First, the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) will be described in detail.

通式(1)中,R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、烯基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、胺基、烷基胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯胺基、芳基胺基、脲基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷硫基、芳硫基、烷氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、烷氧基羰基、雜環氧基、偶氮基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、矽烷氧基、芳氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基胺基、醯亞胺基、雜環硫基、磷醯基、醯基或離子性親水性基。該些基亦可進而具有取代基。 In the formula (1), R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an alkenyl group. Aralkyl, aryl, heterocyclic, cyano, hydroxy, nitro, amine, alkylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, decylamino, arylamino, ureido, aminoxime Amino group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, sulfonylamino group, amine carbaryl group, amine sulfonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, heterocyclic oxy group, azo group, oxime A group, an amine methyl methoxy group, a decyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a quinone imine group, a heterocyclic thio group, a phosphonium group, a fluorenyl group or an ionic hydrophilic group. These groups may further have a substituent.

Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4分別獨立地表示經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的環烷基、經取代或未經取代的烯基、經取代 或未經取代的芳烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的雜環基。其中,Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4中的至少1個具有離子性親水性基作為取代基。 Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, substituted or Unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic. Among them, at least one of Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 has an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent.

l、m、n、p、q1、q2、q3及q4分別獨立地表示1或2。 l, m, n, p, q 1 , q 2 , q 3 and q 4 each independently represent 1 or 2.

M1表示氫原子、金屬元素、金屬氧化物、金屬氫氧化物或金屬鹵化物。 M 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a metal element, a metal oxide, a metal hydroxide or a metal halide.

通式(1)中,R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、烯基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、胺基、烷基胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯胺基、芳基胺基、脲基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷硫基、芳硫基、烷氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、烷氧基羰基、雜環氧基、偶氮基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、矽烷氧基、芳氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基胺基、醯亞胺基、雜環硫基、磷醯基、醯基或離子性親水性基。該些基亦可進而具有取代基。作為取代基,可列舉上述取代基群A中所記載的取代基。 In the formula (1), R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an alkenyl group. Aralkyl, aryl, heterocyclic, cyano, hydroxy, nitro, amine, alkylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, decylamino, arylamino, ureido, aminoxime Amino group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, sulfonylamino group, amine carbaryl group, amine sulfonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, heterocyclic oxy group, azo group, oxime A group, an amine methyl methoxy group, a decyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a quinone imine group, a heterocyclic thio group, a phosphonium group, a fluorenyl group or an ionic hydrophilic group. These groups may further have a substituent. The substituent described in the above substituent group A is mentioned as a substituent.

作為R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的鹵素原子,可列舉氟原子、氯原子及溴原子。 Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的烷基包括具有取代基的烷基、及未經取代的烷基。作為烷基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為1~12的烷基。取代基的例子包括羥基、烷氧基、氰基、以及鹵素原子及離子性親水性基。烷基的例子包括甲基、乙基、丁基、異丙基、第三丁基、羥乙基、甲氧基乙基、 氰基乙基、三氟甲基、3-磺丙基及4-磺丁基。 The alkyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkyl group. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, and a halogen atom and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, butyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, hydroxyethyl group, methoxyethyl group, cyanoethyl group, trifluoromethyl group, 3-sulfopropyl group and 4 - sulfobutyl.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的環烷基包括具有取代基的環烷基、及未經取代的環烷基。作為環烷基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為5~12的環烷基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。環烷基的例子包括環己基。 The cycloalkyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a cycloalkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group. The cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclohexyl group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的烯基包括具有取代基的烯基、及未經取代的烯基。作為烯基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為2~12的烯基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。烯基的例子包括乙烯基、烯丙基等。 The alkenyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkenyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkenyl group. The alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group and the like.

作為R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的芳烷基,包括具有取代基的芳烷基、及未經取代的芳烷基。作為芳烷基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為7~12的芳烷基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。芳烷基的例子包括苄基、及2-苯乙基。 The aralkyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an aralkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aralkyl group. The aralkyl group is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aralkyl group include a benzyl group and a 2-phenylethyl group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的芳基包括具有取代基的芳基、及未經取代的芳基。作為芳基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為6~12的芳基。取代基的例子包括烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子、烷基胺基及離子性親水性基。芳基的例子包括苯基、對甲苯基、對甲氧基苯基、鄰氯苯基及間(3-磺丙基胺基)苯基。 The aryl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an aryl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryl group. As the aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed is preferred. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, an alkylamine group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a p-tolyl group, a p-methoxyphenyl group, an o-chlorophenyl group, and a m-(3-sulfopropylamino)phenyl group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的雜環基包括具有取代基的雜環基、及未經取代的雜環基。作為雜環基, 較佳為5員環或6員環的雜環基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。雜環基的例子包括2-吡啶基、2-噻吩基及2-呋喃基。 The heterocyclic group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a heterocyclic group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic group. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the heterocyclic group include a 2-pyridyl group, a 2-thienyl group, and a 2-furyl group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的烷基胺基包括具有取代基的烷基胺基、及未經取代的烷基胺基。作為烷基胺基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為1~6的烷基胺基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。烷基胺基的例子包括甲胺基及二乙胺基。 The alkylamino group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkylamino group. The alkylamine group is preferably an alkylamine group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkylamino group include a methylamino group and a diethylamino group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的烷氧基包括具有取代基的烷氧基、及未經取代的烷氧基。作為去除取代基時的烷氧基,較佳為碳原子數為1~12的烷氧基。取代基的例子包括烷氧基、羥基及離子性親水性基。烷氧基的例子包括甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、甲氧基乙氧基、羥基乙氧基及3-羧基丙氧基。 The alkoxy group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkoxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkoxy group. The alkoxy group in the case of removing a substituent is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a methoxyethoxy group, a hydroxyethoxy group, and a 3-carboxypropoxy group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的芳氧基包括具有取代基的芳氧基、及未經取代的芳氧基。作為芳氧基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為6~12的芳氧基。取代基的例子包括烷氧基及離子性親水性基。芳氧基的例子包括苯氧基、對甲氧基苯氧基及鄰甲氧基苯氧基。 The aryloxy group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an aryloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryloxy group. The aryloxy group is preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aryloxy group include a phenoxy group, a p-methoxyphenoxy group, and an o-methoxyphenoxy group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的醯胺基包括具有取代基的醯胺基、及未經取代的醯胺基。作為醯胺基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為2~12的醯胺基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。醯胺基的例子包括乙醯胺基、丙醯胺基、 苯甲醯胺基及3,5-二磺基苯甲醯胺基。 The guanamine group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a decylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted guanamine group. The guanamine group is preferably a guanamine group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the guanamine group include an acetamino group, a propylamine group, a benzamidine group, and a 3,5-disulfobenzylammonium group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的芳基胺基包括具有取代基的芳基胺基、及未經取代的芳基胺基。作為芳基胺基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為6~12的芳基胺基。作為取代基的例子,包括鹵素原子及離子性親水性基。作為芳基胺基的例子,包括苯胺基及2-氯苯胺基。 The arylamine group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an arylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted arylamine group. The arylamine group is preferably an arylamine group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the arylamine group include an anilino group and a 2-chloroanilino group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的脲基包括具有取代基的脲基、及未經取代的脲基。作為脲基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為1~12的脲基。取代基的例子包括烷基及芳基。脲基的例子包括3-甲基脲基、3,3-二甲基脲基及3-苯基脲基。 The ureido group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a ureido group having a substituent and an unsubstituted ureido group. As the ureido group, a ureido group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed is preferred. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group and an aryl group. Examples of the ureido group include a 3-methylureido group, a 3,3-dimethylureido group, and a 3-phenylureido group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的胺磺醯基胺基包括具有取代基的胺磺醯基胺基、及未經取代的胺磺醯基胺基。取代基的例子包括烷基。胺磺醯基胺基的例子包括N,N-二丙基胺磺醯基胺基。 The amine sulfonylamino group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an aminesulfonylamino group having a substituent, and an unsubstituted amine Sulfhydrylamino group. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group. Examples of the aminesulfonylamino group include N,N-dipropylaminesulfonylamino.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的烷硫基包括具有取代基的烷硫基、及未經取代的烷硫基。作為烷硫基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為1~12的烷硫基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。烷硫基的例子包括甲硫基及乙硫基。 The alkylthio group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkylthio group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkylthio group. The alkylthio group is preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkylthio group include a methylthio group and an ethylthio group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的芳硫基包括具有取代基的芳硫基、及未經取代的芳硫基。作為芳硫基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為6~12的芳硫基。取代基的例 子包括烷基、及離子性親水性基。芳硫基的例子包括苯硫基及對甲苯基硫基。 The arylthio group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an arylthio group having a substituent and an unsubstituted arylthio group. The arylthio group is preferably an arylthio group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the arylthio group include a phenylthio group and a p-tolylthio group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的烷氧基羰基胺基包括具有取代基的烷氧基羰基胺基、及未經取代的烷氧基羰基胺基。作為烷氧基羰基胺基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為2~12的烷氧基羰基胺基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。烷氧基羰基胺基的例子包括乙氧基羰基胺基。 The alkoxycarbonylamino group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkoxycarbonylamino group having a substituent, and an unsubstituted alkane. Oxycarbonylamino group. The alkoxycarbonylamino group is preferably an alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkoxycarbonylamino group include an ethoxycarbonylamino group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的磺醯胺基包括具有取代基的磺醯胺基、及未經取代的磺醯胺基。作為磺醯胺基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為1~12的磺醯胺基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。磺醯胺基的例子包括甲磺醯胺、苯磺醯胺、及3-羧基苯磺醯胺。 The sulfonylamino group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a sulfonylamino group having a substituent and an unsubstituted sulfonamide group. The sulfonamide group is preferably a sulfonamide group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the sulfonamide group include methotrexate, benzenesulfonamide, and 3-carboxybenzenesulfonamide.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的胺甲醯基包括具有取代基的胺甲醯基、及未經取代的胺甲醯基。取代基的例子包括烷基。胺甲醯基的例子包括甲基胺甲醯基及二甲基胺甲醯基。 The amine mercapto group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an amine carbenyl group having a substituent, and an unsubstituted amine carbenyl group. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group. Examples of the amine mercapto group include a methylamine methyl thiol group and a dimethylamine carbaryl group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的胺磺醯基包括具有取代基的胺磺醯基、及未經取代的胺磺醯基。取代基的例子包括烷基、芳基。胺磺醯基的例子包括二甲基胺磺醯基及二-(2-羥乙基)胺磺醯基、苯基胺磺醯基。 The amine sulfonyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an aminesulfonyl group having a substituent, and an unsubstituted sulfonamide group. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group and an aryl group. Examples of the amine sulfonyl group include dimethylamine sulfonyl group and bis-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine sulfonyl group, phenylamine sulfonyl group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的烷氧基羰基包括具有取代基的烷氧基羰基、及未經取代的烷氧基羰基。 作為烷氧基羰基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為2~12的烷氧基羰基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。烷氧基羰基的例子包括甲氧基羰基及乙氧基羰基。 The alkoxycarbonyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an alkoxycarbonyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group. The alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group include a methoxycarbonyl group and an ethoxycarbonyl group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的雜環氧基包括具有取代基的雜環氧基、及未經取代的雜環氧基。作為雜環氧基,較佳為具有5員環或6員環的雜環的雜環氧基。取代基的例子包括羥基、及離子性親水性基。雜環氧基的例子包括2-四氫吡喃氧基。 The heterocyclic oxy group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a heterocyclic oxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group. The heterocyclic oxy group is preferably a heterocyclic oxy group having a 5-membered or 6-membered ring. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the heterocyclic oxy group include 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的偶氮基包括具有取代基的偶氮基、及未經取代的偶氮基。偶氮基的例子包括對硝基苯基偶氮基。 The azo group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an azo group having a substituent and an unsubstituted azo group. Examples of the azo group include a p-nitrophenylazo group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的醯氧基包括具有取代基的醯氧基、及未經取代的醯氧基。作為醯氧基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為1~12的醯氧基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。醯氧基的例子包括乙醯氧基及苯甲醯氧基。 The decyloxy group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a decyloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted decyloxy group. The decyloxy group is preferably a decyloxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the decyloxy group include an ethoxylated group and a benzamidineoxy group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的胺甲醯氧基包括具有取代基的胺甲醯氧基、及未經取代的胺甲醯氧基。取代基的例子包括烷基。胺甲醯氧基的例子包括N-甲基胺甲醯氧基。 The amine methyl methoxy group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an amine methyl methoxy group having a substituent, and an unsubstituted amine formazan. Oxygen. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group. Examples of the amine methyl methoxy group include N-methylamine methyl methoxy group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的矽烷氧基包括具有取代基的矽烷氧基、及未經取代的矽烷氧基。取代基 的例子包括烷基。矽烷氧基的例子包括三甲基矽烷氧基。 The decyloxy group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a decyloxy group having a substituent and an unsubstituted decyloxy group. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group. Examples of the decyloxy group include a trimethyldecyloxy group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的芳氧基羰基包括具有取代基的芳氧基羰基、及未經取代的芳氧基羰基。作為芳氧基羰基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為7~12的芳氧基羰基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。芳氧基羰基的例子包括苯氧基羰基。 The aryloxycarbonyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an aryloxycarbonyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group. The aryloxycarbonyl group is preferably an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aryloxycarbonyl group include a phenoxycarbonyl group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的芳氧基羰基胺基包括具有取代基的芳氧基羰基胺基、及未經取代的芳氧基羰基胺基。作為芳氧基羰基胺基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為7~12的芳氧基羰基胺基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。芳氧基羰基胺基的例子包括苯氧基羰基胺基。 The aryloxycarbonylamino group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes an aryloxycarbonylamino group having a substituent, and an unsubstituted aromatic group. Oxycarbonylamino group. The aryloxycarbonylamino group is preferably an aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aryloxycarbonylamino group include a phenoxycarbonylamino group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的醯亞胺基包括具有取代基的醯亞胺基、及未經取代的醯亞胺基。醯亞胺基的例子包括N-鄰苯二甲醯亞胺基及N-琥珀醯亞胺基。 The quinone imine group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a fluorenylene group having a substituent and an unsubstituted quinone group. Examples of the quinone imine group include N-phthalimido group and N-succinimide group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的雜環硫基包括具有取代基的雜環硫基、及未經取代的雜環硫基。作為雜環硫基,較佳為具有5員環或6員環的雜環。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。雜環硫基的例子包括2-吡啶硫基。 The heterocyclic thio group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a heterocyclic thio group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic thio group. As the heterocyclic thio group, a heterocyclic ring having a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring is preferred. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the heterocyclic thio group include a 2-pyridylthio group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的磷醯基包括具有取代基的磷醯基、及未經取代的磷醯基。磷醯基的例子包括苯氧基磷醯基及苯基磷醯基。 The phosphonium group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a phosphonium group having a substituent and an unsubstituted phosphonium group. Examples of the phosphonium group include a phenoxyphosphonium group and a phenylphosphonium group.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的醯基包 括具有取代基的醯基、及未經取代的醯基。作為醯基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為1~12的醯基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。醯基的例子包括乙醯基及苯甲醯基。 The fluorenyl group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a fluorenyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted fluorenyl group. The fluorenyl group is preferably a fluorenyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of sulfhydryl groups include ethenyl and benzhydryl groups.

R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15所表示的離子性親水性基包括磺基、羧基、及四級銨基等。作為離子性親水性基,較佳為羧基及磺基,特佳為磺基。羧基及磺基亦可為鹽的狀態,形成鹽的抗衡離子的例子包括鹼金屬離子(例如鈉離子、鉀離子)及有機陽離子(例如四甲基胍鎓離子)。 The ionic hydrophilic group represented by R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 includes a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a quaternary ammonium group and the like. The ionic hydrophilic group is preferably a carboxyl group or a sulfo group, and particularly preferably a sulfo group. The carboxyl group and the sulfo group may also be in the form of a salt, and examples of the counter ion forming a salt include an alkali metal ion (for example, sodium ion, potassium ion) and an organic cation (for example, tetramethylphosphonium ion).

其中,R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15較佳為氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、氰基、烷氧基、醯胺基、脲基、磺醯胺基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基及烷氧基羰基,特佳為氫原子、鹵素原子、氰基,最佳為氫原子。 Wherein R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group or a decylamino group. The ureido group, the sulfoximine group, the amine carbaryl group, the amine sulfonyl group and the alkoxycarbonyl group are particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a cyano group, and most preferably a hydrogen atom.

通式(1)中,Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4分別獨立地表示經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的環烷基、經取代或未經取代的烯基、經取代或未經取代的芳烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的雜環基。其中,Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4中的至少1個具有離子性親水性基作為取代基。作為取代基,可列舉上述取代基群A中所記載的取代基。 In the formula (1), Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 and Z 4 each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted. Alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic. Among them, at least one of Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 has an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent. The substituent described in the above substituent group A is mentioned as a substituent.

Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4所表示的烷基包括具有取代基的烷基及未經取代的烷基。烷基較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為1~12的烷基。取代基的例子包括:羥基、烷氧基、氰基、烷基胺基(RNH-、RR'N-)、胺甲醯基(-CONHR)、胺磺醯基(-SO2NHR、 -SO2NRR')、磺醯基胺基(-NHSO2R)、-SONHR基、-SONRR'基、鹵素原子及離子性親水性基。(再者,上述R、R'表示烷基、苯基,該些亦可進而具有取代基。作為取代基,可列舉烷基胺基、羥基、離子性親水性基等。R、R'亦可藉由化學鍵結而形成環)烷基的例子包括:甲基、乙基、丁基、正丙基、異丙基、第三丁基、羥乙基、甲氧基乙基、氰基乙基、三氟甲基、3-磺丙基及4-磺丁基。 The alkyl group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 includes an alkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkyl group. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include: a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, an alkylamino group (RNH-, RR'N-), an amine mercapto group (-CONHR), an amine sulfonyl group (-SO 2 NHR, -SO) 2 NRR'), sulfonylamino group (-NHSO 2 R), -SONHR group, -SONRR' group, halogen atom and ionic hydrophilic group. Further, R and R' represent an alkyl group or a phenyl group, and these may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkylamine group, a hydroxyl group, an ionic hydrophilic group, and the like. R, R' Examples of the alkyl group which can be formed by chemical bonding include: methyl, ethyl, butyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, hydroxyethyl, methoxyethyl, cyano Base, trifluoromethyl, 3-sulfopropyl and 4-sulfobutyl.

Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4所表示的環烷基包括具有取代基的環烷基、及未經取代的環烷基。作為環烷基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為5~12的環烷基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。環烷基的例子包括環己基。 The cycloalkyl group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 includes a cycloalkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group. The cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclohexyl group.

Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4所表示的烯基包括具有取代基的烯基、及未經取代的烯基。作為烯基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為2~12的烯基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。烯基的例子包括乙烯基、烯丙基等。 The alkenyl group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 includes an alkenyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkenyl group. The alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group and the like.

作為Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4所表示的芳烷基,包括具有取代基的芳烷基、及未經取代的芳烷基。作為芳烷基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為7~12的芳烷基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。芳烷基的例子包括苄基、及2-苯乙基。 The aralkyl group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 includes an aralkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aralkyl group. The aralkyl group is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aralkyl group include a benzyl group and a 2-phenylethyl group.

Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4所表示的芳基包括具有取代基的芳基、及未經取代的芳基。作為芳基,較佳為去除取代基時的碳原子數為6~12的芳基。芳基的例子包括苯基、對甲苯基、對甲氧基苯基、鄰氯苯基及間(3-磺丙基胺基)苯基、間磺基苯基。取代基的例 子包括:烷基(R-)、烷氧基(RO-)、烷基胺基(RNH-、RR'N-)、胺甲醯基(-CONHR)、胺磺醯基(-SO2NHR)、磺醯基胺基(-NHSO2R)、鹵素原子、離子性親水性基(再者,上述R、R'表示烷基、苯基,該些亦可進而具有離子性親水性基)。 The aryl group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 includes an aryl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryl group. As the aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms when the substituent is removed is preferred. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a p-tolyl group, a p-methoxyphenyl group, an o-chlorophenyl group, and a m-(3-sulfopropylamino)phenyl group, an m-sulfophenyl group. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (R-), an alkoxy group (RO-), an alkylamino group (RNH-, RR'N-), an amine mercapto group (-CONHR), an amine sulfonyl group (- SO 2 NHR), sulfonylamino group (-NHSO 2 R), halogen atom, ionic hydrophilic group (further, R, R' above represents an alkyl group, a phenyl group, and these may further have an ionic hydrophilic group Sex base).

Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4所表示的雜環基包括具有取代基的雜環基、及未經取代的雜環基,亦可進而與其他環形成縮合環。作為雜環基,較佳為5員環或6員環的雜環基。雜環基亦可進而與其他環形成縮合環。於雜環基的例子中,若不限定雜環的取代位置來列舉,則分別獨立地包括咪唑、苯并咪唑、吡唑、苯并吡唑、三唑、噻唑、苯并噻唑、異噻唑、苯并異噻唑、噁唑、苯并噁唑、噻二唑、噁二唑、吡咯、苯并吡咯、吲哚、異噁唑、苯并異噁唑、噻吩、苯并噻吩、呋喃、苯并呋喃、吡啶、喹啉、異喹啉、噠嗪、嘧啶、吡嗪、噌啉、酞嗪、喹唑啉、喹噁啉、三嗪等。取代基的例子包括:烷基(R-)、芳基(R-)、烷氧基(RO-)、烷基胺基(RNH-、RR'N-)、胺甲醯基(-CONHR)、胺磺醯基(-SO2NHR)、磺醯基胺基(-NHSO2R)、磺醯基(-SO2R)、醯基胺基(-NHCOR)、鹵素原子、離子性親水性基(再者,上述R、R'表示烷基、芳基,該些亦可進而具有離子性親水性基、或含有離子性親水性基的取代基)。 The heterocyclic group represented by Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 includes a heterocyclic group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic group, and may further form a condensed ring with another ring. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic group may further form a condensed ring with other rings. In the examples of the heterocyclic group, if the substitution positions of the heterocyclic ring are not limited, they respectively include imidazole, benzimidazole, pyrazole, benzopyrazole, triazole, thiazole, benzothiazole, isothiazole, and Benzoisothiazole, oxazole, benzoxazole, thiadiazole, oxadiazole, pyrrole, benzopyrrole, indole, isoxazole, benzisoxazole, thiophene, benzothiophene, furan, benzo Furan, pyridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, pyridazine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, porphyrin, pyridazine, quinazoline, quinoxaline, triazine, and the like. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (R-), an aryl group (R-), an alkoxy group (RO-), an alkylamino group (RNH-, RR'N-), an amine formazan group (-CONHR). Aminesulfonyl (-SO 2 NHR), sulfonylamino (-NHSO 2 R), sulfonyl (-SO 2 R), mercaptoamine (-NHCOR), halogen atom, ionic hydrophilicity Further, R and R' above represent an alkyl group or an aryl group, and these may further have an ionic hydrophilic group or a substituent having an ionic hydrophilic group.

Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4較佳為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、經取代或未經取代的雜環基,更佳為經取代的烷基、經取代的芳基、經取代的雜環基,進而更佳為經取代的烷基。 Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 are preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, more preferably a The substituted alkyl group, the substituted aryl group, the substituted heterocyclic group, and more preferably the substituted alkyl group.

Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4中的至少1個具有離子性親水性基作為取代基。作為取代基的離子性親水性基包括磺基、羧基、及四級銨基等。作為該離子性親水性基,較佳為羧基及磺基,特佳為磺基。羧基及磺基亦可為鹽的狀態,形成鹽的抗衡離子的例子包括鹼金屬離子(例如鈉離子、鉀離子)及有機陽離子(例如四甲基胍鎓離子)。 At least one of Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 has an ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent. The ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent includes a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a quaternary ammonium group, and the like. The ionic hydrophilic group is preferably a carboxyl group or a sulfo group, and particularly preferably a sulfo group. The carboxyl group and the sulfo group may also be in the form of a salt, and examples of the counter ion forming a salt include an alkali metal ion (for example, sodium ion, potassium ion) and an organic cation (for example, tetramethylphosphonium ion).

通式(1)中,l、m、n及p分別獨立地表示地1或2。即,滿足4≦l+m+n+p≦8。較佳為滿足4≦l+m+n+p≦6,最佳為l、m、n及p分別為1(l=m=n=p=1)的情況。 In the formula (1), l, m, n and p each independently represent the ground 1 or 2. That is, 4≦l+m+n+p≦8 is satisfied. It is preferable to satisfy 4≦l+m+n+p≦6, and it is preferable that l, m, n, and p are 1 (l=m=n=p=1), respectively.

通式(1)中,q1、q2、q3及q4分別獨立地表示1或2。特佳為q1=q2=q3=q4=2。 In the formula (1), q 1 , q 2 , q 3 and q 4 each independently represent 1 or 2. Particularly preferably q 1 = q 2 = q 3 = q 4 = 2.

通式(1)中,M1表示氫原子、金屬元素、金屬氧化物、金屬氫氧化物或金屬鹵化物。 In the formula (1), M 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a metal element, a metal oxide, a metal hydroxide or a metal halide.

作為M1較佳者除氫原子以外,作為金屬元素,可列舉:Li、Na、K、Mg、Ti、Zr、V、Nb、Ta、Cr、Mo、W、Mn、Fe、Co、Ni、Ru、Rh、Pd、Os、Ir、Pt、Cu、Ag、Au、Zn、Cd、Hg、Al、Ga、In、Si、Ge、Sn、Pb、Sb、Bi等。其中,特佳為Cu、Ni、Zn、Al等,最佳為Cu。作為金屬氧化物,可較佳地列舉VO、GeO等。另外,作為金屬氫氧化物,可較佳地列舉Si(OH)2、Cr(OH)2、Sn(OH)2等。進而,作為金屬鹵化物,可列舉:AlCl、SiCl2、VCl、VCl2、VOCl、FeCl、GaCl、ZrCl等。 As M 1 other than a hydrogen atom are preferred, as the metal element include: Li, Na, K, Mg , Ti, Zr, V, Nb, Ta, Cr, Mo, W, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Ru, Rh, Pd, Os, Ir, Pt, Cu, Ag, Au, Zn, Cd, Hg, Al, Ga, In, Si, Ge, Sn, Pb, Sb, Bi, and the like. Among them, Cu, Ni, Zn, Al, etc. are particularly preferable, and Cu is most preferable. As the metal oxide, VO, GeO, or the like is preferably exemplified. Further, as the metal hydroxide, Si(OH) 2 , Cr(OH) 2 , Sn(OH) 2 or the like is preferably exemplified. Further, examples of the metal halide include AlCl, SiCl 2 , VCl, VCl 2 , VOCl, FeCl, GaCl, and ZrCl.

[由通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料] [Phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (2)]

其次,對由通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料進行詳細說明。 Next, the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (2) will be described in detail.

通式(2)中,R1、R4、R5、R8、R9、R12、R13及R16分別獨立,且含義分別與上述通式(1)中的R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15相同。 In the formula (2), R 1 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 9 , R 12 , R 13 and R 16 are each independently and have the meanings respectively R 2 and R 3 in the above formula (1). R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 are the same.

Z5、Z6、Z7、及Z8分別獨立,且含義分別與上述通式(1)中的Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4相同。 Z 5 , Z 6 , Z 7 , and Z 8 are each independently and have the same meanings as Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 in the above formula (1), respectively.

t、u、v、w、q5、q6、q7及q8分別獨立地表示1或2。 t, u, v, w, q 5 , q 6 , q 7 and q 8 each independently represent 1 or 2.

M2的含義與上述通式(1)中的M1相同。 The same meaning as M in the general formula M 2 (1) 1.

R1、R4、R5、R8、R9、R12、R13及R16分別獨立,且含義分別與上述通式(1)中的R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15相同,較佳為氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、芳基、氰基、烷氧基、醯胺基、脲基、磺醯胺基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基及烷氧基羰基,特佳為氫原子、鹵素原子、氰基,最佳為氫原子。 R 1 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 9 , R 12 , R 13 and R 16 are each independently and have the meanings respectively R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 in the above formula (1), R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 are the same, preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group, a decylamino group, a ureido group, a sulfonylamino group, an amine formazan group. The group, the amine sulfonyl group and the alkoxycarbonyl group are particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a cyano group, and most preferably a hydrogen atom.

該些基亦可進而具有取代基。作為取代基,可列舉上述取代基群A中所記載的取代基。 These groups may further have a substituent. The substituent described in the above substituent group A is mentioned as a substituent.

Z5、Z6、Z7、及Z8分別獨立,且含義分別與上述通式(1)中的Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4相同。 Z 5 , Z 6 , Z 7 , and Z 8 are each independently and have the same meanings as Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 in the above formula (1), respectively.

Z5、Z6、Z7、及Z8較佳為經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、經取代或未經取代的雜環基,更佳為經取代的烷基、經取代的芳基、經取代的雜環基,進而更佳為經取代的烷基。另外,就臭氧牢固性的觀點而言,最佳為經取代的烷基所具有的取代基的至少一個為-SONHR基(其中,R表示經取代或未經取代的烷基、或者經取代或未經取代的苯基)。 Z 5 , Z 6 , Z 7 , and Z 8 are preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, more preferably a The substituted alkyl group, the substituted aryl group, the substituted heterocyclic group, and more preferably the substituted alkyl group. Further, from the viewpoint of ozone solidity, at least one of the substituents which the most preferred substituted alkyl group has is a -SONHR group (wherein R represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or substituted or Unsubstituted phenyl).

Z5、Z6、Z7、及Z8中的至少1個所具有的作為取代基的離子性親水性基的含義與上述通式(1)中的Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4所具有的作為取代基的離子性親水性基相同,較佳例亦相同。 The meaning of the ionic hydrophilic group as a substituent possessed by at least one of Z 5 , Z 6 , Z 7 , and Z 8 is Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z in the above formula (1) The ionic hydrophilic groups having four substituents are the same, and preferred examples are also the same.

通式(2)中,t、u、v及w分別獨立地表示1或2。即,滿足4≦t+u+v+w≦8。較佳為滿足4≦t+u+v+w≦6,最佳為t、u、v及w分別為1(t=u=v=w=1)的情況。 In the formula (2), t, u, v and w each independently represent 1 or 2. That is, 4≦t+u+v+w≦8 is satisfied. Preferably, 4 ≦ t + u + v + w ≦ 6 is satisfied, and it is preferable that t, u, v, and w are 1 (t = u = v = w = 1), respectively.

通式(2)中,q5、q6、q7及q8分別獨立地表示1或2。特佳為q5=q6=q7=q8=2。 In the formula (2), q 5 , q 6 , q 7 and q 8 each independently represent 1 or 2. Particularly preferably q 5 = q 6 = q 7 = q 8 = 2.

M2的含義與上述通式(1)中的M1相同,較佳例亦相同。 Meaning M 2 M 1 in the general formula the same (1), preferred embodiments are also the same.

[酞菁染料的合成] [Synthesis of phthalocyanine dye]

例如,可將白井-小林共著、IPC(股份)發行的「酞菁-化學 與功能-」(P.1~P.62),C.C.萊茨洛夫與A.B.P.萊威爾(C.C.Leznoff-A.B.P.Lever)共著、VCH發行的「酞菁-性質與應用(Phthalocyanines-Properties and Applications)」(P.1~P.54)等中所記載、引用的方法或類似於該些方法的方法組合來合成本發明中所使用的酞菁衍生物。 For example, it can be issued by Shirai-Kobayashi and IPC (shares). And function-"(P.1~P.62), CC Reitz Love and ABP Lewell (CCLeznoff-ABPLever), VCH issued "Phthalocyanines-Properties and Applications" The phthalocyanine derivative used in the present invention is synthesized by a method described in (P.1 to P.54) or the like or a method similar to the methods.

以下,以由通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料的合成為例來進行說明。 Hereinafter, the synthesis of the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (2) will be described as an example.

由通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料之中,R1、R4、R5、R8、R9、R12、R13及R16為氫,q5、q6、q7及q8為2的化合物是藉由使例如由下述通式(V)所表示的鄰苯二腈(phthalonitrile)衍生物、及/或由下述通式(VI)所表示的二亞胺基異吲哚啉衍生物與由下述M-(Y)d所表示的金屬衍生物進行反應來合成。 In the phthalocyanine dye represented by the formula (2), R 1 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 9 , R 12 , R 13 and R 16 are hydrogen, q 5 , q 6 , q 7 and The compound wherein q 8 is 2 is, for example, a phthalonitrile derivative represented by the following formula (V), and/or a diimine group represented by the following formula (VI) The isoindoline derivative is synthesized by reacting with a metal derivative represented by the following M-(Y)d.

通式(2)中,R1、R4、R5、R8、R9、R12、R13及R16分別獨立,且含義分別與上述通式(1)中的R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15相同。 Z5、Z6、Z7、及Z8分別獨立,且含義分別與上述通式(1)中的Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4相同。 In the formula (2), R 1 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 9 , R 12 , R 13 and R 16 are each independently and have the meanings respectively R 2 and R 3 in the above formula (1). R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 are the same. Z 5 , Z 6 , Z 7 , and Z 8 are each independently and have the same meanings as Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 in the above formula (1), respectively.

t、u、v、w、q5、q6、q7及q8分別獨立地表示1或2。 t, u, v, w, q 5 , q 6 , q 7 and q 8 each independently represent 1 or 2.

M及M2的含義與上述通式(1)中的M1相同,M=M2M and M 2 have the same meanings as M 1 in the above formula (1), and M = M 2 .

通式(V)及/或通式(VI)中,x的含義與通式(2)中的t、u、v、w相同。Z表示與Z5、Z6、Z7、及Z8相對應的取代基。 In the general formula (V) and/or the general formula (VI), x has the same meaning as t, u, v, and w in the general formula (2). Z represents a substituent corresponding to Z 5 , Z 6 , Z 7 , and Z 8 .

Y表示鹵素原子、乙酸陰離子、乙醯丙酮、氧等一價或二價的配位基,d為1~4的整數。 Y represents a monovalent or divalent ligand such as a halogen atom, an acetate anion, acetamidine acetone or oxygen, and d is an integer of 1 to 4.

作為由M-(Y)d所表示的金屬衍生物,可列舉:Al、Si、Ti、V、Mn、Fe、Co、Ni、Cu、Zn、Ge、Ru、Rh、Pd、In、Sn、Pt、Pb的鹵化物,羧酸衍生物,硫酸鹽,硝酸鹽,羰基化合物,氧化物,錯合物等。作為具體例,可列舉:氯化銅、溴化銅、碘化銅、氯化鎳、溴化鎳、乙酸鎳、氯化鈷、溴化鈷、乙酸鈷、氯化鐵、氯化鋅、溴化鋅、碘化鋅、乙酸鋅、氯化釩、氧基三氯化釩、氯化鈀、乙酸鈀、氯化鋁、氯化錳、乙酸錳、乙醯丙酮錳、氯化錳、氯化鉛、乙酸鉛、氯化銦、氯化鈦、氯化錫等。 Examples of the metal derivative represented by M-(Y)d include Al, Si, Ti, V, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, Zn, Ge, Ru, Rh, Pd, In, and Sn. Pt, a halide of Pb, a carboxylic acid derivative, a sulfate, a nitrate, a carbonyl compound, an oxide, a complex, and the like. Specific examples include copper chloride, copper bromide, copper iodide, nickel chloride, nickel bromide, nickel acetate, cobalt chloride, cobalt bromide, cobalt acetate, iron chloride, zinc chloride, and bromine. Zinc, zinc iodide, zinc acetate, vanadium chloride, vanadium oxychloride, palladium chloride, palladium acetate, aluminum chloride, manganese chloride, manganese acetate, manganese acetylacetonate, manganese chloride, chlorination Lead, lead acetate, indium chloride, titanium chloride, tin chloride, and the like.

金屬衍生物與由通式(V)所表示的鄰苯二腈化合物的使用量以莫耳比計較佳為1:3~1:6。另外,金屬衍生物與由通式(VI)所表示的二亞胺基異吲哚啉衍生物的使用量以莫耳比計較佳為1:3~1:6。 The metal derivative and the phthalonitrile compound represented by the general formula (V) are preferably used in a molar ratio of 1:3 to 1:6. Further, the amount of the metal derivative and the diimidoisoindoline derivative represented by the general formula (VI) is preferably from 1:3 to 1:6 in terms of a molar ratio.

反應通常於溶劑的存在下進行。作為溶劑,可使用沸點80℃以上,較佳為130℃以上的有機溶劑。例如有正戊醇、正己醇、 環己醇、2-甲基-1-戊醇、1-庚醇、2-庚醇、1-辛醇、2-乙基己醇、苄醇、乙二醇、丙二醇、乙氧基乙醇、丙氧基乙醇、丁氧基乙醇、二甲胺基乙醇、二乙胺基乙醇、三氯苯、氯萘、環丁碸、硝基苯、喹啉、脲等。溶劑的使用量為鄰苯二腈化合物的1質量倍~100質量倍,較佳為5質量倍~20質量倍。 The reaction is usually carried out in the presence of a solvent. As the solvent, an organic solvent having a boiling point of 80 ° C or higher, preferably 130 ° C or higher can be used. For example, n-pentanol, n-hexanol, Cyclohexanol, 2-methyl-1-pentanol, 1-heptanol, 2-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-ethylhexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethoxyethanol, Propoxyethanol, butoxyethanol, dimethylaminoethanol, diethylaminoethanol, trichlorobenzene, chloronaphthalene, cyclobutyl hydrazine, nitrobenzene, quinoline, urea, and the like. The solvent is used in an amount of from 1 to 100 times by mass, preferably from 5 to 20 times by mass, based on the mass of the phthalonitrile compound.

於反應中,亦可添加1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一烯(1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene,DBU)或鉬酸銨作為觸媒。相對於鄰苯二腈化合物及/或二亞胺基異吲哚啉衍生物1莫耳,添加量為0.1倍莫耳~10倍莫耳,較佳為0.5倍莫耳~2倍莫耳。 In the reaction, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene (1,8-Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene, DBU) or ammonium molybdate may also be added as a touch. Media. The amount of addition is 0.1 times moles to 10 times moles, preferably 0.5 times moles to 2 times moles, relative to the phthalonitrile compound and/or the diimidoisoindoline derivative 1 mole.

較佳為於反應溫度為80℃~300℃,較佳為100℃~250℃的反應溫度的範圍內進行,特佳為於130℃~230℃的反應溫度的範圍內進行。若未滿80℃,則反應速度極慢。若超過300℃,則有可能產生酞菁化合物的分解。 It is preferably carried out in the range of a reaction temperature of from 80 ° C to 300 ° C, preferably from 100 ° C to 250 ° C, and particularly preferably in the range of from 130 ° C to 230 ° C. If it is less than 80 ° C, the reaction rate is extremely slow. If it exceeds 300 ° C, decomposition of the phthalocyanine compound may occur.

較佳為於反應時間為2小時~20小時,較佳為5小時~15小時的反應時間的範圍內進行,特佳為於5小時~10小時的反應時間的範圍內進行。若未滿2小時,則存在許多未反應原料,若超過20小時,則有可能產生酞菁化合物的分解。 It is preferably carried out in a reaction time of from 2 hours to 20 hours, preferably from 5 hours to 15 hours, and particularly preferably in the range of from 5 hours to 10 hours. If it is less than 2 hours, many unreacted raw materials exist, and if it exceeds 20 hours, decomposition of a phthalocyanine compound may generate.

藉由該些反應所獲得的產物可於根據通常的有機合成反應的後處理方法進行處理後,進行精製或不進行精製而用作製品。即,例如可不對自反應系統中游離出者進行精製而作為製品來提供,或者將利用再結晶或管柱層析法(例如,凝膠滲透層析儀(SEPHADEXTM LH-20:法瑪西亞(Pharmacia)製造)等進行 精製的操作單獨進行或組合進行後,作為製品來提供。另外,亦可於反應結束後,餾去反應溶劑,或者不餾去而投入至水或冰中進行中和,或者不進行中和、且不對游離出者進行精製而作為製品來提供;或者將利用再結晶、管柱層析法等進行精製的操作單獨進行或組合進行後,作為製品來提供。另外,亦可於反應結束後,餾去反應溶劑,或者不餾去而投入至水或冰中進行中和,或者不進行中和、且不對利用有機溶劑/水溶液所萃取出者進行精製而作為製品來提供;或者將利用晶析、管柱層析法等進行精製的操作單獨進行或組合進行後,作為製品來提供。 The product obtained by these reactions can be used as a product after being treated according to a post-treatment method of a usual organic synthesis reaction, followed by purification or not. That is, for example, it may be provided as a product without refining the liberation from the reaction system, or may be subjected to recrystallization or column chromatography (for example, gel permeation chromatography (SEPHADEXTM LH-20: Pharmacia ( Pharmacia) The refining operation is carried out separately or in combination and is provided as a product. Further, after the completion of the reaction, the reaction solvent may be distilled off, or may be added to water or ice for neutralization without being distilled off, or may be provided as a product without being neutralized, and may be purified as a product; or The operation of refining by recrystallization, column chromatography, or the like is carried out separately or in combination, and then provided as a product. In addition, after the completion of the reaction, the reaction solvent may be distilled off, or may be added to water or ice for neutralization without being distilled off, or may be neutralized without being extracted by an organic solvent/aqueous solution. The product is supplied; or the operation of purifying by crystallization, column chromatography, or the like is carried out separately or in combination, and then provided as a product.

以上述方式獲得的由上述通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料之中,由R1、R4、R5、R8、R9、R12、R13及R16為氫,q5、q6、q7及q8為2所表示的酞菁化合物(例如:t=u=v=w=1的情況)通常變成如下的混合物,該混合物是作為Ra(SO2-Z5)、Rb(SO2-Z6)、Rc(SO2-Z7)、Rd(SO2-Z8)的各取代位置上的異構物的由下述通式(a)-1~通式(a)-4所表示的化合物的混合物。 Among the phthalocyanine dyes represented by the above formula (2) obtained in the above manner, R 1 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 9 , R 12 , R 13 and R 16 are hydrogen, q 5 The phthalocyanine compound represented by 2, q 6 , q 7 and q 8 (for example, when t=u=v=w=1) usually becomes a mixture which is Ra(SO 2 -Z 5 ) as a mixture. The isomers at the respective substitution positions of Rb(SO 2 -Z 6 ), Rc(SO 2 -Z 7 ), and Rd(SO 2 -Z 8 ) are represented by the following formula (a)-1 to A mixture of compounds represented by (a)-4.

即,由上述通式(a)-1~通式(a)-4所表示的化合物為β-位取代型(當將下述通式(IV)中的R1~R16分別設為1位~16位時,於2位及/或3位、6位及/或7位、10位及/或11位、14位及/或15位上具有特定的取代基的酞菁化合物)。 In other words, the compound represented by the above formula (a)-1 to (a)-4 is a β-position substitution type (when R 1 to R 16 in the following general formula (IV) are each set to 1 A phthalocyanine compound having a specific substituent at the 2 position and/or 3 position, 6 position and/or 7 position, 10 position and/or 11 position, 14 position and/or 15 position.

由通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料相當於α-位取代型(於1位及/或4位、5位及/或8位、9位及/或12位、13位及/或16位上具有特定的取代基的酞菁化合物),由通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料相當於β-位取代型(於2位及/或3位、6位及/或7位、10位及/或11位、14位及/或15位上具有特定的取代基的酞菁化合 物)。本發明中,於任一種取代型中,為了良好的牢固性,具有由-SO-Z及/或-SO2-Z所表示的特定的取代基均重要。 The phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) corresponds to an α-position substitution type (in 1 position and/or 4 position, 5 position and/or 8 position, 9 position and/or 12 position, 13 position and/or a phthalocyanine compound having a specific substituent at the 16-position, and a phthalocyanine dye represented by the formula (2) corresponds to a β-position substitution type (at 2 and/or 3, 6 and/or 7 positions) a phthalocyanine compound having a specific substituent at the 10th position and/or 11th position, 14th position and/or 15th position). In the present invention, in any of the substitution types, it is important to have a specific substituent represented by -SO-Z and/or -SO 2 -Z for good fastness.

以下,使用下述通式(IV)來表示由通式(1)或通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料的具體例,但本發明中所使用的酞菁染料並不限定於下述的例子。 In the following, specific examples of the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) or the general formula (2) are shown by the following general formula (IV), but the phthalocyanine dye used in the present invention is not limited to the following. example of.

(由通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料的例示) (Illustration of a phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1))

[青色墨水組成物] [Cyan ink composition]

本發明的墨水套組包括含有由上述通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料、及由上述通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料的青色墨水組成物。藉由使用α-位取代型的通式(1)的染料與β-位取代型的通式(2)的染料,而可進行分子間而非分子內的α位與β位的比率調整,結果可使良好的牢固性與高印相濃度並存。 The ink set of the present invention includes a cyan ink composition containing the phthalocyanine dye represented by the above formula (1) and the phthalocyanine dye represented by the above formula (2). By using the dye of the formula (1) of the α-position substitution type and the dye of the formula (2) of the β-position substitution type, the ratio adjustment of the α position to the β position in the molecule, rather than in the molecule, can be performed, As a result, good firmness and high print density can coexist.

青色墨水組成物中,由通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料與由通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料的質量比較佳為50/50~10/90,更佳為40/60~20/80。藉由將染料的質量比設為上述範圍內,可獲得如下的特徵:墨水的高濃度下的經時穩定性(黏度變化或析出等)優異,另外,使用該墨水的印相樣品的臭氧牢固性優異,另外,印相濃度優異。 In the cyan ink composition, the quality of the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) and the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (2) is preferably 50/50 to 10/90, more preferably 40/60. ~20/80. By setting the mass ratio of the dye to the above range, it is possible to obtain excellent characteristics such as temporal stability (viscosity change or precipitation) at a high concentration of the ink, and strong ozone of the printed sample using the ink. Excellent in performance and excellent in printing density.

另外,青色墨水組成物中,由通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料的含量較佳為0.1質量%~10質量%。若未滿0.1質量%,則墨水的高濃度下的經時穩定性、及印相濃度欠佳,若超過10質量%,則印相樣品的臭氧牢固性下降。 Further, in the cyan ink composition, the content of the phthalocyanine dye represented by the formula (1) is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass. When it is less than 0.1% by mass, the stability with time and the printing density at a high concentration of the ink are not good, and if it exceeds 10% by mass, the ozone solidity of the printed sample is lowered.

進而,於本發明中,在黑色墨水組成物含有選自由由下述通式(B-1)所表示的化合物及其鹽所組成的群組中的至少一種作為著色劑,青色墨水組成物含有由下述通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料、及由下述通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料作為著色劑的墨水套組中,使用以下所示的黃色墨水組成物、及洋紅色墨水組成物,藉此可獲得具有優異的色彩平衡的圖像,並且成為褪色平衡優異者,因此可更長期地良好地保持印刷物的畫質。 Furthermore, in the present invention, the black ink composition contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (B-1) and a salt thereof as a colorant, and the cyan ink composition contains In the ink set of the phthalocyanine dye represented by the following general formula (1) and the phthalocyanine dye represented by the following general formula (2) as a coloring agent, the yellow ink composition shown below and The magenta ink composition can thereby obtain an image having an excellent color balance and is excellent in a fading balance, so that the image quality of the printed matter can be favorably maintained for a longer period of time.

(黃色) (yellow)

其次,對構成本發明的墨水套組的黃色墨水組成物中所使用的著色劑進行說明。 Next, the coloring agent used in the yellow ink composition constituting the ink set of the present invention will be described.

於本發明的墨水套組中,黃色墨水組成物中所使用的著色劑並不限定於特定結構的著色劑,但較佳為其他顏色的墨水組成物的耐光性.耐臭氧性與黃色墨水組成物的耐光性.耐臭氧性之間的差小。 In the ink set of the present invention, the coloring agent used in the yellow ink composition is not limited to the coloring agent of a specific structure, but is preferably light resistance of the ink composition of other colors. Ozone resistance and yellow ink composition light resistance. The difference between ozone resistance is small.

就上述觀點而言,本發明中,於黃色墨水組成物中用作著色劑的黃色染料較佳為選自由由下述通式(Y)及通式(Y-2)所表示的化合物及其鹽所組成的群組中的化合物。其中,通式(Y-2)不含通式(Y)。 In view of the above, in the present invention, the yellow dye used as a colorant in the yellow ink composition is preferably selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formula (Y) and formula (Y-2) and a compound in a group consisting of salts. Among them, the general formula (Y-2) does not contain the general formula (Y).

(通式(Y)中,M分別獨立地表示氫原子或陽離子,當M表示陽離子時是表示Li+離子、Na+離子、K+離子或NH4 +離子) (In the general formula (Y), M each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a cation, and when M represents a cation, it means a Li + ion, a Na + ion, a K + ion or an NH 4 + ion)

M表示氫原子、Li+離子、Na+離子、K+離子或NH4 +離子,尤其,較佳為Na+離子、K+離子或NH4 +離子,更佳為Na+離子、 K+離子,其中,尤其最佳為K+離子。於由通式(Y)所表示的染料中,作為M的主成分的抗衡陽離子較佳為K+離子,更佳為所有M為K+離子。 M represents a hydrogen atom, a Li + ion, a Na + ion, a K + ion or an NH 4 + ion, and particularly preferably a Na + ion, a K + ion or an NH 4 + ion, more preferably a Na + ion, a K + ion Among them, especially the K + ion. In the dye represented by the general formula (Y), the counter cation as the main component of M is preferably K + ion, and more preferably all M is K + ion.

由通式(Y)所表示的染料亦可為存在多種M的混合鹽的狀態。當由通式(Y)所表示的染料為混合鹽時,墨水中所含有的由通式(Y)所表示的染料所具有的M之中,以莫耳分率計,較佳為50%~100%,更佳為80%~100%的M為K+離子,其中,特佳為90%~100%的M為K+離子。作為K+離子以外的M,較佳為Na+離子、NH4 +離子,更佳為Na+離子。 The dye represented by the general formula (Y) may also be in a state in which a mixed salt of a plurality of M is present. When the dye represented by the general formula (Y) is a mixed salt, among the Ms of the dye represented by the general formula (Y) contained in the ink, the molar fraction is preferably 50%. ~100%, more preferably 80%~100% of M is K + ions, wherein particularly preferably 90% to 100% of M is K + ions. M other than the K + ion is preferably a Na + ion or an NH 4 + ion, more preferably a Na + ion.

另外,最佳為由通式(Y)所表示的染料並非混合鹽、且墨水中所含有的所有由通式(Y)所表示的染料的M為K+離子。其原因在於:藉由所有M為K+離子,於溶解在水溶液或墨水溶液中的分子分散狀態下,作為離子性親水性基的羧基或其鹽(-CO2M)解離而離子化成-CO2 -與M+,且陽離子種於該狀態下進行交換,藉此可獲得形成對於水溶液或墨水溶液的溶解性更低的鹽的狀態而容易抑制以著色劑的鹽的狀態析出等效果。 Further, it is preferable that the dye represented by the general formula (Y) is not a mixed salt, and M of all the dyes represented by the general formula (Y) contained in the ink is K + ions. The reason is that, by using all of M as K + ions, the carboxyl group or its salt (-CO 2 M) which is an ionic hydrophilic group is dissociated and ionized into -CO in a state in which the molecules are dissolved in an aqueous solution or an ink solution. 2 - and M + , and the cationic species are exchanged in this state, whereby the state in which the salt having a lower solubility in the aqueous solution or the ink solution is formed can be obtained, and the effect of precipitating the salt in the state of the coloring agent can be easily suppressed.

上述通式(Y)的化合物之中,特佳為使用下述式(Y-1)的化合物。 Among the compounds of the above formula (Y), a compound of the following formula (Y-1) is particularly preferably used.

式(Y-1) Formula (Y-1)

通式(Y-2)中,R4分別獨立地表示一價的基,R5分別獨立地表示-OR6或-NHR7,R6及R7分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的基,X3表示二價的連結基,n3為0或1,Ar3分別獨立地表示二價的雜環基,Ar4分別獨立地表示烷基、芳基或一價的三嗪環基。 In the formula (Y-2), R 4 each independently represents a monovalent group, and R 5 each independently represents -OR 6 or -NHR 7 , and R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group. X 3 represents a divalent linking group, and n 3 is 0 or 1, and Ar 3 each independently represents a divalent heterocyclic group, and Ar 4 each independently represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent triazine ring group.

對通式(Y-2)進行說明。 The general formula (Y-2) will be described.

(取代基) (substituent)

首先,對通式(Y-2)中的取代基進行說明。 First, the substituent in the formula (Y-2) will be described.

作為取代基,只要是可進行取代的基即可,例如可列舉:鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、芳烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、羧基(亦可為鹽)、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷氧基、雜環氧基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、烷氧基羰氧基、芳氧基羰 氧基、胺基(包含苯胺基)、醯基胺基、胺基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基、巰基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜環硫基、胺磺醯基、磺基(亦可為鹽)、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、醯基、芳氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、醯亞胺基、膦基、氧膦基、氧膦基氧基、氧膦基胺基、矽烷基等。 The substituent may be a group which may be substituted, and examples thereof include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, and a hydroxyl group. Nitro, carboxy (may also be a salt), alkoxy, aryloxy, nonyloxy, heterocyclic oxy, decyloxy, amine methoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyl Oxyl, amine (including anilino), mercaptoamine, aminocarbonylamino, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, aminesulfonylamino, alkylsulfonylamino Or arylsulfonylamino, fluorenyl, alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclic thio, sulfonyl, sulfo (also salt), alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfin Alkyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, fluorenyl, aryloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amidyl, fluorenylene, phosphino, phosphinyl, phosphinyloxy, A phosphinylamino group, a decyl group, and the like.

該些取代基可進一步被取代,作為進一步的取代基,可列舉選自以上所說明的取代基中的基。作為具有進一步的取代基的取代基的例子,可列舉:烷基羰基胺基磺醯基、芳基羰基胺基磺醯基、烷基磺醯基胺基羰基、芳基磺醯基胺基羰基。作為其具體例,可列舉:甲基磺醯基胺基羰基、對甲基苯基磺醯基胺基羰基、乙醯基胺基磺醯基、苯甲醯基胺基磺醯基。 These substituents may be further substituted, and as a further substituent, a group selected from the substituents described above may be mentioned. Examples of the substituent having a further substituent include an alkylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an arylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an alkylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, and an arylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group. . Specific examples thereof include a methylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, a p-methylphenylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, an ethenylaminosulfonyl group, and a benzhydrylaminosulfonyl group.

通式(Y-2)中,R4表示一價的基,R5表示-OR6或-NHR7,R6及R7表示氫原子或一價的基。 In the formula (Y-2), R 4 represents a monovalent group, R 5 represents -OR 6 or -NHR 7 , and R 6 and R 7 represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group.

作為R4、R6及R7所表示的一價的基,例如可列舉:鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、芳烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、羧基(亦可為鹽)、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷氧基、雜環氧基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、烷氧基羰氧基、芳氧基羰氧基、胺基(包含苯胺基)、醯基胺基、胺基羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基、巰基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜環硫基、胺磺醯基、磺基(亦可為鹽)、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯 基、醯基、芳氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、醯亞胺基、膦基、氧膦基、氧膦基氧基、氧膦基胺基、矽烷基等。 Examples of the monovalent group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, and a cyano group. , hydroxy, nitro, carboxy (may also be a salt), alkoxy, aryloxy, decyloxy, heterocyclic oxy, decyloxy, amine methoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxy Alkoxycarbonyl group, amine group (including anilino group), mercaptoamine group, aminocarbonylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, aminesulfonylamino group, alkylsulfonyl group Amino or arylsulfonylamino, fluorenyl, alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclic thio, sulfonyl, sulfo (also a salt), alkylsulfinyl, aryl Sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, fluorenyl, aryloxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amine carbaryl, quinone imine, phosphino, phosphinyl, phosphinyloxy A group, a phosphinylamino group, a decyl group, and the like.

對R4、R6及R7所表示的一價的基進行更詳細的說明。 The monovalent group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 will be described in more detail.

R4、R6及R7所表示的鹵素原子例如可列舉:氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等。 Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 include a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

R4、R6及R7所表示的烷基包含經取代或未經取代的烷基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的烷基,較佳為碳原子數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基,但較佳為羥基、烷氧基、氰基、鹵素原子、磺基(亦可為鹽的形態)及羧基(亦可為鹽的形態)。作為上述烷基的例子,可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、正丁基、第三丁基、正辛基、二十基、2-氯乙基、羥乙基、氰基乙基及4-磺丁基等。 The alkyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group. The alkyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include a group described in the above substituent, but a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, a sulfo group (which may also be a salt form), and a carboxyl group are preferred. For the form of salt). Examples of the above alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-octyl group, eicosyl group, 2-chloroethyl group, hydroxyethyl group, and cyanoethyl group. And 4-sulfobutyl group and the like.

R4、R6及R7所表示的環烷基包含經取代或未經取代的環烷基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的環烷基,較佳為碳數為5~30的經取代或未經取代的環烷基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述環烷基的例子,可列舉:環己基、環戊基、4-正十二基環己基等。 The cycloalkyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group. The cycloalkyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 5 to 30. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclohexyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl group.

R4、R6及R7所表示的芳烷基包含經取代或未經取代的芳烷基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的芳烷基,較佳為碳數為7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳烷基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述芳烷基的例子,可列舉:苄基及2-苯乙基。 The aralkyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group. The aralkyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the above aralkyl group include a benzyl group and a 2-phenylethyl group.

R4、R6及R7所表示的烯基包含直鏈、分支、環狀的經取代或未經取代的烯基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的烯基,較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的烯基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述烯基的例子,可列舉:乙烯基、烯丙基、異戊二烯基、香葉基、油烯基、2-環戊烯-1-基、2-環己烯-1-基等。 The alkenyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 includes a linear, branched or cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group. The alkenyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the above alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a prenyl group, a geranyl group, an oleyl group, a 2-cyclopenten-1-yl group, and a 2-cyclohexen-1-yl group. Wait.

R4、R6及R7所表示的炔基包含經取代或未經取代的炔基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的炔基,較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的炔基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述炔基的例子,可列舉:乙炔基、炔丙基等。 The alkynyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group. The alkynyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the alkynyl group include an ethynyl group and a propargyl group.

R4、R6及R7所表示的芳基包含經取代或未經取代的芳基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的芳基,較佳為碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述芳基的例子,可列舉:苯基、對甲苯基、萘基、間氯苯基、鄰十六醯基胺基苯基等。 The aryl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. The aryl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a p-tolyl group, a naphthyl group, a m-chlorophenyl group, an o-hexadecanylaminophenyl group, and the like.

R4、R6及R7所表示的雜環基包含經取代或未經取代的雜環基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的雜環基,較佳為自5員或6員的經取代或未經取代的芳香族或非芳香族的雜環化合物中去除一個氫原子而成的一價的基,更佳為碳數為3~30的5員或6員的芳香族的雜環基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述雜環基的例子,例如可列舉:2-呋喃基、2-噻吩基、 2-嘧啶基、2-苯并噻唑基等。 The heterocyclic group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably one in which a hydrogen atom is removed from a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic compound of 5 or 6 members. The monovalent group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 30. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the heterocyclic group include a 2-furyl group, a 2-thienyl group, a 2-pyrimidinyl group, and a 2-benzothiazolyl group.

R4、R6及R7所表示的烷氧基包含經取代或未經取代的烷氧基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的烷氧基,較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述烷氧基的例子,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、正辛氧基、甲氧基乙氧基、羥基乙氧基及3-羧基丙氧基等。 The alkoxy group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group. The alkoxy group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n-octyloxy group, a methoxyethoxy group, a hydroxyethoxy group, and a 3-carboxypropoxy group.

R4、R6及R7所表示的芳氧基包含經取代或未經取代的芳氧基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的芳氧基,較佳為碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述芳氧基的例子,可列舉:苯氧基、2-甲基苯氧基、4-第三丁基苯氧基、3-硝基苯氧基、2-十四醯基胺基苯氧基等。 The aryloxy group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 includes a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group. The aryloxy group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group having a carbon number of 6 to 30. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the above aryloxy group include a phenoxy group, a 2-methylphenoxy group, a 4-tert-butylphenoxy group, a 3-nitrophenoxy group, and a 4-tetradecylaminobenzene group. Oxyl and the like.

R4、R6及R7所表示的矽烷氧基包含經取代或未經取代的矽烷氧基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的矽烷氧基,較佳為碳數為3~20的經取代或未經取代的矽烷氧基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述矽烷氧基的例子,可列舉:三甲基矽烷氧基、第三丁基二甲基矽烷氧基等。 The decyloxy group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted decyloxy group. The decyloxy group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted decyloxy group having a carbon number of 3 to 20. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the above decyloxy group include a trimethyldecyloxy group and a tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy group.

R4、R6及R7所表示的雜環氧基包含經取代或未經取代的雜環氧基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的雜環氧基,較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環氧基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述雜環氧基的例子,可列舉1- 苯基四唑-5-氧基、2-四氫吡喃基氧基等。 The heterocyclic oxy group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group. The heterocyclic oxy group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the heterocyclic oxy group include 1-phenyltetrazole-5-oxy group and 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy group.

R4、R6及R7所表示的醯氧基包含經取代或未經取代的醯氧基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的烷氧基,較佳為甲醯氧基、碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰氧基、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰氧基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述醯氧基的例子,可列舉:甲醯氧基、乙醯氧基、三甲基乙醯氧基、硬脂醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基、對甲氧基苯基羰氧基等。 The decyloxy group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 includes a substituted or unsubstituted decyloxy group. The alkoxy group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a methyl methoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 6 to 30. A substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyloxy group. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the above methoxyl group include a methyl methoxy group, an ethoxy group oxy group, a trimethyl ethoxy group oxy group, a stearyl oxy group, a benzyl methoxy group, and a p-methoxy phenyl carbonyl group. Wait.

R4、R6及R7所表示的胺甲醯氧基包含經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯氧基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的胺甲醯氧基,較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯氧基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述胺甲醯氧基的例子,可列舉:N,N-二甲基胺甲醯氧基、N,N-二乙基胺甲醯氧基、嗎啉基羰氧基、N,N-二-正辛胺基羰氧基、N-正辛基胺甲醯氧基等。 The amine methyl methoxy group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted amine methyl methoxy group. The amine methyl methoxy group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted amine methyl methoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 30. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the above amine methyl methoxy group include N,N-dimethylamine methyl methoxy group, N,N-diethylamine methyl methoxy group, morpholinylcarbonyloxy group, N,N- Di-n-octylaminocarbonyl, N-n-octylamine, methyloxy, and the like.

R4、R6及R7所表示的烷氧基羰氧基包含經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰氧基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的烷氧基羰氧基,較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰氧基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述烷氧基羰氧基的例子,可列舉:甲氧基羰氧基、乙氧基羰氧基、第三丁氧基羰氧基、正辛基羰氧基等。 The alkoxycarbonyloxy group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyloxy group. The alkoxycarbonyloxy group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the alkoxycarbonyloxy group include a methoxycarbonyloxy group, an ethoxycarbonyloxy group, a third butoxycarbonyloxy group, and an n-octylcarbonyloxy group.

R4、R6及R7所表示的芳氧基羰氧基包含經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰氧基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的芳氧基羰氧基,較佳為 碳數為7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰氧基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述芳氧基羰氧基的例子,可列舉:苯氧基羰氧基、對甲氧基苯氧基羰氧基、對(正十六氧基)苯氧基羰氧基等。 R 4, R 6 and R 7 aryloxycarbonyloxy group represented by comprising a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group. The aryloxycarbonyloxy group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyloxy group having a carbon number of 7 to 30. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the aryloxycarbonyloxy group include a phenoxycarbonyloxy group, a p-methoxyphenoxycarbonyloxy group, and a p-(n-hexadecyloxy)phenoxycarbonyloxy group.

R4、R6及R7所表示的胺基包含經取代或未經取代的胺基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的胺基,較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基胺基、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的苯胺基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述胺基的例子,可列舉:胺基、甲胺基、二甲胺基、苯胺基、N-甲基-苯胺基、二苯基胺基等。 The amine group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted amine group. The amine group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 6 to 30. Anilino group. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the above amine group include an amine group, a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, an anilino group, an N-methyl-anilino group, and a diphenylamino group.

R4、R6及R7所表示的醯基胺基包含經取代或未經取代的醯基胺基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的醯基胺基,較佳為甲醯基胺基、碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰基胺基、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基胺基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述醯基胺基的例子,可列舉:甲醯基胺基、乙醯基胺基、三甲基乙醯基胺基、月桂醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基、3,4,5-三-正辛氧基苯基羰基胺基等。 The mercaptoamine group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 includes a substituted or unsubstituted mercaptoamine group. The mercaptoamine group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a mercaptoamine group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 6 ~30 substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonylamino group. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the above mercaptoamine group include a mercaptoamine group, an ethenylamino group, a trimethylethenylamino group, a laurylamine group, a benzhydrylamino group, and 3,4. 5-tri-n-octyloxyphenylcarbonylamino group and the like.

R4、R6及R7所表示的胺基羰基胺基包含經取代或未經取代的胺基羰基胺基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的胺基羰基胺基,較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的胺基羰基胺基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述胺基羰基胺基的例子,可列舉:胺甲醯基胺基、N,N-二甲胺基羰基胺基、 N,N-二乙胺基羰基胺基、嗎啉基羰基胺基等。 The aminocarbonylamino group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino group. The aminocarbonylamino group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the above aminocarbonylamino group include an amine mercaptoamine group, an N,N-dimethylaminocarbonylamino group, an N,N-diethylaminocarbonylamino group, and a morpholinylcarbonylamino group. Wait.

R4、R6及R7所表示的烷氧基羰基胺基包含經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基胺基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的烷氧基羰基胺基,較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基胺基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述烷氧基羰基胺基的例子,可列舉:甲氧基羰基胺基、乙氧基羰基胺基、第三丁氧基羰基胺基、正十八烷氧基羰基胺基、N-甲基-甲氧基羰基胺基等。 The alkoxycarbonylamino group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group. The alkoxycarbonylamino group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the alkoxycarbonylamino group include a methoxycarbonylamino group, an ethoxycarbonylamino group, a third butoxycarbonylamino group, an n-octadecyloxycarbonylamino group, and an N-methyl group. A methoxycarbonylamino group or the like.

R4、R6及R7所表示的芳氧基羰基胺基包含經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰基胺基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的芳氧基羰基胺基,較佳為碳數為7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰基胺基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述芳氧基羰基胺基的例子,可列舉:苯氧基羰基胺基、對氯苯氧基羰基胺基、間(正辛氧基)苯氧基羰基胺基等。 The aryloxycarbonylamino group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino group. The aryloxycarbonylamino group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the aryloxycarbonylamino group include a phenoxycarbonylamino group, a p-chlorophenoxycarbonylamino group, and a m-(n-octyloxy)phenoxycarbonylamino group.

R4、R6及R7所表示的胺磺醯基胺基包含經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基胺基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的胺磺醯基胺基,較佳為碳數為0~30的經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基胺基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述胺磺醯基胺基的例子,可列舉:胺磺醯基胺基、N,N-二甲胺基磺醯基胺基、N-正辛胺基磺醯基胺基等。 The amine sulfonylamino group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted sulfonylamino group. The aminesulfonylamino group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfonylamino group having a carbon number of 0 to 30. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the above aminesulfonylamino group include an aminesulfonylamino group, an N,N-dimethylaminosulfonylamino group, and an N-n-octylaminosulfonylamino group.

R4、R6及R7所表示的烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基包含經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基。作為 R4、R6及R7所表示的烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基,較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基胺基、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基胺基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基的例子,可列舉:甲基磺醯基胺基、丁基磺醯基胺基、苯基磺醯基胺基、2,3,5-三氯苯基磺醯基胺基、對甲基苯基磺醯基胺基等。 R 4, R 6 alkylsulfonyl group and arylsulfonyl group or acyl group represented by R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group or arylsulfonyl group acyl group. The alkylsulfonylamino group or the arylsulfonylamino group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. A substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino group having an amine group and a carbon number of 6 to 30. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the alkylsulfonylamino group or the arylsulfonylamino group include a methylsulfonylamino group, a butylsulfonylamino group, a phenylsulfonylamino group, and 2,3. , 5-trichlorophenylsulfonylamino, p-methylphenylsulfonylamino and the like.

R4、R6及R7所表示的烷硫基包含經取代或未經取代的烷硫基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的烷硫基,較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷硫基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述烷硫基的例子,可列舉:甲硫基、乙硫基、正十六烷硫基等。 The alkylthio group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group. Alkylthio group as R 4, R 6 and R 7 represented preferably by 1 to 30 substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group having a carbon number. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the above alkylthio group include a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, an n-hexadecylthio group and the like.

R4、R6及R7所表示的芳硫基包含經取代或未經取代的芳硫基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的芳硫基,較佳為碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳硫基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述芳硫基的例子,可列舉:苯硫基、對氯苯硫基、間甲氧基苯硫基等。 The arylthio group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 includes a substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group. The arylthio group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylthio group having a carbon number of 6 to 30. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the above arylthio group include a phenylthio group, a p-chlorophenylthio group, a m-methoxyphenylthio group and the like.

R4、R6及R7所表示的雜環硫基包含經取代或未經取代的雜環硫基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的雜環硫基,較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的雜環硫基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述雜環硫基的例子,可列舉:2-苯并噻唑硫基、1-苯基四唑-5-基硫基等。 The heterocyclic thio group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 includes a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic thio group. The heterocyclic thio group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic thio group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the above heterocyclic thio group include a 2-benzothiazolylthio group and a 1-phenyltetrazol-5-ylthio group.

R4、R6及R7所表示的胺磺醯基包含經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的胺磺醯基,較佳為碳數為0~30的經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述胺磺醯基的例子,可列舉:N-乙基胺磺醯基、N-(3-十二烷氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、N,N-二甲基胺磺醯基、N-乙醯基胺磺醯基、N-苯甲醯基胺磺醯基、N-(N'-苯基胺甲醯基)胺磺醯基等。 The amine sulfonyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted sulfonamide group. The amine sulfonyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfonyl group having a carbon number of 0 to 30. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the above amine sulfonyl group include N-ethylamine sulfonyl group, N-(3-dodecyloxypropyl)amine sulfonyl group, and N,N-dimethylamine sulfonyl group. And N-acetamidosulfonyl, N-benzhydrylsulfonyl, N-(N'-phenylaminecarbamyl)aminesulfonyl and the like.

R4、R6及R7所表示的烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基包含經取代或未經取代的烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基,較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基亞磺醯基、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基亞磺醯基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基的例子,可列舉:甲基亞磺醯基、乙基亞磺醯基、苯基亞磺醯基、對甲基苯基亞磺醯基等。 The alkylsulfinyl or arylsulfinyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group or an arylsulfinyl group. The alkylsulfinyl group or the arylsulfinyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfinyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 30. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the above alkylsulfinyl group or arylsulfinyl group include methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, phenylsulfinyl, p-methylphenylsulfinium. Base.

R4、R6及R7所表示的烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基包含經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基,較佳為碳數為1~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基、碳數為6~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基的例子,可列舉:甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、苯基磺醯基、對甲基苯基磺醯基等。 The alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 includes a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group. The alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and the carbon number is 6 to 30 substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl groups. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the alkylsulfonyl group or the arylsulfonyl group include a methylsulfonyl group, an ethylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, and a p-methylphenylsulfonyl group.

R4、R6及R7所表示的醯基包含經取代或未經取代的醯基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的醯基,較佳為甲醯基、碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷基羰基、碳數為7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳基羰基、碳數為4~30的經取代或未經取代的利用碳原子與羰基鍵結的雜環羰基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述醯基的例子,可列舉:乙醯基、三甲基乙醯基、2-氯乙醯基、硬脂醯基、苯甲醯基、對(正辛氧基)苯基羰基、2-吡啶基羰基、2-呋喃基羰基等。 The fluorenyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted fluorenyl group. The fluorenyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a fluorenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms or An unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic carbonyl group having a carbon number bonded to a carbonyl group of 4 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the above mercapto group include an ethyl fluorenyl group, a trimethylethyl fluorenyl group, a 2-chloroethyl fluorenyl group, a stearyl group, a benzamyl group, a p-(n-octyloxy)phenylcarbonyl group, and 2 a pyridylcarbonyl group, a 2-furylcarbonyl group or the like.

R4、R6及R7所表示的芳氧基羰基包含經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的芳氧基羰基,較佳為碳數為7~30的經取代或未經取代的芳氧基羰基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述芳氧基羰基的例子,可列舉:苯氧基羰基、鄰氯苯氧基羰基、間硝基苯氧基羰基、對(第三丁基)苯氧基羰基等。 The aryloxycarbonyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group. The aryloxycarbonyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 30. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the aryloxycarbonyl group include a phenoxycarbonyl group, an o-chlorophenoxycarbonyl group, a m-nitrophenoxycarbonyl group, and a p-(tert-butyl)phenoxycarbonyl group.

R4、R6及R7所表示的烷氧基羰基包含經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的烷氧基羰基,較佳為碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的烷氧基羰基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述烷氧基羰基的例子,可列舉:甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、第三丁氧基羰基、正十八烷氧基羰基等。 The alkoxycarbonyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group. The alkoxycarbonyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group include a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, an n-octadecyloxycarbonyl group and the like.

R4、R6及R7所表示的胺甲醯基包含經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基。作為R4、R6及R7所表示的胺甲醯基,較佳為碳數為1~30 經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述胺甲醯基的例子,可列舉:胺甲醯基、N-甲基胺甲醯基、N,N-二甲基胺甲醯基、N,N-二-正辛基胺甲醯基、N-(甲基磺醯基)胺甲醯基等。 The amine mercapto group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group. The amine forminyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the above amine carbenyl group include an amine methyl sulfonyl group, an N-methylamine methyl fluorenyl group, an N,N-dimethylamine methyl fluorenyl group, and an N,N-di-n-octylamine hydrazine group. Base, N-(methylsulfonyl)amine, mercapto and the like.

R4、R6及R7所表示的膦基包含經取代或未經取代的膦基。較佳為R4、R6及R7表示碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的膦基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述膦基的例子,可列舉:二甲基膦基、二苯基膦基、甲基苯氧基膦基等。 The phosphino group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted phosphino group. Preferably, R 4 , R 6 and R 7 represent a substituted or unsubstituted phosphino group having a carbon number of 2 to 30. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the phosphine group include a dimethylphosphino group, a diphenylphosphino group, a methylphenoxyphosphino group and the like.

R4、R6及R7所表示的氧膦基包含經取代或未經取代的氧膦基。較佳為R4、R6及R7表示碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述氧膦基的例子,可列舉:氧膦基、二辛氧基氧膦基、二乙氧基氧膦基等。 The phosphinyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyl group. Preferably, R 4 , R 6 and R 7 represent a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyl group having a carbon number of 2 to 30. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the phosphinyl group include a phosphinyl group, a dioctyloxyphosphinyl group, and a diethoxyphosphinyl group.

R4、R6及R7所表示的氧膦基氧基包含經取代或未經取代的氧膦基氧基。較佳為R4、R6及R7表示碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基氧基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述氧膦基氧基的例子,可列舉:二苯氧基氧膦基氧基、二辛氧基氧膦基氧基等。 The phosphinyloxy group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyloxy group. Preferably, R 4 , R 6 and R 7 represent a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyloxy group having a carbon number of 2 to 30. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the phosphinyloxy group include a diphenoxyphosphinyloxy group and a dioctyloxyphosphinyloxy group.

R4、R6及R7所表示的氧膦基胺基包含經取代或未經取代的氧膦基胺基。較佳為R4、R6及R7表示碳數為2~30的經取代或未經取代的氧膦基胺基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項 中所述的基。作為上述氧膦基胺基的例子,可列舉:二甲氧基氧膦基胺基、二甲胺基氧膦基胺基等。 The phosphinylamino group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinylamino group. Preferably, R 4 , R 6 and R 7 represent a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinylamino group having a carbon number of 2 to 30. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the phosphinylamino group include a dimethoxyphosphinylamino group and a dimethylaminophosphinylamino group.

R4、R6及R7所表示的矽烷基包含經取代或未經取代的矽烷基。較佳為碳數為3~30的經取代或未經取代的矽烷基。作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。作為上述矽烷基的例子,可列舉:三甲基矽烷基、第三丁基二甲基矽烷基、苯基二甲基矽烷基等。 The fluorenyl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 contains a substituted or unsubstituted fluorenyl group. A substituted or unsubstituted decyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 30 is preferred. Examples of the substituent include the groups described in the above substituents. Examples of the above fluorenylalkyl group include a trimethyldecyl group, a tert-butyldimethylsilyl group, and a phenyldimethylalkylene group.

通式(Y-2)中,R4較佳為烷基、芳基、雜環基,更佳為烷基,進而更佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、正丁基、第三丁基,進而更佳為第三丁基。 In the formula (Y-2), R 4 is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, more preferably an alkyl group, and still more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a n-butyl group or a third group. The base, and more preferably the third butyl group.

R5較佳為-NHR7R 5 is preferably -NHR 7 .

R6及R7較佳為氫原子、烷基、醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基,更佳為氫原子、烷基、醯基,特佳為氫原子。 R 6 and R 7 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a decyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a fluorenyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.

通式(Y-2)中,X3表示二價的連結基。作為由X3所表示的二價的連結基,可列舉:伸烷基(例如亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基)、伸烯基(例如伸乙烯基、伸丙烯基)、伸炔基(例如伸乙炔基、伸丙炔基)、伸芳基(例如伸苯基、伸萘基)、二價的雜環基(例如6-氯-1,3,5-三嗪-2,4-二基、嘧啶-2,4-二基、喹噁啉-2,3-二基)、-O-、-CO-、-NR-(R為氫原子、烷基或芳基)、-S-、-SO2-、-SO-或該些的組合。 In the formula (Y-2), X 3 represents a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group represented by X 3 may, for example, be an alkyl group (for example, a methylene group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group) or an alkenyl group (for example, a vinyl group). , propylene group), an alkynyl group (for example, an ethynyl group, a propynyl group), an aryl group (for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group), a divalent heterocyclic group (for example, 6-chloro-1,3) , 5-triazine-2,4-diyl, pyrimidine-2,4-diyl, quinoxaline-2,3-diyl), -O-, -CO-, -NR- (R is a hydrogen atom , alkyl or aryl), -S-, -SO 2 -, -SO- or a combination of these.

伸烷基、伸烯基、伸炔基、伸芳基、二價的雜環基、或由R所表示的烷基或芳基亦可具有取代基。作為取代基的例子,可列 舉上述取代基一項中所述的基,但較佳為羥基、烷氧基、氰基、鹵素原子、磺基(亦可為鹽的形態)及羧基(亦可為鹽的形態)。 The alkyl group, the alkenyl group, the alkynylene group, the aryl group, the divalent heterocyclic group, or the alkyl group or the aryl group represented by R may have a substituent. As an example of a substituent, it can be listed The group described in the above substituent is preferably a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, a sulfo group (which may be in the form of a salt), and a carboxyl group (which may be in the form of a salt).

作為X3,較佳為碳數為10以下的伸烷基、碳數為10以下的伸烯基、碳數為10以下的伸炔基、碳數為6以上、10以下的伸芳基、二價的雜環基、-O-、-S-或該些的組合。 X 3 is preferably an alkylene group having 10 or less carbon atoms, an extended alkenyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, an extended alkynyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, and an extended aryl group having 6 or more and 10 or less carbon atoms. Divalent heterocyclic group, -O-, -S- or a combination of these.

由X3所表示的二價的連結基的總碳數較佳為0~50,更佳為0~30,最佳為0~10。 The total carbon number of the divalent linking group represented by X 3 is preferably from 0 to 50, more preferably from 0 to 30, most preferably from 0 to 10.

n3為0或1,較佳為1。 n 3 is 0 or 1, preferably 1.

Ar3表示二價的雜環基。作為雜環,較佳為5員環或6員環者,該些環可進一步進行縮環。另外,可為芳香族雜環,亦可為非芳香族雜環。具體而言,可列舉:吡啶、吡嗪、嘧啶、噠嗪、三嗪、喹啉、異喹啉、喹唑啉、噌啉、酞嗪、喹噁啉、吡咯、吲哚、呋喃、苯并呋喃、噻吩、苯并噻吩、吡唑、咪唑、苯并咪唑、三唑、噁唑、苯并噁唑、噻唑、苯并噻唑、異噻唑、苯并異噻唑、噻二唑、異噁唑、苯并異噁唑、吡咯啶、哌啶、哌嗪、咪唑啶、噻唑啉等。 Ar 3 represents a divalent heterocyclic group. As the hetero ring, a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring is preferred, and the rings may be further condensed. Further, it may be an aromatic hetero ring or a non-aromatic hetero ring. Specific examples thereof include pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, triazine, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinazoline, porphyrin, pyridazine, quinoxaline, pyrrole, indole, furan, and benzo. Furan, thiophene, benzothiophene, pyrazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, oxazole, benzoxazole, thiazole, benzothiazole, isothiazole, benzisothiazole, thiadiazole, isoxazole, Benzoisoxazole, pyrrolidine, piperidine, piperazine, imidazolium, thiazoline and the like.

其中,較佳為芳香族雜環基,更佳為吡啶、吡嗪、嘧啶、噠嗪、三嗪、吡唑、咪唑、苯并咪唑、三唑、噻唑、苯并噻唑、異噻唑、苯并異噻唑、噻二唑,最佳為噻二唑。 Among them, an aromatic heterocyclic group is preferred, and more preferred are pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, triazine, pyrazole, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiazole, benzothiazole, isothiazole, benzo. Isothiazole, thiadiazole, most preferably thiadiazole.

Ar3所表示的二價的雜環基亦可具有取代基,作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基。 The divalent heterocyclic group represented by Ar 3 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the group described in the above substituent.

Ar4表示烷基、芳基或一價的三嗪環基。 Ar 4 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent triazine ring group.

Ar4所表示的烷基及芳基的含義與R4、R6及R7所表示的烷基及芳基相同,較佳的範圍亦相同。 The alkyl group and the aryl group represented by Ar 4 have the same meanings as the alkyl group and the aryl group represented by R 4 , R 6 and R 7 , and the preferred range is also the same.

作為Ar4,較佳為芳基或一價的三嗪環基,更佳為芳基,進而更佳為苯基。 As Ar 4 , an aryl group or a monovalent triazine ring group is preferred, and an aryl group is more preferred, and a phenyl group is more preferred.

Ar4所表示的烷基,芳基或一價的三嗪環基可進而具有取代基,作為取代基的例子,可列舉上述取代基一項中所述的基,其中,較佳為磺基或羧基。 The alkyl group, the aryl group or the monovalent triazine ring group represented by Ar 4 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the group described in the above substituent group, and among them, a sulfo group is preferred. Or carboxyl.

通式(Y-2)中,多個R4、多個R5、多個Ar4及多個Ar3分別相互可相同,亦可不同。 In the general formula (Y-2), a plurality of R 4 , a plurality of R 5 , a plurality of Ar 4 and a plurality of Ar 3 may be the same or different from each other.

由通式(Y-2)所表示的化合物可用作黃色染料。因此,就提昇溶解性的觀點而言,較佳為具有離子性親水性基作為R4、R6或R7,或者具有離子性親水性基作為R4、R6、R7、Ar4或Ar3所具有的取代基。 A compound represented by the formula (Y-2) can be used as a yellow dye. Therefore, from the viewpoint of improving solubility, it is preferred to have an ionic hydrophilic group as R 4 , R 6 or R 7 or an ionic hydrophilic group as R 4 , R 6 , R 7 or Ar 4 or The substituent possessed by Ar 3 .

此處,離子性親水性基包括磺基、羧基、膦醯基及四級銨基等。作為離子性親水性基,較佳為羧基、膦醯基、及磺基,其中,更佳為羧基、磺基。羧基、膦醯基及磺基亦可為鹽的狀態,形成鹽的抗衡離子的例子包括銨離子、鹼金屬離子(例如鋰離子、鈉離子、鉀離子)及有機陽離子(例如四甲基銨離子、四甲基胍鎓離子、四甲基鏻)。抗衡離子之中,較佳為鹼金屬鹽。鹼金屬鹽之中,較佳為鉀離子、鈉離子、鋰離子,最佳為鈉離子、鉀離子。 Here, the ionic hydrophilic group includes a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a phosphinium group, a quaternary ammonium group, and the like. The ionic hydrophilic group is preferably a carboxyl group, a phosphonium group or a sulfo group, and more preferably a carboxyl group or a sulfo group. The carboxyl group, the phosphonium group and the sulfo group may also be in the form of a salt, and examples of the counter ion forming a salt include an ammonium ion, an alkali metal ion (for example, a lithium ion, a sodium ion, a potassium ion), and an organic cation (for example, a tetramethylammonium ion). , tetramethylphosphonium ion, tetramethyl phosphonium). Among the counter ions, an alkali metal salt is preferred. Among the alkali metal salts, potassium ions, sodium ions, and lithium ions are preferred, and sodium ions and potassium ions are preferred.

通式(Y-2)中,特佳為Ar4具有離子性親水性基。 In the general formula (Y-2), it is particularly preferred that Ar 4 has an ionic hydrophilic group.

以下表示由通式(Y-2)所表示的染料的具體例,但本 發明並不限定於該些具體例。 Specific examples of the dye represented by the general formula (Y-2) are shown below, but The invention is not limited to the specific examples.

由通式(Y)、式(Y-1)及通式(Y-2)所表示的染料可藉由一般的合成法來合成,例如可與日本專利特開2004-083903的[0066]及[0067]的記載的方法同樣地合成。 The dye represented by the general formula (Y), the formula (Y-1), and the formula (Y-2) can be synthesized by a general synthesis method, for example, with [0066] of JP-A-2004-083903 and The method described in the same manner is synthesized in the same manner.

當將由上述通式(Y)、式(Y-1)及通式(Y-2)所表示的化合物用作黃色染料時,就顏色再現性的觀點而言,於水溶液中較佳為具有380nm~490nm的最大吸收波長(λmax),更佳為 具有400nm~480nm的λmax,特佳為具有420nm~460nm的λmax。 When a compound represented by the above formula (Y), formula (Y-1) and formula (Y-2) is used as a yellow dye, it is preferable to have 380 nm in an aqueous solution from the viewpoint of color reproducibility. The maximum absorption wavelength (λmax) of ~490nm, more preferably It has a λmax of 400 nm to 480 nm, and particularly preferably λmax of 420 nm to 460 nm.

進而,於本發明中,為了調整黃色墨水組成物的色調等,除由上述通式(Y)、式(Y-1)或通式(Y-2)所表示的化合物以外,亦可於不大幅度損害耐光性.耐臭氧性的範圍內進而併用其他黃色系染料。 Furthermore, in the present invention, in addition to the compound represented by the above formula (Y), formula (Y-1) or formula (Y-2), in order to adjust the color tone or the like of the yellow ink composition, Greatly impaired light resistance. In the range of ozone resistance, other yellow dyes are used in combination.

作為所併用的黃色系染料,例如可列舉C.I.直接黃8、9、11、12、27、28、29、33、35、39、41、44、50、53、59、68、87、93、95、96、98、100、106、108、109、110、130、142、144、161、163,C.I.酸性黃17、19、23、25、39、40、42、44、49、50、61、64、76、79、110、127、135、143、151、159、169、174、190、195、196、197、199、218、219、222、227,C.I.活性黃2、3、13、14、15、17、18、23、24、25、26、27、29、35、37、41、42,C.I.鹼性黃1、2、4、11、13、14、15、19、21、23、24、25、28、29、32、36、39、40等,但並不限定於該些染料。 Examples of the yellow-based dye to be used together include CI Direct Yellow 8, 9, 11, 12, 27, 28, 29, 33, 35, 39, 41, 44, 50, 53, 59, 68, 87, and 93. 95, 96, 98, 100, 106, 108, 109, 110, 130, 142, 144, 161, 163, CI Acid Yellow 17, 19, 23, 25, 39, 40, 42, 44, 49, 50, 61 , 64, 76, 79, 110, 127, 135, 143, 151, 159, 169, 174, 190, 195, 196, 197, 199, 218, 219, 222, 227, CI active yellow 2, 3, 13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 29, 35, 37, 41, 42, CI alkaline yellow 1, 2, 4, 11, 13, 14, 15, 19, 21, 23, 24, 25, 28, 29, 32, 36, 39, 40, etc., but are not limited to the dyes.

於本發明中,黃色墨水組成物中的著色劑的含量(當使用多種著色劑時為合計量)可根據用作著色劑的化合物(染料)的色彩值(color value)而適宜決定,但相對於黃色墨水組成物的總質量,較佳為1.0質量%~6.0質量%。藉由將黃色墨水組成物中的著色劑的含量設為1.0質量%以上,而可獲得良好的顯色性,另外,藉由將著色劑的含量設為6.0質量%以下,而可使作為用於噴墨記錄方法的墨水組成物所需的自噴嘴的噴出性等特性變得良 好,從而可防止墨水噴嘴的堵塞。 In the present invention, the content of the coloring agent in the yellow ink composition (in a total amount when a plurality of coloring agents are used) can be appropriately determined depending on the color value of the compound (dye) used as the coloring agent, but relative The total mass of the yellow ink composition is preferably 1.0% by mass to 6.0% by mass. By setting the content of the coloring agent in the yellow ink composition to 1.0% by mass or more, good color rendering properties can be obtained, and the content of the coloring agent can be made 6.0% by mass or less. Characteristics such as the discharge property of the nozzle required for the ink composition of the ink jet recording method become good Well, it prevents clogging of the ink nozzles.

尤其,相對於黃色墨水組成物的總質量,黃色墨水組成物中的由上述通式(Y)、式(Y-1)或通式(Y-2)所表示的化合物或其鹽的含量較佳為1.5質量%~5.5質量%,更佳為2.0質量%~5.5質量%。 In particular, the content of the compound represented by the above formula (Y), formula (Y-1) or formula (Y-2) or a salt thereof in the yellow ink composition is relatively higher than the total mass of the yellow ink composition. Preferably, it is 1.5% by mass to 5.5% by mass, more preferably 2.0% by mass to 5.5% by mass.

作為由上述通式(Y)、式(Y-1)或通式(Y-2)所表示的化合物或其鹽的染料的耐光性.耐臭氧性非常優異,因此藉由製成與本發明的黑色墨水、青色墨水及洋紅色墨水組合而成的墨水套組,而可使各色的耐光性.耐臭氧性飛躍性地提昇,即便於光.臭氧曝露試驗後,圖像的色彩平衡亦不會崩潰,可長期維持圖像的良好的畫質。 Light resistance of a dye as a compound represented by the above formula (Y), formula (Y-1) or formula (Y-2) or a salt thereof. Ozone resistance is very excellent, so by making the ink set combined with the black ink, cyan ink and magenta ink of the present invention, the light resistance of each color can be made. Ozone resistance is dramatically improved, even in light. After the ozone exposure test, the color balance of the image will not collapse, and the image quality can be maintained for a long time.

進而,於黃色墨水組成物中,藉由併用作為由上述通式(Y)、式(Y-1)或通式(Y-2)所表示的化合物或其鹽的染料,及上述本發明中可使用的黃色系染料(例如,C.I.直接黃58),而可調節成更佳的色彩平衡,並可更長期地良好地保持印刷物的畫質。 Further, in the yellow ink composition, a dye which is a compound represented by the above formula (Y), formula (Y-1) or formula (Y-2) or a salt thereof, and the above-mentioned invention are used together. A yellow-based dye (for example, CI Direct Yellow 58) can be used, which can be adjusted to a better color balance, and can maintain the image quality of the print better in a longer period of time.

(洋紅色) (magenta)

其次,對構成本發明的墨水套組的洋紅色墨水組成物中所使用的著色劑進行說明。 Next, the coloring agent used in the magenta ink composition constituting the ink set of the present invention will be described.

於本發明的墨水套組中,洋紅色墨水組成物中所使用的著色劑並不限定於特定結構的著色劑,但較佳為其他顏色的墨水組成物的耐光性.耐臭氧性與洋紅色墨水組成物的耐光性.耐臭氧性之間的差小。 In the ink set of the present invention, the coloring agent used in the magenta ink composition is not limited to the coloring agent of a specific structure, but is preferably light resistant to the ink composition of other colors. Ozone resistance and the lightfastness of magenta ink compositions. The difference between ozone resistance is small.

就上述觀點而言,本發明中,於洋紅色墨水組成物中用作著色劑的洋紅色染料較佳為選自由由下述通式(M-1)所表示的化合物及其鹽所組成的群組中的化合物。 In view of the above, in the present invention, the magenta dye used as a colorant in the magenta ink composition is preferably selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (M-1) and a salt thereof. a compound in a group.

上述通式(M-1)中,AM表示5員的雜環基。 In the above formula (M-1), A M represents a 5-membered heterocyclic group.

B1及B2分別表示-CR13=、-CR14=,或者任一者表示氮原子、另一者表示-CR13=或-CR14=。 B 1 and B 2 represent -CR 13 =, - CR 14 = , or either one represents a nitrogen atom, the other represents -CR 13 = or -CR 14 =.

R11及R12分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、或胺磺醯基。各基可進而具有取代基。但是,R11、R12不會同時為氫原子。 R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a decyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, or an amine. Mercapto, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, or aminesulfonyl. Each group may further have a substituent. However, R 11 and R 12 are not simultaneously a hydrogen atom.

G、R13、R14分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羧基、胺甲醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯基、羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷氧基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、雜環氧基、烷氧基羰氧基、芳氧基羰氧基、經烷基或芳基或雜環基取代的胺基、醯基胺基、脲基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基或芳 基磺醯基胺基、硝基、烷硫基、芳硫基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基、烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基、胺磺醯基、雜環硫基、或離子性親水性基。各基可進而由該些基取代。另外,R13與R11、或R11與R12可鍵結而形成5員環或6員環。其中,通式(M-1)具有至少一個離子性親水性基。 G, R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, an aminomethyl group, an alkoxy group. Carbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, fluorenyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, nonyloxy, decyloxy, aminemethyloxy, heterocyclic oxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyl Alkoxy, alkyl or aryl or heterocyclic substituted amine, mercaptoamine, ureido, sulfonylamino, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, alkyl sulfonate Amidino or arylsulfonylamino, nitro, alkylthio, arylthio, alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl or arylsulfinyl, Aminesulfonyl, heterocyclic thio, or ionic hydrophilic. Each group can be further substituted by the groups. Further, R 13 and R 11 or R 11 and R 12 may be bonded to form a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. Among them, the general formula (M-1) has at least one ionic hydrophilic group.

此處,離子性親水性基包括磺基、羧基、膦醯基及四級銨基等。作為離子性親水性基,較佳為羧基、膦醯基、及磺基,其中,較佳為羧基、磺基。羧基、膦醯基及磺基亦可為鹽的狀態,形成鹽的抗衡離子的例子包括銨離子、鹼金屬離子(例如鋰離子、鈉離子、鉀離子)及有機陽離子(例如四甲基銨離子、四甲基胍鎓離子、四甲基鏻)。抗衡離子之中,較佳為鹼金屬鹽。鹼金屬鹽之中,較佳為鉀離子、鈉離子、鋰離子,最佳為鈉離子、鉀離子。 Here, the ionic hydrophilic group includes a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a phosphinium group, a quaternary ammonium group, and the like. The ionic hydrophilic group is preferably a carboxyl group, a phosphonium group or a sulfo group, and among them, a carboxyl group or a sulfo group is preferred. The carboxyl group, the phosphonium group and the sulfo group may also be in the form of a salt, and examples of the counter ion forming a salt include an ammonium ion, an alkali metal ion (for example, a lithium ion, a sodium ion, a potassium ion), and an organic cation (for example, a tetramethylammonium ion). , tetramethylphosphonium ion, tetramethyl phosphonium). Among the counter ions, an alkali metal salt is preferred. Among the alkali metal salts, potassium ions, sodium ions, and lithium ions are preferred, and sodium ions and potassium ions are preferred.

對通式(M-1)進行說明。 The general formula (M-1) will be described.

AM表示5員的雜環基。該5員的雜環的雜原子的例子可列舉N、O、及S。作為AM,較佳為含氮5員雜環,脂肪族環、芳香族環或其他雜環亦可於雜環上進行縮合。AM的較佳的雜環的例子可列舉:吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、噻唑環、異噻唑環、噻二唑環、苯并噻唑環、苯并噁唑環、或苯并異噻唑環。各雜環基亦可進而具有取代基。其中,較佳為由下述通式(a)~通式(i)所表示的雜環。 A M represents a 5-membered heterocyclic group. Examples of the hetero atom of the 5-membered heterocyclic ring include N, O, and S. As A M , a nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic ring is preferred, and an aliphatic ring, an aromatic ring or other heterocyclic ring may be condensed on the hetero ring. Examples of preferred heterocyclic rings of A M include a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, a benzoxazole ring, or a benzo compound. Isothiazole ring. Each heterocyclic group may further have a substituent. Among them, a heterocyclic ring represented by the following general formula (a) to the general formula (i) is preferred.

通式(a)~通式(i)中,Rm1~Rm20的含義與通式(M-1)中的R13及R14相同。 In the general formulae (a) to (i), Rm 1 to Rm 20 have the same meanings as those of R 13 and R 14 in the formula (M-1).

通式(a)~通式(i)之中,較佳為(a)~(h),更佳為(a)~(e)、(g)、(h),特佳為(a)。 Among the general formulae (a) to (i), preferred are (a) to (h), more preferably (a) to (e), (g), (h), and particularly preferably (a). .

Rm1較佳為哈米特的取代基常數σp值為0.20以上的拉電子基,更佳為氰基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、硝基、或鹵素原子,進而更佳為氰基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基,最佳為氰基。 Rm 1 is preferably an electron withdrawing group having a substituent constant σp value of 0.20 or more, more preferably a cyano group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a nitro group, or a halogen atom, and thus more preferably It is preferably a cyano group, an alkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group.

Rm2較佳為氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、或醯基,更佳為烷基,進而更佳為碳數為1~12的烷基,特佳為碳數為1~6的烷基。 Rm 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or a fluorenyl group, more preferably an alkyl group, and still more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Particularly preferred is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

Rm3較佳為氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳香族基 或雜環基,更佳為經拉電子基取代的芳基或雜環基,進而更佳為經拉電子基(較佳為哈米特的取代基常數σp值為0.20以上的拉電子基)取代的雜環基。作為該雜環,較佳為苯并噻唑環、苯并噁唑環,更佳為苯并噻唑環。上述各基均可進一步具有取代基。 Rm 3 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group, more preferably an aryl group or a heterocyclic group substituted with an electron-donating group, and more preferably a A heterocyclic group substituted with an electron-donating group (preferably, an electron withdrawing group having a substituent constant σp value of 0.20 or more). The heterocyclic ring is preferably a benzothiazole ring or a benzoxazole ring, more preferably a benzothiazole ring. Each of the above groups may further have a substituent.

Rm4~Rm20較佳為氫原子、烷基、氰基、羧基、胺甲醯基、烷氧基羰基、雜環基,更佳為氫原子、烷基、氰基、羧基、雜環基。 Rm 4 to Rm 20 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, an aminomethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or a heterocyclic group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group or a heterocyclic group. .

通式(M-1)中,B1及B2分別表示-CR13=、-CR14=,或者任一者表示氮原子、另一者表示-CR13=或-CR14=。就可發揮更優異的性能的觀點而言,較佳為B1及B2分別表示-CR13=、-CR14=的情況。 In the general formula (M-1), B 1 and B 2 respectively represent -CR 13 =, -CR 14 =, or either of them represents a nitrogen atom, and the other represents -CR 13 = or -CR 14 =. From the viewpoint of exhibiting more excellent performance, it is preferable that B 1 and B 2 represent -CR 13 = and -CR 14 =, respectively.

R11、R12分別獨立,較佳為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的環烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、經取代或未經取代的雜環基、經取代或未經取代的醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基、經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基,更佳為氫原子、取代芳基、取代雜環基,其中,特佳為取代芳基、取代雜環基。但是,R11、R12不會同時為氫原子。作為上述取代芳基,較佳為取代苯基,作為取代基,可列舉:烷基(甲基、乙基、異丙基、第三丁基等)、羧基、磺基等。作為上述取代雜環基的雜環,可列舉吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、噻唑環、異噻唑環、噻二唑環、苯并噻唑環、苯并噁唑環、苯并異噻唑環,較佳為苯并噻唑環。作為上述取代雜環基的取代基,可列舉烷基、羧基、磺基,較佳為磺基。 R 11 and R 12 are each independently, preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, substituted or unsubstituted a substituted fluorenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted aryl group or a substituted heterocyclic group, wherein Preferably, the aryl group is substituted with a substituted heterocyclic group. However, R 11 and R 12 are not simultaneously a hydrogen atom. The substituted aryl group is preferably a substituted phenyl group, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, and a tributyl group), a carboxyl group, and a sulfo group. Examples of the heterocyclic ring of the above substituted heterocyclic group include a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, a benzoxazole ring, and a benzisothiazole. The ring is preferably a benzothiazole ring. The substituent of the above substituted heterocyclic group may, for example, be an alkyl group, a carboxyl group or a sulfo group, and is preferably a sulfo group.

G、R13、R14分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羧基、胺甲醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯基、羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷氧基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、雜環氧基、烷氧基羰氧基、芳氧基羰氧基、經烷基或芳基或雜環基取代的胺基、醯基胺基、脲基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基及芳基磺醯基胺基、硝基、烷硫基、芳硫基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、胺磺醯基、雜環硫基、或離子性親水性基。各基可進而由該些基取代。 G, R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, an aminomethyl group, an alkoxy group. Carbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, fluorenyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, nonyloxy, decyloxy, aminemethyloxy, heterocyclic oxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyl Alkoxy, alkyl or aryl or heterocyclic substituted amine, mercaptoamine, ureido, sulfonylamino, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, alkyl sulfonate Merylamino and arylsulfonylamino, nitro, alkylthio, arylthio, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, Aminesulfonyl, heterocyclic thio, or ionic hydrophilic. Each group can be further substituted by the groups.

作為G、R13、R14所表示的鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、胺甲醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯基、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷氧基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、雜環氧基、烷氧基羰氧基、芳氧基羰氧基、胺基、醯基胺基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基、烷硫基、芳硫基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基、烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基、胺磺醯基、雜環硫基,可分別列舉上述取代基J中記載的取代基。 And a halogen atom represented by G, R 13 or R 14 , an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an aminomethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, or an anthracene group. Alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, decyloxy, decyloxy, amine methoxycarbonyl, heterocyclic oxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, amine, decylamino Aminesulfonylamino, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, alkylsulfonylamino or arylsulfonylamino, alkylthio, arylthio, alkylsulfonyl The substituent described in the above substituent J can be exemplified as the arylsulfonyl group, the alkylsulfinyl group or the arylsulfinyl group, the aminesulfonyl group or the heterocyclic thio group.

G較佳為氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳基、羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯氧基、雜環氧基、經烷基或芳基或雜環基取代的胺基、醯基胺基、脲基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基、芳基磺醯基胺基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜環硫基或離子性親水性基。各基可 進而被取代。 G is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a decyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkyl group or an aromatic group. Or a heterocyclic group-substituted amine group, mercaptoamine group, urea group, aminesulfonylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, alkylsulfonylamino group, arylsulfonyl group A mercaptoamine group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a heterocyclic thio group or an ionic hydrophilic group. Base It was replaced.

G更佳為氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯氧基、經烷基或芳基或雜環基取代的胺基、醯基胺基。其中,特佳為氫原子、經芳基或雜環基取代的胺基(此處,作為芳基,較佳為苯基)、醯基胺基,最佳為經具有取代基的芳基取代的胺基(作為取代基,可列舉鹵素原子、烷基(較佳為碳數為1~4的烷基)、烷氧基、離子性親水性基。當具有多個取代基時,取代基彼此可相互鍵結而形成環)。 More preferably, G is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a decyloxy group, an amino group substituted with an alkyl group or an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, or a mercaptoamine group. Among them, an amine group which is preferably a hydrogen atom, substituted with an aryl group or a heterocyclic group (here, as an aryl group, preferably a phenyl group), a mercaptoamine group, is preferably substituted with an aryl group having a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. When having a plurality of substituents, the substituent They can be bonded to each other to form a ring).

R13、R14分別獨立,較佳為氫原子、烷基、氰基、羧基、胺甲醯基、烷氧基羰基。各基可進而被取代。 R 13 and R 14 are each independently, and are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, an amine formazan group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. Each group can be further substituted.

R13、R14更佳為氫原子、烷基、氰基、羧基,其中,較佳為R13為氫原子、R14為烷基,尤其,最佳為R13為氫原子、R14為甲基。 R 13 and R 14 are more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group or a carboxyl group. Among them, R 13 is preferably a hydrogen atom and R 14 is an alkyl group. Particularly, R 13 is a hydrogen atom, and R 14 is methyl.

作為由通式(M-1)所表示的化合物特佳的組合為包含以下的(i)~(iv)者。 The combination which is particularly preferable as the compound represented by the general formula (M-1) is the following (i) to (iv).

(i)作為AM所表示的雜環,較佳為吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、噻唑環、異噻唑環、噻二唑環、苯并噻唑環、苯并噁唑環、或苯并異噻唑環,更佳為吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、噻唑環、異噻唑環、噻二唑環,其中,較佳為吡唑環、三唑環、噻唑環、異噻唑環、噻二唑環,最佳為吡唑環。 (i) a heterocyclic ring represented by A M , preferably a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, a benzoxazole ring, or The benzisothiazole ring is more preferably a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring or a thiadiazole ring, and among them, a pyrazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiazole ring, and an isothiazole are preferred. Ring, thiadiazole ring, preferably pyrazole ring.

(ii)較佳為B1及B2分別表示-CR13=、-CR14=的情況,更佳為R13為氫原子(B1為未經取代的碳原子)、R14為氫原子或 烷基(B2為未經取代或經烷基取代的碳原子),尤其,最佳為R13為氫原子(B1為未經取代的碳原子)、R14為甲基(B2為經甲基取代的碳原子)。 (ii) Preferably, B 1 and B 2 respectively represent -CR 13 =, -CR 14 =, and more preferably R 13 is a hydrogen atom (B 1 is an unsubstituted carbon atom), and R 14 is a hydrogen atom. Or an alkyl group (B 2 is an unsubstituted or alkyl-substituted carbon atom), and particularly preferably, R 13 is a hydrogen atom (B 1 is an unsubstituted carbon atom), and R 14 is a methyl group (B 2 ) Is a carbon atom substituted by a methyl group).

(iii)R11、R12分別獨立,較佳為氫原子、經取代或未經取代的環烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、經取代或未經取代的雜環基、經取代或未經取代的醯基、經取代或未經取代的烷基磺醯基、經取代或未經取代的芳基磺醯基,更佳為氫原子、取代芳基、取代雜環基,其中,較佳為取代芳基、取代雜環基,更佳為經磺基取代的芳基、及經磺基取代的雜環基,特佳為經磺基取代的苯基及經磺基取代的苯并噻唑基。 (iii) R 11 and R 12 are each independently, preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted fluorenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted aryl group, a substituted heterocyclic group, Among them, a substituted aryl group, a substituted heterocyclic group, a sulfo group-substituted aryl group, and a sulfo group-substituted heterocyclic group are preferred, and a sulfo group-substituted phenyl group and a sulfo group are preferred. Benzothiazolyl.

(iv)G較佳為氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳基、羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯氧基、雜環氧基、經烷基或芳基或雜環基取代的胺基、醯基胺基、脲基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基、芳基磺醯基胺基、烷硫基、芳硫基、雜環硫基或離子性親水性基,更佳為氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯氧基、經烷基或芳基或雜環基取代的胺基、醯基胺基,其中,特佳為氫原子、經芳基或雜環基取代的胺基、醯基胺基,更佳為經具有取代基的芳基取代的胺基,最佳為經具有取代基(甲基、乙基、異丙基、磺基等)的苯基取代的胺基。 (iv) G is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a decyloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, or an alkane group. Alkenyl or aryl or heterocyclic substituted amine, mercaptoamine, ureido, sulfonylamino, alkoxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, alkylsulfonylamino, An arylsulfonylamino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a heterocyclic thio group or an ionic hydrophilic group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group or an anthracene group An oxy group, an amino group substituted with an alkyl group or an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, a mercaptoamine group, and particularly preferably an amino group substituted with an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, a mercaptoamine group, more preferably The amine group substituted with an aryl group having a substituent is preferably an amine group substituted with a phenyl group having a substituent (methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl group, sulfo group or the like).

關於由通式(M-1)所表示的化合物的較佳的取代基的組合,較佳為各種取代基的至少1個為上述較佳的基的化合物, 更佳為更多的各種取代基為上述較佳的基的化合物,最佳為所有取代基為上述較佳的基的化合物。 With respect to the preferable combination of the substituents of the compound represented by the formula (M-1), at least one of the various substituents is preferably a compound of the above preferred group. More preferably, the compound having a more preferred substituent is a compound of the above preferred group, and most preferably a compound having a substituent of the above preferred group.

於本發明中,由上述通式(M-1)所表示的化合物之中,較佳為由下述通式(M-2)所表示的化合物。 In the present invention, among the compounds represented by the above formula (M-1), a compound represented by the following formula (M-2) is preferred.

通式(M-2)中,AM、B1、B2、R11及R12的含義與上述通式(M-1)中的AM、B1、B2、R11及R12相同。 In the general formula (M-2), A M , B 1, B 2, A M the meaning of R 11 and R 12 in the general formula (M-1) is, B 1, B 2, R 11 and R 12 the same.

a及e分別獨立地表示烷基、烷氧基或鹵素原子。當a及e均為烷基時,構成該烷基的碳數的合計為3以上,該些可進而被取代。 a and e each independently represent an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a halogen atom. When both a and e are alkyl groups, the total number of carbon atoms constituting the alkyl group is 3 or more, and these may be further substituted.

b、c、d分別獨立,含義與R13、R14的相同,可由a與b、或e與d相互鍵結而形成環。其中,通式(M-2)具有至少一個離子性親水性基。 b, c, and d are independent, and the meaning is the same as that of R 13 and R 14 , and may be bonded to each other by a and b, or e and d to form a ring. Among them, the general formula (M-2) has at least one ionic hydrophilic group.

通式(M-2)中,AM的含義與上述通式(M-1)中的AM相同,較佳例亦相同。 Of formula (M-2), the same meaning as A M in the general formula (M-1) of A M, the preferred embodiments are also the same.

B1、B2的含義與上述通式(M-1)中的B1、B2相同,較佳例亦相同。 B 1, B 2 with the meaning of the general formula (M-1) of B 1, B 2 identical, preferred examples are also the same.

R11、R12的含義與上述通式(M-1)中的R11、R12相同,較佳例亦相同。 R 11, R 12 with the meaning of the general formula (M-1) is R 11, the same as R 12, preferred embodiments are also the same.

a及e分別獨立地表示烷基、烷氧基或鹵素原子,當a及e均為烷基時,構成該烷基的碳數的合計為3以上,該些可進而被取代。 Each of a and e independently represents an alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a halogen atom. When both a and e are alkyl groups, the total number of carbon atoms constituting the alkyl group is 3 or more, and these may be further substituted.

更佳為a及e分別獨立,較佳為甲基、乙基、異丙基,其中,較佳為乙基、異丙基,尤其,最佳為a=b=乙基或異丙基。 More preferably, a and e are each independently, preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group or an isopropyl group, and among them, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, and particularly preferably a = b = an ethyl group or an isopropyl group are preferable.

b、c、d分別獨立,含義與上述通式(M-1)中的R13、R14的相同,可由a與b、或e與d相互鍵結而形成環。其中,通式(M-2)具有至少一個離子性親水性基。 b, c, and d are each independently, and have the same meanings as R 13 and R 14 in the above formula (M-1), and may be bonded to each other by a and b, or e and d to form a ring. Among them, the general formula (M-2) has at least one ionic hydrophilic group.

更佳為c較佳為氫原子、烷基,其中,特佳為氫原子、甲基。 More preferably, c is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

b、d較佳為氫原子、離子性親水性基,其中,較佳為氫原子、磺基、羧基,尤其,最佳為b與d的組合為氫原子與磺基。 b and d are preferably a hydrogen atom or an ionic hydrophilic group. Among them, a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group and a carboxyl group are preferred. Particularly, a combination of b and d is preferably a hydrogen atom and a sulfo group.

作為由通式(M-2)所表示的化合物特佳的組合為包含以下的(i)~(iv)者。 The combination which is particularly preferable as the compound represented by the general formula (M-2) is the following (i) to (iv).

(i)AM的雜環的例子的含義與上述通式(M-1)中的AM相同,較佳例亦相同。 Examples of heterocyclic same meaning as A M (i) of the above general formula (M-1) of A M, the preferred embodiments are also the same.

(ii)B1及B2的含義與上述通式(M-1)中的B1及B2相同,較佳例亦相同。 the same meaning as (ii) B 1 and B 2 in the general formula B (M-1) 1 and B 2, preferred examples are also the same.

(iii)R11、R12的含義與上述通式(M-1)中的R11、R12相同,較佳例亦相同。 (iii) R 11, R 12 with the meaning of the general formula (M-1) is R 11, R 12 the same, the preferred embodiments are also the same.

(iv)a及e較佳為烷基或鹵素原子,較佳為當a及e 均為烷基時為未經取代的烷基,a及e的碳數的合計為3以上(較佳為5以下),b、c、d分別為氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、離子性親水性基(較佳為分別為氫原子、碳數為1~4的烷基、離子性親水性基)的情況。更佳為a及e分別獨立,較佳為甲基、乙基、異丙基,其中,較佳為乙基、異丙基,尤其,最佳為a=b=乙基或異丙基。進而,c較佳為氫原子、烷基,其中,特佳為氫原子、甲基。b、d較佳為氫原子、離子性親水性基,其中,較佳為氫原子、磺基、羧基,尤其,最佳為b與d的組合為氫原子與磺基。 (iv) a and e are preferably an alkyl group or a halogen atom, preferably when a and e When all of the alkyl groups are unsubstituted alkyl groups, the total number of carbon atoms of a and e is 3 or more (preferably 5 or less), and b, c, and d are each a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, and an ionic property. The hydrophilic group (preferably, each is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an ionic hydrophilic group). More preferably, a and e are each independently, preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group or an isopropyl group, and among them, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, and particularly preferably a = b = an ethyl group or an isopropyl group are preferable. Further, c is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. b and d are preferably a hydrogen atom or an ionic hydrophilic group. Among them, a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group and a carboxyl group are preferred. Particularly, a combination of b and d is preferably a hydrogen atom and a sulfo group.

關於由通式(M-2)所表示的化合物的較佳的取代基的組合,較佳為各種取代基的至少1個為上述較佳的基的化合物,更佳為更多的各種取代基為上述較佳的基的化合物,最佳為所有取代基為上述較佳的基的化合物。 With respect to the preferable combination of the substituents of the compound represented by the formula (M-2), at least one of the various substituents is preferably a compound of the above preferred group, and more preferably a plurality of substituents. The compound of the above preferred group is preferably a compound in which all the substituents are the above preferred groups.

於本發明中,由上述通式(M-2)所表示的化合物之中,較佳為由下述通式(M-3)所表示的化合物。 In the present invention, among the compounds represented by the above formula (M-2), a compound represented by the following formula (M-3) is preferred.

通式(M-3)中,Z11表示哈米特的取代基常數σp值為 0.2以上的拉電子基。Z12表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳香族基、雜環基或醯基。R11、R12、a、b、c、d及e的含義分別與上述通式(M-2)的情況相同。R13、R14的含義與上述通式(M-2)的R13、R14相同。Q表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳香族基或雜環基。上述Z11、Z12及Q的各基亦可進而具有取代基。其中,通式(M-3)具有至少一個離子性親水性基。 In the general formula (M-3), Z 11 represents an electron withdrawing group in which the substituent constant σp value of Hammett is 0.2 or more. Z 12 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group or a fluorenyl group. The meanings of R 11 , R 12 , a, b, c, d and e are the same as those in the above formula (M-2). R 13, R meaning as R 14 in the general formula (M-2) is 13, the same as R 14. Q represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group. Each of the above groups of Z 11 , Z 12 and Q may further have a substituent. Among them, the general formula (M-3) has at least one ionic hydrophilic group.

通式(M-3)中,R13、R14的含義與上述通式(M-1)中的R13、R14相同,較佳例亦相同。 In the general formula (M-3), R 13 , R 14 the same meaning as in the general formula (M-1) is R 13, R 14, preferred embodiments are also the same.

R11、R12的含義與上述通式(M-1)中的R11、R12相同,較佳例亦相同。 R 11, R 12 with the meaning of the general formula (M-1) is R 11, the same as R 12, preferred embodiments are also the same.

a、b、c、d及e的含義與上述通式(M-2)中的a、b、c、d及e相同,較佳例亦相同。 The meanings of a, b, c, d and e are the same as a, b, c, d and e in the above formula (M-2), and preferred examples are also the same.

通式(M-3)中,Z11的上述拉電子基是哈米特的取代基常數σp值為0.2以上,較佳為0.3以上的拉電子基。作為σp值的上限,較佳為1以下。 In the general formula (M-3), the electron withdrawing group of Z 11 is a zestidine having a substituent constant σp value of 0.2 or more, preferably 0.3 or more. The upper limit of the σp value is preferably 1 or less.

作為σp值為0.2以上的拉電子基的具體例,可列舉:醯基、醯氧基、胺甲醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、氰基、硝基、二烷基膦醯基、二芳基膦醯基、二芳基氧膦基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、磺醯氧基、磺基、醯硫基、胺磺醯基、硫氰酸酯基、硫羰基、鹵化烷基、鹵化烷氧基、鹵化芳氧基、鹵化烷基胺基、鹵化烷硫基、雜環基、鹵素原子、 偶氮基、硒氰酸酯基及經σp值為0.2以上的其他拉電子基取代的芳基。 Specific examples of the electron withdrawing group having a σp value of 0.2 or more include an anthracenyl group, a decyloxy group, an amine carbaryl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, and a dialkylphosphine oxime. , diarylphosphonium, diarylphosphinyl, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, sulfonyloxy, sulfo, Sulfhydryl, sulfonyl, thiocyanate, thiocarbonyl, alkyl halide, halogenated alkoxy, halogenated aryloxy, alkyl halide, halogenated alkylthio, heterocyclic, halogen atom, An azo group, a selenocyanate group, and an aryl group substituted with another electron-withdrawing group having a σp value of 0.2 or more.

作為Z11,較佳為氰基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、硝基、或鹵素原子,更佳為氰基、烷基磺醯基、或芳基磺醯基,最佳為氰基。 As Z 11 , a cyano group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a nitro group or a halogen atom is preferred, and a cyano group, an alkylsulfonyl group or an arylsulfonyl group is more preferred. It is a cyano group.

作為Z12,較佳為氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、或醯基,更佳為烷基。各取代基可進而被取代。 As Z 12 , a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or a fluorenyl group is preferred, and an alkyl group is more preferred. Each substituent may be further substituted.

更詳細而言,作為Z12的烷基包括具有取代基的烷基及未經取代的烷基。上述烷基較佳為除取代基的碳原子以外的碳原子數為1~12的烷基,更佳為碳原子數1~6的烷基。 In more detail, the alkyl group as Z 12 includes an alkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkyl group. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms other than the carbon atom of the substituent, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

Z12所具有的取代基的例子包括羥基、烷氧基、氰基、鹵素原子、及離子性親水性基。 Examples of the substituent which Z 12 has include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, and an ionic hydrophilic group.

Z12所表示的烷基的例子包括甲基、乙基、丁基、異丙基、第三丁基、羥乙基、甲氧基乙基、氰基乙基、三氟甲基、3-磺丙基及4-磺丁基,其中,較佳為甲基、乙基、異丙基、第三丁基,特佳為異丙基、第三丁基,尤其,最佳為第三丁基。 Examples of the alkyl group represented by Z 12 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a butyl group, an isopropyl group, a tert-butyl group, a hydroxyethyl group, a methoxyethyl group, a cyanoethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, and 3- a sulfopropyl group and a 4-sulfobutyl group, wherein a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, a third butyl group, particularly preferably an isopropyl group, a third butyl group, and particularly preferably a third butyl group. base.

Z12所表示的環烷基包括具有取代基的環烷基及未經取代的環烷基。作為上述環烷基,較佳為除取代基的碳原子以外的碳原子數為5~12的環烷基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。環烷基的例子包括環己基。 The cycloalkyl group represented by Z 12 includes a cycloalkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted cycloalkyl group. The cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 12 carbon atoms other than the carbon atom of the substituent. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclohexyl group.

作為Z12所表示的芳烷基,包括具有取代基的芳烷基及未經取代的芳烷基。作為芳烷基,較佳為除取代基的碳原子以外 的碳原子數為7~12的芳烷基。上述取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。上述芳烷基的例子包括苄基、及2-苯乙基。 The aralkyl group represented by Z 12 includes an aralkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aralkyl group. The aralkyl group is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms other than the carbon atom of the substituent. Examples of the above substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the above aralkyl group include a benzyl group and a 2-phenylethyl group.

Z12所表示的芳基包括具有取代基的芳基及未經取代的芳基。作為芳基,較佳為除取代基的碳原子以外的碳原子數為6~12的芳基。取代基的例子包括烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子、烷基胺基、醯胺基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、磺醯胺基、羥基、酯基及離子性親水性基。芳基的例子包括苯基、對甲苯基、對甲氧基苯基、鄰氯苯基及間(3-磺丙基胺基)苯基。 The aryl group represented by Z 12 includes an aryl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted aryl group. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms other than the carbon atom of the substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, an alkylamino group, a decylamino group, an amine carbaryl group, an amine sulfonyl group, a sulfonylamino group, a hydroxyl group, an ester group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a p-tolyl group, a p-methoxyphenyl group, an o-chlorophenyl group, and a m-(3-sulfopropylamino)phenyl group.

Z12所表示的雜環基包括具有取代基的雜環基及未經取代的雜環基。作為雜環基,較佳為5員環或6員環的雜環基。取代基的例子包括醯胺基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、磺醯胺基、羥基、酯基及離子性親水性基。雜環基的例子包括2-吡啶基、2-噻吩基、2-噻唑基、2-苯并噻唑基及2-呋喃基。 The heterocyclic group represented by Z 12 includes a heterocyclic group having a substituent and an unsubstituted heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered heterocyclic group. Examples of the substituent include a decylamino group, an amine carbaryl group, an amine sulfonyl group, a sulfonylamino group, a hydroxyl group, an ester group, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of the heterocyclic group include 2-pyridyl, 2-thienyl, 2-thiazolyl, 2-benzothiazolyl and 2-furyl.

Z12所表示的醯基包括具有取代基的醯基及未經取代的醯基。作為上述醯基,較佳為除取代基的碳原子以外的碳原子數為1~12的醯基。取代基的例子包括離子性親水性基。醯基的例子包括乙醯基及苯甲醯基。 The fluorenyl group represented by Z 12 includes a fluorenyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted fluorenyl group. The fluorenyl group is preferably a fluorenyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms other than the carbon atom of the substituent. Examples of the substituent include an ionic hydrophilic group. Examples of sulfhydryl groups include ethenyl and benzhydryl groups.

通式(M-3)中,Q表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳香族基或雜環基。上述各取代基可進而被取代。該些取代基的詳細情況與上述R13、R14的情況相同。 In the formula (M-3), Q represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group. Each of the above substituents may be further substituted. The details of these substituents are the same as those of the above R 13 and R 14 .

Q較佳為經拉電子基取代的芳基或雜環基。成為Q的取代基的拉電子基是哈米特的取代基常數σp值為0.2以上,較佳為0.3 以上的拉電子基。作為σp值的上限,較佳為1以下。 Q is preferably an aryl or heterocyclic group substituted with an electron-donating group. The electron withdrawing group which becomes a substituent of Q is a substituent constant σp value of Hammett of 0.2 or more, preferably 0.3. The above pull electron base. The upper limit of the σp value is preferably 1 or less.

作為σp值為0.2以上的拉電子性基的具體例,含義與上述通式(M-3)中的Z11相同。 Specific examples of the electron withdrawing group having a σp value of 0.2 or more have the same meanings as Z 11 in the above formula (M-3).

更詳細而言,Q較佳為經拉電子基取代的雜環基,其中,較佳為經磺基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基取代的苯并噁唑環、苯并噻唑環,尤其,最佳為經磺基、取代胺磺醯基取代的苯并噻唑環。 More specifically, Q is preferably a heterocyclic group substituted with an electron-donating group, and among them, a sulfo group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine sulfonium group is preferred. The phenyloxazole ring, the benzothiazole ring, and especially the benzothiazole ring substituted with a sulfo group or a substituted amine sulfonyl group.

作為由通式(M-3)所表示的化合物的特佳的組合是包含以下的(i)~(vi)者。 A particularly preferable combination of the compounds represented by the formula (M-3) is those including the following (i) to (vi).

(i)Z11是哈米特的取代基常數σp值為0.2以上,較佳為0.3以上的拉電子基。作為σp值的上限,較佳為1以下。作為Z11,更佳為氰基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、硝基、或鹵素原子,進而更佳為氰基、烷基磺醯基、或芳基磺醯基,其中,最佳為氰基。 (i) Z 11 is a zethidine having a substituent constant σp value of 0.2 or more, preferably 0.3 or more. The upper limit of the σp value is preferably 1 or less. More preferably, as Z 11 , a cyano group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, a nitro group, or a halogen atom, and more preferably a cyano group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group, wherein The best is cyano.

(ii)作為Z12,較佳為氫原子、烷基、環烷基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、或醯基,更佳為烷基。各取代基可進而被取代。更詳細而言,作為Z12的烷基包括具有取代基的烷基及未經取代的烷基。上述烷基較佳為除取代基的碳原子以外的碳原子數為1~12的烷基,更佳為碳原子數1~6的烷基。取代基的例子包括羥基、烷氧基、氰基、鹵素原子、及離子性親水性基。其中,較佳為甲基、乙基、丁基、異丙基、第三丁基、羥乙基、甲氧基乙基、氰基乙基、三氟甲基、3-磺丙基及4-磺丁基,特佳為異丙基、第三 丁基,最佳為第三丁基。 (ii) as Z 12 , preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or a fluorenyl group, more preferably an alkyl group. Each substituent may be further substituted. In more detail, the alkyl group as Z 12 includes an alkyl group having a substituent and an unsubstituted alkyl group. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms other than the carbon atom of the substituent, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, and an ionic hydrophilic group. Among them, preferred are methyl, ethyl, butyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, hydroxyethyl, methoxyethyl, cyanoethyl, trifluoromethyl, 3-sulfopropyl and 4 - sulfobutyl group, particularly preferably isopropyl, tert-butyl, most preferably a third butyl group.

(iii)Q表示氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳香族基或雜環基。上述各取代基可進而被取代。進而,Q較佳為經拉電子基取代的芳基或雜環基。成為Q的取代基的拉電子基是哈米特的取代基常數σp值為0.2以上,較佳為0.3以上的拉電子基。作為σp值的上限,較佳為1以下。更詳細而言,Q較佳為經拉電子基取代的雜環基,其中,較佳為經磺基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、經取代或未經取代的胺磺醯基取代的苯并噁唑環、苯并噻唑環,尤其,最佳為經磺基、取代胺磺醯基取代的苯并噻唑環。 (iii) Q represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group. Each of the above substituents may be further substituted. Further, Q is preferably an aryl group or a heterocyclic group substituted with an electron-donating group. The electron withdrawing group which becomes a substituent of Q is a zethidine having a substituent constant σp value of 0.2 or more, preferably 0.3 or more. The upper limit of the σp value is preferably 1 or less. More specifically, Q is preferably a heterocyclic group substituted with an electron-donating group, and among them, a sulfo group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine sulfonium group is preferred. The phenyloxazole ring, the benzothiazole ring, and especially the benzothiazole ring substituted with a sulfo group or a substituted amine sulfonyl group.

(iv)a、b、c、d及e的含義與上述通式(M-2)中的a、b、c、d及e相同,較佳例亦相同。 (iv) a, b, c, d and e have the same meanings as a, b, c, d and e in the above formula (M-2), and preferred examples are also the same.

(v)R13及R14的含義與上述通式(M-2)中的R13及R14相同,較佳例亦相同。 the same meaning as (V) R 13 and R 14 in the general formula (M-2) in R 13 and R 14, preferred embodiments are also the same.

(vi)R11、R12的含義與上述通式(M-2)中的R11、R12相同,較佳例亦相同。 (vi) R 11, R 12 with the meaning of the general formula (M-2) in R 11, R 12 the same, the preferred embodiments are also the same.

關於由通式(M-3)所表示的化合物的較佳的取代基的組合,較佳為各種取代基的至少1個為上述較佳的基的化合物,更佳為更多的各種取代基為上述較佳的基的化合物,最佳為所有取代基為上述較佳的基的化合物。 With respect to the preferable combination of the substituents of the compound represented by the formula (M-3), at least one of the various substituents is preferably a compound of the above preferred group, and more preferably a plurality of substituents. The compound of the above preferred group is preferably a compound in which all the substituents are the above preferred groups.

由通式(M-1)、通式(M-2)、通式(M-3)所表示的化合物(偶氮色素)於其分子內具有至少1個(較佳為3個以上、6 個以下)離子性親水性基。 The compound (azo dye) represented by the general formula (M-1), the general formula (M-2), and the general formula (M-3) has at least one (preferably three or more, 6) in its molecule. The following) ionic hydrophilic groups.

離子性親水性基包括磺基、羧基、膦醯基及四級銨基等。作為上述離子性親水性基,較佳為羧基、膦醯基、及磺基,其中,較佳為羧基、磺基。尤其,最佳為至少1個為磺基。羧基、膦醯基及磺基亦可為鹽的狀態,形成鹽的抗衡離子的例子包括銨離子、鹼金屬離子(例如鋰離子、鈉離子、鉀離子)及有機陽離子(例如四甲基銨離子、四甲基胍鎓離子、四甲基鏻)。抗衡離子之中,較佳為鹼金屬鹽。鹼金屬鹽之中,較佳為鉀離子、鈉離子、鋰離子,最佳為鉀離子。尤其,就提昇溶解性及抑制噴墨印刷中的青銅色(Bronze)的觀點而言,最佳為離子性親水性基為磺基、且其抗衡離子為鋰離子的組合。 The ionic hydrophilic group includes a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a phosphinium group, a quaternary ammonium group, and the like. The ionic hydrophilic group is preferably a carboxyl group, a phosphonium group or a sulfo group, and among them, a carboxyl group or a sulfo group is preferred. In particular, it is preferred that at least one is a sulfo group. The carboxyl group, the phosphonium group and the sulfo group may also be in the form of a salt, and examples of the counter ion forming a salt include an ammonium ion, an alkali metal ion (for example, a lithium ion, a sodium ion, a potassium ion), and an organic cation (for example, a tetramethylammonium ion). , tetramethylphosphonium ion, tetramethyl phosphonium). Among the counter ions, an alkali metal salt is preferred. Among the alkali metal salts, potassium ions, sodium ions, and lithium ions are preferred, and potassium ions are most preferred. In particular, from the viewpoint of improving solubility and suppressing Bronze in inkjet printing, it is preferable that the ionic hydrophilic group is a sulfo group and the counter ion is a combination of lithium ions.

由通式(M-1)、通式(M-2)、通式(M-3)所表示的化合物較佳為於其分子內具有3個以上、6個以下的離子性親水性基,更佳為具有3個以上、6個以下的磺基,進而更佳為具有3個以上、5個以下的磺基。 The compound represented by the formula (M-1), the formula (M-2), and the formula (M-3) preferably has three or more and six or less ionic hydrophilic groups in the molecule. More preferably, it has three or more and six or less sulfo groups, and more preferably has three or more and five or less sulfo groups.

以下表示由通式(M-1)、通式(M-2)、通式(M-3)所表示的化合物的具體例,但本發明中所使用的化合物並不限定於下述的例子。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (M-1), the general formula (M-2), and the general formula (M-3) are shown below, but the compound used in the present invention is not limited to the following examples. .

本發明的洋紅色墨水組成物較佳為含有選自由上述通式(M-1)、通式(M-2)、通式(M-3)所表示的化合物及其鹽中的至少一種作為著色劑。 The magenta ink composition of the present invention preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the above formula (M-1), formula (M-2), and formula (M-3) and a salt thereof. Colorant.

於本發明的墨水套組中,可含有色濃度不同的墨水,例如濃洋紅色墨水組成物及淡洋紅色墨水組成物作為洋紅色墨水組成物。當於墨水套組中含有濃洋紅色墨水組成物及淡洋紅色墨水組成物兩者時,較佳為兩者的至少一個含有通式(M-1)、通式 (M-2)、通式(M-3)的化合物或其鹽作為著色劑,更佳為淡洋紅色墨水組成物含有通式(M-1)、通式(M-2)、通式(M-3)的化合物或其鹽作為著色劑。藉由提昇淡洋紅色墨水組成物的耐光性.耐臭氧性,而可提昇記錄物整體的圖像的耐光性.耐臭氧性。最佳為濃洋紅色墨水組成物及淡洋紅色墨水組成物兩者含有上述通式(M-1)、通式(M-2)、通式(M-3)的化合物或其鹽作為著色劑。 In the ink set of the present invention, inks having different color densities, such as a rich magenta ink composition and a light magenta ink composition, may be contained as the magenta ink composition. When both the rich magenta ink composition and the light magenta ink composition are contained in the ink set, it is preferred that at least one of the two contains the general formula (M-1) and the general formula. (M-2), a compound of the formula (M-3) or a salt thereof as a colorant, more preferably a pale magenta ink composition containing a formula (M-1), a formula (M-2), a formula The compound of (M-3) or a salt thereof is used as a colorant. By improving the lightfastness of the pale magenta ink composition. Ozone resistance, which can improve the light fastness of the image of the whole recorded object. Ozone resistance. It is preferable that both the rich magenta ink composition and the light magenta ink composition contain the compound of the above formula (M-1), formula (M-2), or formula (M-3) or a salt thereof as a coloring Agent.

於本發明的墨水套組中,洋紅色墨水組成物中的洋紅色染料的含量可根據所使用的通式(M-1)、通式(M-2)、通式(M-3)的化合物(染料)的色彩值而適宜決定。當於墨水套組中僅含有1種洋紅色墨水組成物時,通常較佳為洋紅色墨水組成物中的通式(M-1)、通式(M-2)、通式(M-3)的化合物或其鹽的含量為2.0質量%~10質量%。藉由將洋紅色墨水組成物中的上述染料的含量設為2.0質量%以上,作為墨水可確保充分的顯色性,進而,藉由將上述含量設為10質量%以下,作為用於噴墨記錄方法的墨水組成物,容易確保自噴嘴的噴出性或防止噴嘴堵塞等。 In the ink set of the present invention, the content of the magenta dye in the magenta ink composition may be according to the general formula (M-1), the general formula (M-2), and the general formula (M-3) used. The color value of the compound (dye) is appropriately determined. When only one type of magenta ink composition is contained in the ink set, it is generally preferred that the formula (M-1), formula (M-2), and formula (M-3) are in the magenta ink composition. The content of the compound or a salt thereof is from 2.0% by mass to 10% by mass. By setting the content of the dye in the magenta ink composition to 2.0% by mass or more, sufficient color rendering properties can be ensured as the ink, and the content is made 10% by mass or less as the inkjet. The ink composition of the recording method is easy to ensure the discharge property from the nozzle or to prevent clogging of the nozzle.

另外,當於墨水套組中含有濃洋紅色墨水組成物及淡洋紅色墨水組成物時,淡洋紅色墨水組成物中的著色劑的含量可根據用作著色劑的通式(M-1)、通式(M-2)、通式(M-3)的化合物(染料)的色彩值而適宜選擇,通常淡洋紅色墨水組成物中的通式(M-1)、通式(M-2)、通式(M-3)的化合物或其鹽的含量較佳為0.5質量%~3.5質量%,更佳為1.0質量%~3.0質量%。藉 由將淡洋紅色墨水組成物中的上述染料的含量設為0.5質量%以上,可確保作為淡洋紅色墨水組成物所需的顯色性,且藉由將上述含量設為3.5質量%以下,而可降低或防止使用淡洋紅色墨水組成物所記錄的記錄物的圖像中的粒狀感。 In addition, when the ink set contains the magenta ink composition and the light magenta ink composition, the content of the coloring agent in the pale magenta ink composition may be based on the formula (M-1) used as a colorant. The color value of the compound (dye) of the formula (M-2) and the formula (M-3) is appropriately selected, and the formula (M-1) and the formula (M- in the composition of the pale magenta ink are usually used. 2) The content of the compound of the formula (M-3) or a salt thereof is preferably from 0.5% by mass to 3.5% by mass, more preferably from 1.0% by mass to 3.0% by mass. borrow When the content of the dye in the pale magenta ink composition is 0.5% by mass or more, coloring property required for the composition of the pale magenta ink can be secured, and the content is set to 3.5% by mass or less. It is possible to reduce or prevent the graininess in the image of the recorded matter recorded using the light magenta ink composition.

另外,當於墨水套組中含有濃洋紅色墨水組成物及淡洋紅色墨水組成物時,濃洋紅色墨水組成物中的著色劑的含量可根據用作著色劑的通式(M-1)、通式(M-2)、通式(M-3)的化合物(染料)的色彩值而適宜選擇,通常濃洋紅色墨水組成物中的通式(M-1)、通式(M-2)、通式(M-3)的化合物或其鹽的含量較佳為3質量%~10質量%。藉由將濃洋紅色墨水組成物中的上述染料的含量設為3質量%以上,可確保作為濃洋紅色墨水組成物所需的顯色性,且藉由將上述含量設為10質量%以下,而可降低或防止使用淡洋紅色墨水組成物所記錄的記錄物的圖像中的粒狀感。 In addition, when the ink set contains the magenta ink composition and the light magenta ink composition, the content of the coloring agent in the rich magenta ink composition may be based on the formula (M-1) used as a colorant. The color value of the compound (dye) of the general formula (M-2) and the general formula (M-3) is suitably selected, and the general formula (M-1) and the general formula (M- in the concentrated magenta ink composition are usually selected. 2) The content of the compound of the formula (M-3) or a salt thereof is preferably from 3% by mass to 10% by mass. By setting the content of the dye in the rich magenta ink composition to 3% by mass or more, the color rendering property required for the rich magenta ink composition can be secured, and the content is made 10% by mass or less. It is possible to reduce or prevent the grainy feeling in the image of the recorded matter recorded using the light magenta ink composition.

當於墨水套組中含有濃洋紅色墨水組成物及淡洋紅色墨水組成物時,較佳為將淡洋紅色墨水組成物中所含有的著色劑的含量(質量%)與濃洋紅色墨水組成物中所含有的著色劑的含量(質量%)的比設為1:2~1:8。藉由以此種比率構成著色劑的含量,而可降低使用該些墨水組成物所記錄的圖像的粒狀感。進而,藉由製成將著色劑比率設為上述著色劑比率、且使著色劑的濃度進入至上述範圍的墨水組成物,而可在濃洋紅色墨水組成物與淡洋紅色墨水組成物之間實現良好的色彩平衡,且可防止噴墨噴嘴堵塞。 When the ink set contains a rich magenta ink composition and a light magenta ink composition, it is preferred to combine the content (% by mass) of the coloring agent contained in the pale magenta ink composition with the rich magenta ink. The ratio of the content (% by mass) of the coloring agent contained in the material is set to 1:2 to 1:8. By constituting the content of the coloring agent at such a ratio, the graininess of the image recorded using the ink compositions can be reduced. Further, by forming an ink composition in which the colorant ratio is the colorant ratio and the concentration of the colorant is in the above range, between the rich magenta ink composition and the light magenta ink composition A good color balance is achieved and the ink jet nozzle is blocked.

於本發明的墨水套組中,洋紅色墨水組成物、濃洋紅色墨水組成物、或淡洋紅色墨水組成物中的選自由由通式(M-1)、通式(M-2)、通式(M-3)所表示的化合物及其鹽所組成的群組中的著色劑的含量根據通式(M-1)、通式(M-2)、通式(M-3)中的各取代基的種類、溶劑成分的種類等來決定,較佳為包含該墨水組成物中所含有的選自通式(M-1)、通式(M-2)、通式(M-3)的化合物及其鹽中的至少一種的染料,且相對於該墨水組成物的總質量,該墨水組成物中所含有的所有著色劑的合計量為0.1質量%~10質量%,更佳為0.5質量%~5質量%的範圍。藉由將墨水組成物中的著色劑的量設為0.1質量%以上,而可確保記錄介質上的顯色性或圖像濃度,藉由將墨水組成物中的著色劑的量設為10質量%以下,而容易調整墨水組成物的黏度,並可容易地確保噴出可靠性或耐堵塞性等特性。 In the ink set of the present invention, the magenta ink composition, the rich magenta ink composition, or the light magenta ink composition is selected from the group consisting of the general formula (M-1) and the general formula (M-2). The content of the coloring agent in the group consisting of the compound represented by the formula (M-3) and a salt thereof is according to the formula (M-1), the formula (M-2), and the formula (M-3). The type of each substituent, the type of the solvent component, and the like are determined, and it is preferred to include the formula (M-1), the formula (M-2), and the formula (M-) contained in the ink composition. a dye of at least one of the compound and the salt thereof, and the total amount of all the colorants contained in the ink composition is 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably, based on the total mass of the ink composition It is in the range of 0.5% by mass to 5% by mass. By setting the amount of the coloring agent in the ink composition to 0.1% by mass or more, color development or image density on the recording medium can be ensured, and the amount of the coloring agent in the ink composition can be set to 10 mass. Below %, it is easy to adjust the viscosity of the ink composition, and it is easy to ensure characteristics such as discharge reliability or clogging resistance.

於本發明的墨水套組的洋紅色墨水組成物、濃洋紅色墨水組成物、或淡洋紅色墨水組成物中,除選自由由通式(M-1)、通式(M-2)、通式(M-3)所表示的化合物及其鹽所組成的群組中的染料以外,亦可併用其他洋紅色染料。作為可併用的洋紅色染料,例如除可例示C.I.直接紅(Direct Red)2、4、9、23、26、31、39、62、63、72、75、76、79、80、81、83、84、89、92、95、111、173、184、207、211、212、214、218、221、223、224、225、226、227、232、233、240、241、242、243、247,C.I.直接紫(Direct Violet)7、9、47、48、51、66、90、93、94、95、98、 100、101,C.I.酸性紅(Acid Red)35、42、52、57、62、80、82、111、114、118、119、127、128、131、143、151、154、158、249、254、257、261、263、266、289、299、301、305、336、337、361、396、397,C.I.酸性紫(Acid Violet)5、34、43、47、48、90、103、126,C.I.活性紅(Reactive Red)3、13、17、19、21、22、23、24、29、35、37、40、41、43、45、49、55,C.I.活性紫(Reactive Violet)1、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、16、17、22、23、24、26、27、33、34,C.I.鹼性紅(Basic Red)12、13、14、15、18、22、23、24、25、27、29、35、36、38、39、45、46,C.I.鹼性紫(Basic Violet)1、2、3、7、10、15、16、20、21、25、27、28、35、37、39、40、48等以外,進而可例示具有苯酚類、萘酚類、苯胺類、如吡嗪等般的雜環類、開鏈型活性亞甲基化合物類等作為偶合成分(以下稱為偶合劑成分)的雜芳基偶氮染料或芳基偶氮染料(以下由通式(M-11)所表示的化合物);例如具有開鏈型活性亞甲基化合物類等作為偶合劑成分的甲亞胺染料(azomethine dye);蒽吡啶酮染料(以下由通式(M-12)所表示的化合物)(例如US2004/0239739A1說明書中記載的表1中的No.20的化合物、或國際公開第04/104108號手冊中記載的化合物(13)等)。 The magenta ink composition, the rich magenta ink composition, or the light magenta ink composition of the ink set of the present invention is selected from the group consisting of the general formula (M-1) and the general formula (M-2). In addition to the dye in the group consisting of the compound represented by the formula (M-3) and a salt thereof, other magenta dyes may be used in combination. As the magenta dye which can be used in combination, for example, CI Direct Red 2, 4, 9, 23, 26, 31, 39, 62, 63, 72, 75, 76, 79, 80, 81, 83 can be exemplified. , 84, 89, 92, 95, 111, 173, 184, 207, 211, 212, 214, 218, 221, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 232, 233, 240, 241, 242, 243, 247 , CI Direct Violet 7, 9, 47, 48, 51, 66, 90, 93, 94, 95, 98, 100, 101, CI Acid Red 35, 42, 52, 57, 62, 80, 82, 111, 114, 118, 119, 127, 128, 131, 143, 151, 154, 158, 249, 254 , 257, 261, 263, 266, 289, 299, 301, 305, 336, 337, 361, 396, 397, CI Acid Violet 5, 34, 43, 47, 48, 90, 103, 126, Reactive Red 3, 13, 17, 19, 21, 22, 23, 24, 29, 35, 37, 40, 41, 43, 45, 49, 55, CI Reactive Violet 1. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 16, 17, 22, 23, 24, 26, 27, 33, 34, CI Basic Red 12, 13, 14, 15, 18 22, 23, 24, 25, 27, 29, 35, 36, 38, 39, 45, 46, CI Basic Violet 1, 2, 3, 7, 10, 15, 16, 20, 21, In addition to 25, 27, 28, 35, 37, 39, 40, 48, etc., a heterocyclic type or an open-chain active methylene compound having a phenol, a naphthol, an aniline or a pyrazine, etc., may be further exemplified. a heteroaryl azo dye or an aryl azo dye (hereinafter referred to as a compound represented by the formula (M-11)) as an even component (hereinafter referred to as a coupling agent component) For example, an azomethine dye having an open-chain type active methylene compound or the like as a coupler component; an anthrapyridone dye (hereinafter, a compound represented by the formula (M-12)) (for example, US2004/0239739A1) The compound of No. 20 in Table 1 described in the specification, or the compound (13) described in the manual of International Publication No. 04/104108, etc.).

通式(M-11): General formula (M-11):

式中,Y表示碳數為1~4的烷基,烷氧基,或經OH、SO3H、COOM取代的苯基,或萘基。進而,B表示氫原子或下式。 In the formula, Y represents an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 to 4, an alkoxy group, or a phenyl group substituted with OH, SO 3 H or COOM, or a naphthyl group. Further, B represents a hydrogen atom or a formula below.

式中,R1表示經H、OH、或COOH取代的碳數為1~4的烷基,R2表示經OH、OCH3、OC2H5、SO3M、COOM取代的碳數為1~4的烷基,M表示H、Li、Na、K、銨、或有機胺類。R3表示取代基。 In the formula, R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted by H, OH or COOH, and R 2 represents a carbon number substituted by OH, OCH 3 , OC 2 H 5 , SO 3 M, COOM. ~4 alkyl, M represents H, Li, Na, K, ammonium, or an organic amine. R 3 represents a substituent.

式中,Z表示用於形成含氮5員雜環~6員雜環所需的非金屬原子群。R1、R2、R3分別獨立地表示取代基,該些取代基亦可進而具有取代基。m1表示0~3的整數,m2表示0~4的整數,m3表示0~2的整數,但m1,m2及m3不會同時表示0。當m1為2以上時,多個R1相互可相同,亦可不同。當m2為2以上時,多個R2相互可相同,亦可不同,當m3為2以上時,多個R3相互可相同,亦可不同。n表示1~4的整數。當n為2以上時,染料母核可經由R1、R2、R3而形成二聚體、三聚體、四聚體。 In the formula, Z represents a non-metal atomic group required for formation of a nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic ring to a 6-membered heterocyclic ring. R 1 , R 2 and R 3 each independently represent a substituent, and these substituents may further have a substituent. m 1 represents an integer of 0 to 3, m 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4, and m 3 represents an integer of 0 to 2, but m 1 , m 2 and m 3 do not simultaneously represent 0. When m 1 is 2 or more, a plurality of R 1 's may be the same or different from each other. When m 2 is 2 or more, a plurality of R 2 's may be the same or different from each other. When m 3 is 2 or more, a plurality of R 3 's may be the same or different. n represents an integer from 1 to 4. When n is 2 or more, the dye mother core can form a dimer, a trimer, or a tetramer via R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 .

(墨水組成物) (ink composition)

以上,對本發明的各墨水組成物中所使用的著色劑及該墨水組成物中的著色劑的含量進行了說明,以下,對各墨水組成物中所含有的其他成分進行說明。 In the above, the coloring agent used in each ink composition of the present invention and the coloring agent in the ink composition have been described. Hereinafter, other components contained in each ink composition will be described.

本發明中的各墨水組成物可使上述著色劑(染料)溶解於適當的溶劑中而獲得。作為用以於上述各墨水組成物中溶解著色劑的溶劑,較佳為將水、或水與水溶性有機溶劑的混合液用作主溶劑。作為水,可使用離子交換水、超過濾水、逆滲透水、蒸餾水等。另外,就長期保存的觀點而言,較佳為使用實施了照射紫外線或添加過氧化氫等各種化學殺菌處理的水。 Each of the ink compositions in the present invention can be obtained by dissolving the above coloring agent (dye) in a suitable solvent. As the solvent for dissolving the colorant in each of the above ink compositions, water or a mixed liquid of water and a water-soluble organic solvent is preferably used as the main solvent. As the water, ion-exchanged water, ultra-filtered water, reverse osmosis water, distilled water or the like can be used. Further, from the viewpoint of long-term storage, it is preferred to use water subjected to various chemical sterilization treatments such as irradiation with ultraviolet rays or addition of hydrogen peroxide.

構成本發明的墨水套組的各墨水組成物中的水的含量較佳為墨水組成物的40質量%~90質量%,更佳為50質量%~80質量%。 The content of water in each ink composition constituting the ink set of the present invention is preferably 40% by mass to 90% by mass, and more preferably 50% by mass to 80% by mass based on the ink composition.

如上所述,本發明中的各墨水組成物可將水溶性有機溶 劑與水一同用作溶劑。作為該水溶性有機溶劑,較佳為具有溶解染料的能力者,且較佳為蒸氣壓小於純水者。 As described above, each ink composition in the present invention can dissolve water-soluble organic substances. The agent is used as a solvent together with water. The water-soluble organic solvent is preferably one having the ability to dissolve the dye, and preferably has a vapor pressure lower than that of pure water.

作為本發明中所使用的水溶性有機溶劑,例如較佳為乙二醇、丙二醇、丁二醇、戊二醇、1,3-己二醇、2-丁烯-1,4-二醇、2-甲基-2,4-戊二醇、甘油、1,2,6-己三醇、二乙二醇、三乙二醇、二丙二醇等多元醇類,丙酮基丙酮等類,γ-丁內酯、磷酸三乙酯等酯類,糠基醇、四氫糠醇、硫二甘醇等,但並不限定於該些水溶性有機溶劑。藉由將水溶性有機溶劑與水一同用作墨水組成物的溶劑,而可提昇墨水組成物的自墨水頭的噴出穩定性、且容易地進行幾乎不使其他特性變化而降低墨水組成物的黏度等的調節。 As the water-soluble organic solvent used in the present invention, for example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, pentanediol, 1,3-hexanediol, 2-butene-1,4-diol, Polyols such as 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, glycerin, 1,2,6-hexanetriol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, acetone-acetone, etc., γ- Esters such as butyrolactone and triethyl phosphate, mercapto alcohol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, thiodiglycol, etc., but are not limited to these water-soluble organic solvents. By using a water-soluble organic solvent together with water as a solvent for the ink composition, the discharge stability of the ink composition from the ink head can be improved, and the viscosity of the ink composition can be easily reduced without substantially changing other characteristics. Adjustments.

另外,可使本發明的各墨水組成物含有選自糖類中的至少一種保濕劑。藉由使墨水組成物含有保濕劑,當將墨水組成物用於噴墨記錄方法時,可抑制水分自墨水中的蒸發而對墨水進行保濕。作為用於本發明的糖類,較佳為麥芽糖醇、山梨醇、葡萄糖酸內酯、麥芽糖等。再者,有時上述水溶性有機溶劑亦作為保濕劑發揮作用。 Further, each of the ink compositions of the present invention may contain at least one humectant selected from the group consisting of saccharides. By including the humectant in the ink composition, when the ink composition is used in an inkjet recording method, it is possible to suppress evaporation of moisture from the ink to moisturize the ink. As the saccharide used in the present invention, maltitol, sorbitol, gluconolactone, maltose or the like is preferable. Further, the above water-soluble organic solvent may also function as a humectant.

於墨水組成物中,可含有合計為5質量%~50質量%,更佳為5質量%~30質量%,特佳為5質量%~20質量%的上述水溶性有機溶劑及/或保濕劑。藉由將上述水溶性有機溶劑及/或保濕劑的含量設為5質量%以上,而可獲得良好的墨水的保濕性,且藉由將上述水溶性有機溶劑及/或保濕劑的含量設為50質量%以下,而可將墨水組成物的黏度調整成用於噴墨記錄方法的較佳的 黏度。 In the ink composition, the above-mentioned water-soluble organic solvent and/or humectant may be contained in an amount of 5% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, particularly preferably 5% by mass to 20% by mass. . By setting the content of the water-soluble organic solvent and/or the humectant to 5% by mass or more, good moisturizing properties of the ink can be obtained, and the content of the water-soluble organic solvent and/or the humectant can be set to 50% by mass or less, and the viscosity of the ink composition can be adjusted to be preferable for the inkjet recording method. Viscosity.

本發明的墨水套組較佳為於各色墨水組成物中視需要含有甜菜鹼化合物,其中,特佳為具有油溶性基的甜菜鹼型界面活性劑。 The ink set of the present invention preferably contains a betaine compound as needed in each ink composition, and particularly preferably a betaine-type surfactant having an oil-soluble group.

可較佳地用於本發明的甜菜鹼化合物較佳為具有界面活性能力的甜菜鹼型界面活性劑,此處所述的甜菜鹼化合物表示分子中具有陽離子性的部位與陰離子性的部位兩者的化合物。 The betaine compound which can be preferably used in the present invention is preferably a betaine-type surfactant having an interfacial activity, and the betaine compound described herein means both a cationic moiety and an anionic site in the molecule. compound of.

作為陽離子性的部位,可列舉:胺性的氮原子、雜芳香族環的氮原子、具有4個與碳的鍵結的硼原子、磷原子等。其中,較佳為胺性的氮原子或雜芳香族環的氮原子。其中,特佳為四級的氮原子。 Examples of the cationic moiety include an amine nitrogen atom, a nitrogen atom of a heteroaromatic ring, a boron atom having four bonds with carbon, a phosphorus atom, and the like. Among them, an amine nitrogen atom or a nitrogen atom of a heteroaromatic ring is preferred. Among them, a nitrogen atom of four grades is particularly preferred.

作為陰離子性的部位,可列舉:羥基、硫基、磺醯胺基、磺基、羧基、醯亞胺基、磷酸基、膦酸基等。其中,特佳為羧基、磺基。作為分子整體的荷電可為陽離子、陰離子、中性的任一者,較佳為中性。 Examples of the anionic site include a hydroxyl group, a sulfur group, a sulfonylamino group, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a quinone imine group, a phosphoric acid group, and a phosphonic acid group. Among them, a carboxyl group or a sulfo group is particularly preferred. The charge as a whole molecule may be any of a cation, an anion, and a neutral, and is preferably neutral.

作為甜菜鹼化合物,可較佳地使用日本專利特開2005-298744號公報的段落0033~段落0043中所記載的化合物、或日本專利特開2006-56916號中記載的甜菜鹼化合物。 As the betaine compound, a compound described in paragraphs 0033 to 0043 of JP-A-2005-298744, or a betaine compound described in JP-A-2006-56916 can be preferably used.

只要是取得發明的效果的範圍,則甜菜鹼化合物的較佳的添加量可任意,但較佳為墨水組成物中的0.001質量%~50質量%,更佳為0.01質量%~20質量%。另外,可併用2種以上的甜菜鹼化合物,較佳為併用由通式W-1、通式W-2或通式W-3所表 示的化合物,特佳為於通式W-1、通式W-2或通式W-3中,包含R為碳數為14的烷基的化合物。另外,當使用該化合物時,具有碳數為14的烷基的化合物較佳為純度(例如可藉由液相層析-質譜(Liquid Chromatography-Mass,LC-Mass)來測定)為90%以上者,特佳為95%以上,最佳為98%以上。 The preferred amount of the betaine compound to be added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.001% by mass to 50% by mass, and more preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass in the ink composition. Further, two or more kinds of betaine compounds may be used in combination, and it is preferred to use a combination of the formula W-1, the formula W-2 or the formula W-3. The compound represented by the formula W-1, the formula W-2 or the formula W-3 is particularly preferably a compound containing R as an alkyl group having 14 carbon atoms. Further, when the compound is used, the compound having an alkyl group having 14 carbon atoms preferably has a purity (for example, can be measured by liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-Mass)) of 90% or more. The best is 95% or more, and the best is 98% or more.

另外,當併用2種以上時,以質量比計,相對於最小使用量的化合物,以1倍~10000倍的質量比使用最大使用量的化合物。 In addition, when two or more types are used in combination, the maximum amount of the compound is used in a mass ratio of from 1 to 10,000 times based on the mass ratio.

尤其於本發明中,較佳為相對於墨水總質量,將自甜菜鹼化合物(特別是甜菜鹼界面活性劑)等混入至墨水中的無機離子的合計質量抑制為2質量%以下。 In particular, in the present invention, it is preferable that the total mass of the inorganic ions mixed into the ink from the betaine compound (especially a betaine surfactant) or the like is suppressed to 2% by mass or less based on the total mass of the ink.

此處所述的無機離子表示染料的抗衡離子的無機離子,源自作為甜菜鹼界面活性劑中所含有的雜質的無機鹽的無機離子,成為自甜菜鹼化合物的離子當量中脫離的離子成分的抗衡離子的無機離子,自用於pH調節的無機鹽類導入的無機離子,自螯合劑、防腐劑等墨水添加劑導入的無機離子的總和。但是,於本發明中,將銨離子作為揮發性的化合物來處理,而自該無機離子中排除。 The inorganic ion described herein represents an inorganic ion of a counter ion of a dye, and is derived from an inorganic ion of an inorganic salt as an impurity contained in a betaine surfactant, and becomes an ionic component desorbed from an ion equivalent of a betaine compound. The inorganic ion of the counter ion, the inorganic ion introduced from the inorganic salt used for pH adjustment, and the sum of the inorganic ions introduced by the ink additive such as a chelating agent or a preservative. However, in the present invention, ammonium ions are treated as volatile compounds and are excluded from the inorganic ions.

作為無機離子總量,較佳為墨水的2質量%以下,更佳為1質量%以下,特佳為0.5質量%以下。 The total amount of inorganic ions is preferably 2% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 0.5% by mass or less.

例如,源自NaCl、Na2SO4的Cl-、SO4 2-以20wt%aq換算濃度計為100ppm,較佳為30ppm,更佳為10ppm(例如可藉由離子層析分析來定量)。 For example, Cl - derived from NaCl, Na 2 SO 4 , and SO 4 2- are 100 ppm, preferably 30 ppm, more preferably 10 ppm (for example, quantifiable by ion chromatography analysis) in terms of 20 wt% aq.

為了極力減少無機離子於墨水中的含量,可使用各種方 法,例如可使用日本專利特開2004-285269號公報的段落號32、段落號33中所記載的方法。 In order to minimize the amount of inorganic ions in the ink, various methods can be used. For example, the method described in Paragraph No. 32 and Paragraph No. 33 of JP-A-2004-285269 can be used.

第一,可列舉於合成原材料時去除用於墨水的原材料(例如甜菜鹼化合物)中所含有的無機離子的方法。於水溶性墨水原材料的情況下,尤其以提昇水溶性為目的而導入大量離子解離性基的情況多。此時,於合成原材料時含有大量的無機物、或必然含有無機離子作為抗衡離子。為了去除前者的離子,可進行利用使用離子選擇性透過膜的電解透析法的脫鹽精製法、或利用離子交換樹脂的方法、利用凝膠過濾法的脫鹽精製等。 First, a method of removing inorganic ions contained in a raw material (for example, a betaine compound) used for ink when synthesizing a raw material can be cited. In the case of a water-soluble ink raw material, a large amount of ion-dissociable groups are often introduced for the purpose of improving water solubility. At this time, a large amount of inorganic substances are contained in the synthesis of the raw materials, or inorganic ions are necessarily contained as the counter ions. In order to remove the former ions, a desalination purification method by an electrolytic dialysis method using an ion selective permeable membrane, a method using an ion exchange resin, a desalting purification by a gel filtration method, or the like can be performed.

另外,亦可使用合成時積極地進行離子交換的方法。例如可列舉:添加過剩的氨或有機胺類來與金屬離子進行交換的方法,或若為陰離子的情況,則與有機羧酸進行交換的方法。另外,作為合成時的脫鹽法,亦可利用藉由有機溶劑來使鹽積極地析出並藉由過濾來將其去除的方法。 Further, a method of actively performing ion exchange during synthesis can also be used. For example, a method of exchanging excess ammonia or an organic amine to exchange with a metal ion, or a method of exchanging with an organic carboxylic acid in the case of an anion may be mentioned. Further, as the desalination method at the time of synthesis, a method in which a salt is actively precipitated by an organic solvent and removed by filtration can also be used.

第二,於墨水原材料的狀態,即,使各種原材料溶解於水等溶劑中而成的濃厚的水溶液(墨水原液)中進行該脫鹽精製亦較佳。有時,亦可於完成墨水中進行脫鹽精製。 Second, it is also preferable to carry out the desalination purification in a state of an ink material, that is, a concentrated aqueous solution (ink stock solution) obtained by dissolving various raw materials in a solvent such as water. Sometimes, desalting purification can also be carried out in the finished ink.

本發明的墨水套組中所使用的墨水是使染料溶解或分散於水及水溶性有機溶劑中而成的墨水。其中,較佳為利用水溶性染料的水溶液型的墨水。另外,墨水套組中,具有甜菜鹼化合物的墨水可為任何顏色的墨水,尤其,因為具有甜菜鹼化合物,亦可準備無色的墨水。 The ink used in the ink set of the present invention is an ink obtained by dissolving or dispersing a dye in water and a water-soluble organic solvent. Among them, an aqueous solution type ink using a water-soluble dye is preferred. Further, in the ink set, the ink having a betaine compound may be an ink of any color, and in particular, since it has a betaine compound, a colorless ink may be prepared.

於使用了本發明的甜菜鹼化合物的情況下,有時在墨水中會產生氣泡。該氣泡有時會使噴墨記錄中產生印字缺陷,因此藉由添加具有於墨水中消除氣泡的作用的化合物(=消泡劑),而可解決該問題。 In the case where the betaine compound of the present invention is used, bubbles may be generated in the ink. This bubble sometimes causes a printing defect in the ink jet recording, so that the problem can be solved by adding a compound (=antifoaming agent) having an action of eliminating bubbles in the ink.

作為消泡劑,可使用普盧蘭尼克(Pluronic)系消泡劑(聚氧乙烯-聚氧丙烯型消泡劑)、或矽酮型消泡劑等各種消泡劑。 As the antifoaming agent, various antifoaming agents such as a Pluronic defoaming agent (polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene type antifoaming agent) or an anthrone type defoaming agent can be used.

其次,於本發明的墨水套組中,使青色墨水組成物及/或洋紅色墨水組成物中含有選自在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物或其鹽中的至少一種亦較佳。藉由添加選自由在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物或其鹽所組成的群組中的至少一種,而可防止青色墨水組成物的青銅色現象的產生,另外,可提昇洋紅色墨水組成物的耐濕性。上述青銅色現象通常作為如下的現象而為人所知,即在使用含有青色系染料的墨水組成物,於噴墨專用記錄介質(特別是光澤系記錄介質)等上進行了立體印刷(solid printing)等高性能的(high duty)印刷的部分可看到紅色浮現的現象。於產生了青銅色現象的情況下,圖像整體的色彩平衡變得不均勻且畫質下降,因此無法獲得良好的圖像。 In the ink set of the present invention, it is preferred that the cyan ink composition and/or the magenta ink composition contain at least one selected from the group consisting of a naphthalene aromatic compound having a carboxyl group at the 2-position or a salt thereof. By adding at least one selected from the group consisting of naphthalene aromatic compounds having a carboxyl group at the 2-position or a salt thereof, the occurrence of a bronze color of the cyan ink composition can be prevented, and magenta can be enhanced. The moisture resistance of the ink composition. The above-described bronze color phenomenon is generally known as a phenomenon in which an ink composition containing a cyan dye is used for stereoscopic printing on an inkjet recording medium (particularly, a gloss recording medium). ) High-performance printed parts can be seen in red. In the case where a bronze phenomenon occurs, the color balance of the entire image becomes uneven and the image quality is lowered, so that a good image cannot be obtained.

作為本發明中所使用的上述在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物中的特佳者,可列舉在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物的鹼金屬鹽。進而,上述鹼金屬鹽之中,特佳為使用鋰鹽。於使用了鋰鹽的情況下,可獲得如下的效果:不僅可防止上述青銅色現象的產生,而且難以產生噴墨噴嘴的堵塞。 The tetralin-based aromatic compound having a carboxyl group at the 2-position which is used in the present invention is particularly preferably an alkali metal salt of a naphthalene-based aromatic compound having a carboxyl group at the 2-position. Further, among the above alkali metal salts, a lithium salt is particularly preferably used. In the case where a lithium salt is used, the following effects can be obtained: not only the occurrence of the above-described bronze color phenomenon but also clogging of the ink jet nozzle can be prevented.

作為上述在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物或其鹽,可例示:2-萘甲酸、1-羥基-2-萘甲酸、3-羥基-2-萘甲酸、6-羥基-2-萘甲酸、4-羥基苯甲酸、2,6-萘二甲酸、3-甲氧基-2-萘甲酸、3-乙氧基-2-萘甲酸、3-丙氧基-2-萘甲酸、6-甲氧基-2-萘甲酸、6-乙氧基-2-萘甲酸、及6-丙氧基-2-萘甲酸等,以及該些的鹽,特別是鋰鹽。特佳為2-萘甲酸及其鋰鹽。 The naphthalene aromatic compound having a carboxyl group at the 2-position or a salt thereof may, for example, be 2-naphthoic acid, 1-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid, 3-hydroxy-2-naphthoic acid or 6-hydroxy-2- Naphthoic acid, 4-hydroxybenzoic acid, 2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, 3-methoxy-2-naphthoic acid, 3-ethoxy-2-naphthoic acid, 3-propoxy-2-naphthoic acid, 6-Methoxy-2-naphthoic acid, 6-ethoxy-2-naphthoic acid, and 6-propoxy-2-naphthoic acid, and the like, and salts thereof, particularly lithium salts. Particularly preferred is 2-naphthoic acid and its lithium salt.

當將在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物的鹽添加至墨水組成物中時,亦可使用以鹽的形態添加至墨水中的方法、或將適當的在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物及可與其形成鹽的鹼分別添加至墨水組成物中的方法的任一種方法。進而,於本發明中,可使用選自由在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物及其鹽所組成的群組中的至少一種,亦可併用在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物與其鹽兩者。 When a salt of a naphthalene aromatic compound having a carboxyl group at the 2-position is added to the ink composition, a method of adding to the ink in the form of a salt or a naphthalene having a carboxyl group at the 2-position may be used. Any of the methods of adding an aromatic compound and a base capable of forming a salt thereto to the ink composition, respectively. Further, in the present invention, at least one selected from the group consisting of a naphthalene aromatic compound having a carboxyl group at the 2-position and a salt thereof may be used, and a naphthalene aromatic group having a carboxyl group at the 2-position may be used in combination. Both a compound and its salt.

當向本發明的青色墨水組成物及/或洋紅色墨水組成物中添加上述選自由在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物及其鹽所組成的群組(以下,稱為在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物等)中的至少一種時,於該些墨水組成物中,以合計量計,較佳為含有0.1質量%~10質量%的在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物等,更佳為含有0.5質量%~5質量%的在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物等。墨水組成物中所含有的在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物等的量可根據其本身的種類、墨水組成物中所含有的染料的種類、墨水組成物中所使用的溶劑的種類等, 而適宜決定較佳的量。 When the above-mentioned cyan ink composition and/or magenta ink composition of the present invention is added to the group consisting of a naphthalene aromatic compound having a carboxyl group at the 2-position and a salt thereof (hereinafter, referred to as 2 positions) When at least one of the naphthalene-based aromatic compound having a carboxyl group is used, the ink composition preferably contains 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass of the naphthalene having a carboxyl group at the 2-position in terms of the total amount of the ink composition. An aromatic compound or the like is more preferably contained in an amount of 0.5% by mass to 5% by mass of a naphthalene aromatic compound having a carboxyl group at the 2-position. The amount of the naphthalene-based aromatic compound having a carboxyl group at the 2-position contained in the ink composition can be determined according to the type of the dye, the type of the dye contained in the ink composition, and the type of the solvent used in the ink composition. Wait, It is appropriate to determine the preferred amount.

當將在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物等添加至青色墨水組成物中時,墨水組成物中所含有的青色染料的量(質量%)與在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物等的量(質量%)的比較佳為1:0.1~1:10,更佳為1:0.3~1:6。當將青色墨水組成物中的青色染料的含量設為1時,藉由使在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族羧酸等的含量多於0.1,而可減少青銅色現象的產生,進而,藉由使在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物等的含量少於10,而可防止噴墨噴嘴的堵塞。 When a naphthalene aromatic compound having a carboxyl group at the 2-position is added to the cyan ink composition, the amount (% by mass) of the cyan dye contained in the ink composition and the naphthalene aromatic having a carboxyl group at the 2-position The amount (% by mass) of the compound or the like is preferably from 1:0.1 to 1:10, more preferably from 1:0.3 to 1:6. When the content of the cyan dye in the cyan ink composition is 1, the content of the naphthalene aromatic carboxylic acid having a carboxyl group at the 2-position is more than 0.1, whereby the occurrence of a bronze color phenomenon can be reduced, and further By making the content of the naphthalene-based aromatic compound or the like having a carboxyl group at the 2-position less than 10, clogging of the ink-jet nozzle can be prevented.

另一方面,當將在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物等添加至洋紅色墨水組成物中時,墨水組成物中所含有的洋紅色染料的量(質量%)與在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物等的量(質量%)的比較佳為1:0.5~1:10,更佳為1:1~1:6。當將洋紅色墨水組成物中的洋紅色染料的含量設為1時,藉由使在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物等的含量多於0.5,而可減少由高濕度環境下的圖像的滲出所引起的畫質的劣化,進而,藉由使在2位上具有羧基的萘系芳香族化合物等的含量少於10,而可防止噴墨噴嘴的堵塞。 On the other hand, when a naphthalene aromatic compound or the like having a carboxyl group at the 2-position is added to the magenta ink composition, the amount (% by mass) of the magenta dye contained in the ink composition is in the position of 2 The amount (% by mass) of the naphthalene-based aromatic compound having a carboxyl group is preferably from 1:0.5 to 1:10, more preferably from 1:1 to 1:6. When the content of the magenta dye in the magenta ink composition is 1, the content of the naphthalene aromatic compound having a carboxyl group at the 2-position is more than 0.5, thereby reducing the environment in a high-humidity environment. In the image quality deterioration caused by the bleed out of the image, the content of the naphthalene aromatic compound having a carboxyl group at the 2-position is less than 10, whereby clogging of the ink-jet nozzle can be prevented.

於構成本發明的墨水套組的墨水組成物中,較佳為含有非離子系界面活性劑。藉由添加非離子系界面活性劑,而變成墨水組成物對於記錄介質的滲透性優異者,於印刷時墨水組成物可迅速地固定於記錄介質上。進而,較佳為藉由墨水組成物而記錄 於記錄介質上的1個點儘可能接近真圓,但藉由使墨水組成物中含有非離子系界面活性劑,而可獲得如下的效果:可提高由1個點所形成的像的真圓度,並可提昇所獲得的圖像的畫質。 The ink composition constituting the ink set of the present invention preferably contains a nonionic surfactant. By adding a nonionic surfactant, the ink composition is excellent in permeability to a recording medium, and the ink composition can be quickly fixed to a recording medium at the time of printing. Further, it is preferably recorded by the ink composition One dot on the recording medium is as close as possible to a true circle, but by including a nonionic surfactant in the ink composition, the following effect can be obtained: the true circle of the image formed by one dot can be improved Degree, and can improve the image quality of the obtained image.

作為本發明中所使用的非離子界面活性劑,例如較佳為乙炔二醇系界面活性劑,但並不限定於此。 The nonionic surfactant used in the present invention is, for example, preferably an acetylene glycol surfactant, but is not limited thereto.

作為該乙炔二醇系界面活性劑,例如可例示Surfynol 465(商標)、Surfynol 104PG50(商標)(以上商品名,氣體產品與化學公司(Air Products and Chemicals Inc.)製造),Olfine PD001(商標)、Olfine E1010(商標)(以上商品名,日信化學工業股份有限公司製造),較佳為將選自該些商品中的至少一種添加至構成本發明的墨水套組的墨水組成物中。 As the acetylene glycol-based surfactant, for example, Surfynol 465 (trademark), Surfynol 104 PG50 (trademark) (trade name, manufactured by Air Products and Chemicals Inc.), Olfine PD001 (trademark) can be exemplified. And Olfine E1010 (trademark) (trade name, manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), preferably at least one selected from the above-mentioned products is added to the ink composition constituting the ink set of the present invention.

於本發明中,以於墨水組成物中含有較佳為0.1質量%~5質量%,更佳為0.5質量%~2質量%的非離子系界面活性劑的方式,將非離子系界面活性劑添加至墨水組成物中為宜。藉由使墨水組成物中含有0.1質量%以上的非離子系界面活性劑,而可提高各墨水組成物對於記錄介質的滲透性。另外,藉由將墨水組成物中的非離子系界面活性劑的含量設為5質量%以下,可獲得藉由墨水組成物而形成於記錄介質上的圖像難以滲出這一效果。 In the present invention, the nonionic surfactant is preferably contained in the ink composition in a form of preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 2% by mass of the nonionic surfactant. It is preferred to add to the ink composition. By including 0.1% by mass or more of the nonionic surfactant in the ink composition, the permeability of each ink composition to the recording medium can be improved. In addition, by setting the content of the nonionic surfactant in the ink composition to 5% by mass or less, it is possible to obtain an effect that the image formed on the recording medium by the ink composition is less likely to bleed out.

進而,除非離子系界面活性劑以外,將二醇醚類作為滲透促進劑添加至墨水組成物中,藉此墨水組成物對於記錄介質的滲透性提昇,並且當進行了彩色印刷時,於鄰接的彩色墨水彼此的邊界上,墨水的滲出(bleeding)減少,可獲得非常清晰的圖像。 因此,較佳為向構成本發明的墨水套組的墨水組成物中添加滲透促進劑。 Further, in addition to the ion-based surfactant, glycol ethers are added as a penetration enhancer to the ink composition, whereby the permeability of the ink composition to the recording medium is improved, and when color printing is performed, adjacent At the boundary between the color inks, the bleeding of the ink is reduced, and a very clear image can be obtained. Therefore, it is preferred to add a penetration enhancer to the ink composition constituting the ink set of the present invention.

作為於本發明中用作滲透促進劑的上述二醇醚類,較佳為乙二醇單丁醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、三乙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚、二丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丁醚、二丙二醇單丁醚、三乙二醇單丁醚等,但並不限定於該些二醇醚類。較佳為於墨水組成物中含有3質量%~30質量%,更佳為5質量%~15質量%的該些二醇醚類。藉由將二醇醚類的添加量設為3質量%以上,而可有效地防止彩色印刷時的鄰接的墨水間的滲出(bleeding),進而,藉由將該添加量設為30質量%以下,而可容易地防止產生圖像的滲出、且可提高墨水的保存穩定性。 The above glycol ethers used as the permeation enhancer in the present invention are preferably ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol single. Ethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol monobutyl ether, etc., but not limited to these glycol ethers. The glycol ethers are preferably contained in the ink composition in an amount of from 3% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably from 5% by mass to 15% by mass. By setting the amount of the glycol ether to be 3% by mass or more, it is possible to effectively prevent bleeding between adjacent inks during color printing, and further, the amount of addition is 30% by mass or less. Moreover, it is possible to easily prevent the occurrence of bleeding of the image and to improve the storage stability of the ink.

進而,於本發明中的墨水組成物中,視需要可添加選自三乙醇胺或鹼金屬氫氧化物等pH調整劑、海藻酸鈉等水溶性聚合物、水溶性樹脂、氟系界面活性劑、防腐劑、防黴劑、防銹劑、溶解助劑、抗氧化劑、及紫外線吸收劑等中的材料。該些成分可按各種類而使用一種、或將兩種以上混合使用。另外,若無需添加,則可不添加。本領域從業人員可於無損本發明的效果的範圍內,以較佳的量使用所選擇的較佳的添加劑。再者,上述溶解助劑是指如下的添加劑:當不溶物自墨水組成物中析出時,用以溶解該不溶物,而將墨水組成物保持為均勻的溶液。 Further, in the ink composition of the present invention, a pH adjuster such as triethanolamine or an alkali metal hydroxide, a water-soluble polymer such as sodium alginate, a water-soluble resin, or a fluorine-based surfactant may be added as needed. Preservatives, anti-fungal agents, rust inhibitors, dissolution aids, antioxidants, and UV absorbers. These components may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds. In addition, if it is not necessary to add, it may not be added. Those skilled in the art can use the selected preferred additives in preferred amounts within the scope of the effects of the present invention. Further, the above-mentioned dissolution aid refers to an additive which is used to dissolve the insoluble matter and to keep the ink composition as a uniform solution when the insoluble matter is precipitated from the ink composition.

作為上述溶解助劑,可列舉N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、2-吡咯啶酮等吡咯啶酮類,脲、硫脲、四甲基脲等脲類,脲基甲酸酯、 脲基甲酸甲酯等脲基甲酸酯類,縮二脲、二甲基縮二脲、四甲基縮二脲等縮二脲類等,但並不限定於該些例子。另外,作為上述抗氧化劑的例子,可例示L-抗壞血酸及其鹽類等,但並不限定於該些例子。 Examples of the dissolution aid include pyrrolidone such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and 2-pyrrolidone, and urea such as urea, thiourea or tetramethylurea, and allophanate. Examples are allophanates such as methyl alloformate, biurets such as biuret, dimethyl biuret, and tetramethyl biuret, but are not limited to these examples. Further, examples of the antioxidant include L-ascorbic acid and salts thereof, but are not limited thereto.

作為上述防腐劑或防黴劑,例如可例示苯甲酸鈉、五氯酚鈉、2-吡啶硫醇-1-氧化鈉、山梨酸鈉、去氫乙酸鈉、及1,2-二苯并異噻唑啉-3-酮(艾菲西亞(AVECIA)公司的PROXEL CRL、PROXEL BDN、PROXEL GXL、PROXEL XL2、及PROXEL TN(以上商品名))等,但並不限定於該些例子。 As the above-mentioned preservative or antifungal agent, for example, sodium benzoate, sodium pentachlorophenolate, sodium 2-pyridinethiol-1-oxide, sodium sorbate, sodium dehydroacetate, and 1,2-dibenzisothiazole can be exemplified. Oral-3-one (PROXEL CRL, PROXEL BDN, PROXEL GXL, PROXEL XL2, and PROXEL TN (trade name)) of Avecia, etc., but is not limited to these examples.

作為上述pH調整劑,可例示二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、丙醇胺、嗎啉等胺類及該些的改質物,氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鋰等金屬氫氧化物,氫氧化銨、四級銨氫氧化物(四甲基銨等)等銨鹽,碳酸鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸鋰等碳酸鹽類,其他磷酸鹽類等,但並不限定於該些例子。 Examples of the pH adjuster include amines such as diethanolamine, triethanolamine, propanolamine, and morpholine, and modified substances thereof, metal hydroxides such as potassium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, and lithium hydroxide, and ammonium hydroxide. An ammonium salt such as a quaternary ammonium hydroxide (such as tetramethylammonium), a carbonate such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate or lithium carbonate, or other phosphates, but is not limited to these examples.

構成本發明的墨水套組的墨水組成物是包含自上述成分中適宜選擇的成分來製備,於20℃下,所獲得的墨水組成物的黏度較佳為未滿10mPa.s。進而,於20℃下,將本發明中墨水組成物的表面張力較佳為設為45mN/m以下,特佳為設為25mN/m~45mN/m的範圍。藉由如此調整黏度及表面張力,而可獲得具有用於噴墨記錄方法較佳的特性的墨水組成物。該黏度及表面張力的調整可藉由適宜調節及選擇墨水組成物中所含有的溶劑及各種添加劑的添加量、以及該些的種類等來進行。 The ink composition constituting the ink set of the present invention is prepared by containing a component selected from the above components, and the viscosity of the obtained ink composition is preferably less than 10 mPa at 20 ° C. s. Further, the surface tension of the ink composition in the present invention is preferably 45 mN/m or less, and particularly preferably 25 mN/m to 45 mN/m at 20 °C. By adjusting the viscosity and the surface tension in this manner, an ink composition having characteristics preferable for the ink jet recording method can be obtained. The adjustment of the viscosity and the surface tension can be carried out by appropriately adjusting and selecting the solvent contained in the ink composition, the amount of addition of various additives, and the types thereof.

再者,於20℃下,構成本發明的墨水套組的墨水組成物的pH較佳為7.0~10.5,更佳為7.5~10.0。藉由將20℃下的墨水組成物的pH設為7.0以上,而可防止噴墨頭的共析鍍層剝離,且可使墨水組成物的自噴墨頭的噴出特性穩定化。另外,藉由將墨水組成物的pH於20℃下設為10.5以下,而可防止墨水組成物所接觸的各種構件,例如構成墨水匣或噴墨頭的構件劣化。 Further, the pH of the ink composition constituting the ink set of the present invention at 20 ° C is preferably 7.0 to 10.5, more preferably 7.5 to 10.0. By setting the pH of the ink composition at 20 ° C to 7.0 or more, it is possible to prevent the eutectoid plating layer of the ink jet head from being peeled off, and to stabilize the discharge characteristics of the ink composition from the ink jet head. In addition, by setting the pH of the ink composition to 10.5 or less at 20 ° C, it is possible to prevent various members which are in contact with the ink composition, for example, members constituting the ink cartridge or the ink jet head from deteriorating.

作為本發明中的墨水組成物的製備方法,例如可例示如下的方法,即於使墨水組成物中所含有的各種成分充分地混合並儘可能均勻地溶解後,利用孔徑為0.8μm的薄膜過濾器進行加壓過濾,進而使用真空泵對所獲得的溶液進行除氣處理來製備的方法,但並不限定於該方法。 As a method of preparing the ink composition of the present invention, for example, a method of sufficiently mixing the various components contained in the ink composition and dissolving as uniformly as possible is carried out, and then filtering with a membrane having a pore diameter of 0.8 μm. The method of performing pressure filtration and further degassing the obtained solution using a vacuum pump is not limited to this method.

[墨水匣、噴墨印表機] [ink 匣, inkjet printer]

本發明的墨水套組可用作將該些墨水套組一體地或獨立地收容的墨水匣,就處理便利的觀點等而言亦較佳。包含墨水套組而構成的墨水匣於本技術領域中為公知,可適宜使用公知的方法來製成墨水匣。 The ink set of the present invention can be used as an ink cartridge in which the ink sets are integrally or independently accommodated, and is also preferable in terms of convenience in handling and the like. An ink cartridge comprising an ink jacket is well known in the art, and a known method can be used to produce an ink cartridge.

另外,本發明的噴墨印表機包含上述墨水匣。 Further, the ink jet printer of the present invention comprises the above ink cartridge.

本發明的墨水套組或墨水匣可用於一般的書寫工具用、記錄計用、筆式繪圖器(pen plotter)用等,特佳為用於噴墨記錄方法。 The ink set or ink cartridge of the present invention can be used for general writing instruments, recording instruments, pen plotters, etc., and is particularly preferably used for an ink jet recording method.

[噴墨記錄方法] [Inkjet recording method]

可使用本發明的墨水套組或墨水匣的噴墨記錄方法包括使墨 水組成物作為液滴自細的噴嘴中噴出,並使該液滴附著於記錄介質上的任何記錄方法。以下說明可使用本發明的墨水組成物的噴墨記錄方法的具體例。 An ink jet recording method in which the ink set or ink cartridge of the present invention can be used includes ink The water composition is ejected as a droplet from a fine nozzle and attaches the droplet to any recording method on the recording medium. Specific examples of the ink jet recording method in which the ink composition of the present invention can be used will be described below.

第一種方法是被稱為靜電吸引方式的方法。靜電吸引方式為如下的方法:對噴嘴與配置在噴嘴的前方的加速電極之間施加強電場,而使液滴狀的墨水自噴嘴中連續地噴射,於該墨水滴在偏向電極間通過的期間內將印刷資訊信號提供給偏向電極,藉此使墨水滴飛向記錄介質上並使墨水固定於記錄介質上來記錄圖像;或者不使墨水滴偏向,而根據印刷資訊信號使墨水滴自噴嘴向記記錄介質上噴射,藉此將圖像固定並記錄於記錄介質上。本發明的墨水套組或墨水匣較佳為用於利用該靜電吸引方式的記錄方法。 The first method is a method called electrostatic attraction. The electrostatic attraction method is a method in which a strong electric field is applied between a nozzle and an acceleration electrode disposed in front of the nozzle, and droplet-shaped ink is continuously ejected from the nozzle during a period in which the ink droplet passes between the deflection electrodes. Providing the printing information signal to the deflecting electrode, thereby causing the ink droplet to fly onto the recording medium and fixing the ink to the recording medium to record the image; or not biasing the ink droplet, and causing the ink droplet to be directed from the nozzle according to the printing information signal The ejection is recorded on the recording medium, whereby the image is fixed and recorded on the recording medium. The ink set or ink cartridge of the present invention is preferably a recording method for utilizing the electrostatic attraction method.

第二種方法是如下的方法:利用小型泵對墨水液施加壓力,並且利用石英振盪器等使噴墨噴嘴機械地振動,藉此強制地使墨水滴自噴嘴中噴射。且為如下的方法:自噴嘴中噴射的墨水滴在被噴射的同時帶電,於該墨水滴在偏向電極間通過的期間內將印刷資訊信號提供給偏向電極而使墨水滴飛向記錄介質上,藉此於記錄介質上記錄圖像。本發明的墨水套組或墨水匣用於該記錄方法亦較佳。 The second method is a method in which a pressure is applied to the ink liquid by a small pump, and the ink jet nozzle is mechanically vibrated by a quartz oscillator or the like, thereby forcibly ejecting the ink droplet from the nozzle. And a method in which the ink droplet ejected from the nozzle is charged while being ejected, and the printing information signal is supplied to the deflecting electrode to fly the ink droplet onto the recording medium while the ink droplet passes between the deflecting electrodes. Thereby an image is recorded on the recording medium. The ink set or ink cartridge of the present invention is also preferably used in the recording method.

第三種方法是如下的方法:藉由壓電元件而對墨水液同時施加壓力與印刷資訊信號,使墨水滴自噴嘴向記錄介質噴射,而於記錄介質上記錄圖像。本發明的墨水套組或墨水匣用於該記 錄方法亦較佳。 The third method is a method in which a pressure and a printing information signal are simultaneously applied to the ink liquid by the piezoelectric element, so that the ink droplet is ejected from the nozzle to the recording medium, and an image is recorded on the recording medium. The ink set or ink cartridge of the present invention is used for the record The recording method is also preferred.

第四種方法是如下的方法:根據印刷信號資訊並利用微小電極來對墨水液進行加熱而使其發泡,並使該氣泡膨脹,藉此使墨水液自噴嘴向記錄介質噴射而於記錄介質上記錄圖像。本發明的墨水套組或墨水匣用於該記錄方法亦較佳。 The fourth method is a method of foaming the ink liquid by using a minute electrode according to the printed signal information, and expanding the bubble, thereby ejecting the ink liquid from the nozzle to the recording medium to the recording medium. Record the image on it. The ink set or ink cartridge of the present invention is also preferably used in the recording method.

本發明的墨水套組或墨水匣作為使用利用包含上述4種方法的噴墨記錄方式的圖像記錄方法,於記錄介質上記錄圖像時所使用的墨水組成物特佳。 The ink set or the ink cartridge of the present invention is particularly preferable as an ink recording method using an ink jet recording method including the above four methods, and an ink composition used for recording an image on a recording medium.

[記錄物] [recorded matter]

使用本發明的墨水套組所記錄的記錄物具有色彩平衡良好的優異的畫質,進而耐光性、耐臭氧性優異。 The recorded matter recorded by using the ink set of the present invention has an excellent image quality with good color balance, and is excellent in light resistance and ozone resistance.

實施例 Example

以下,根據實施例來更具體地說明本發明,但本發明並不限定於以下的實施例。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described based on examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples.

(合成例) (synthesis example)

以下,於實施例中詳細說明本發明的染料混合物的製備法,但本發明不受該些實施例任何限定。 Hereinafter, the preparation method of the dye mixture of the present invention will be described in detail in the examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.

本發明中所使用的染料BLACK-11例如可根據下述合成途徑而衍生出。 The dye BLACK-11 used in the present invention can be derived, for example, according to the following synthetic route.

[合成例1] [Synthesis Example 1]

以下表示BLACK-11的合成流程。 The synthesis flow of BLACK-11 is shown below.

(1)中間物(B-5)的合成: (1) Synthesis of intermediate (B-5):

於室溫下添加胺基苯乙酮(a-2)8.5g、丙二腈4.9g、甲苯 26.5mL、乙酸銨5.0g及乙酸5.9g後,將內溫昇溫至100℃為止並於相同溫度下攪拌3小時。將反應液冷卻至40℃為止後添加甲醇31.8mL,攪拌20分鐘後對反應液進行過濾。利用異丙醇42.4mL進行清洗並於60℃下乾燥8小時。獲得(B-5)11.1g。 Add 8.5 mg of aminoacetophenone (a-2), 4.9 g of malononitrile, toluene at room temperature After 26.5 mL, 5.0 g of ammonium acetate, and 5.9 g of acetic acid, the internal temperature was raised to 100 ° C and stirred at the same temperature for 3 hours. After cooling the reaction liquid to 40 ° C, 31.8 mL of methanol was added, and after stirring for 20 minutes, the reaction liquid was filtered. It was washed with 42.4 mL of isopropyl alcohol and dried at 60 ° C for 8 hours. (B-5) 11.1 g was obtained.

(2)中間物(C-5)的合成: (2) Synthesis of intermediate (C-5):

於室溫下將(B-5)8.0g、硫2.8g、碳酸氫鈉7.4g、二甲基乙醯胺160mL、乙腈80mL及水80mL混合後,將內溫昇溫至40℃為止,並於相同溫度下攪拌1小時。將反應液冷卻至25℃為止後,對不溶物進行過濾,而以溶液狀態獲得(C-5)。 (B-5) 8.0 g, sulfur 2.8 g, sodium hydrogencarbonate 7.4 g, dimethylacetamide 160 mL, acetonitrile 80 mL, and water 80 mL were mixed, and the internal temperature was raised to 40 ° C, and Stir at the same temperature for 1 hour. After cooling the reaction liquid to 25 ° C, the insoluble matter was filtered to obtain (C-5) in a solution state.

(3)中間物(T-1)的合成: (3) Synthesis of intermediate (T-1):

將丙酮100mL冷卻至內溫為0℃後添加三聚氯化氰18.4g。繼而,使苯胺2,5-二磺酸(2,5-Disulfoaniline)27.5g、碳酸鈉10.6g溶解於95g的水中,於內溫為0℃-4℃以下歷時30分鐘滴加。於內溫為0℃-5℃下攪拌2.5小時後,於內溫為5℃以下滴加甲醇200mL、異丙醇200mL,對所析出的不溶物進行過濾後,以(T-1)的溶液狀態獲得。 After 100 mL of acetone was cooled to an internal temperature of 0 ° C, 18.4 g of cyanuric chloride was added. Then, 27.5 g of aniline 2,5-disulfoaniline and 10.6 g of sodium carbonate were dissolved in 95 g of water, and the mixture was added dropwise at an internal temperature of 0 ° C to 4 ° C for 30 minutes. After stirring at an internal temperature of 0 ° C to 5 ° C for 2.5 hours, 200 mL of methanol and 200 mL of isopropyl alcohol were added dropwise at an internal temperature of 5 ° C or lower, and the precipitated insoluble matter was filtered to obtain a solution of (T-1). Status is obtained.

(4)中間物(T-2)的合成: (4) Synthesis of intermediate (T-2):

於將上述合成例1-(3)中所獲得的(T-1)維持為內溫20℃的狀態下滴加(C-5)240.0g。滴加後將內溫昇溫至30℃為止並攪拌2.0小時。於內溫為30℃-35℃下歷時1小時滴加異丙醇2.3L後,於相同溫度下攪拌30分鐘。對反應液進行過濾,然後利用異丙醇進行清洗,進行乾燥後獲得(T-2)24.0g。 In the state in which (T-1) obtained in the above Synthesis Example 1-(3) was maintained at an internal temperature of 20 ° C, (C-5) 240.0 g was added dropwise. After the dropwise addition, the internal temperature was raised to 30 ° C and stirred for 2.0 hours. After 2.3 L of isopropanol was added dropwise at an internal temperature of 30 ° C to 35 ° C for 1 hour, the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction liquid was filtered, washed with isopropyl alcohol, and dried to obtain (T-2) 24.0 g.

(5)中間物(T-3)的合成: (5) Synthesis of intermediate (T-3):

於室溫下使牛磺酸8.0g及碳酸鈉6.8g完全溶解於水650mL中,然後將(T-2)24.0g以粉體添加至該溶液中。將內溫昇溫至100℃為止並於相同溫度下攪拌1.5小時。將反應液冷卻至25℃為止,而以溶液狀態獲得中間物(T-3)。 8.0 g of taurine and 6.8 g of sodium carbonate were completely dissolved in 650 mL of water at room temperature, and then (T-2) 24.0 g was added as a powder to the solution. The internal temperature was raised to 100 ° C and stirred at the same temperature for 1.5 hours. The reaction liquid was cooled to 25 ° C, and an intermediate (T-3) was obtained in a solution state.

(6)中間物(f-6)的合成: (6) Synthesis of intermediate (f-6):

向2-胺基苄腈(e-1)4.4g中添加水58mL並於室溫下進行攪拌,滴加12M鹽酸水10.5mL後,將反應液冷卻至內溫為0℃為止。一面將內溫保持為0℃-4℃,一面滴加亞硝酸鈉2.8g的25%水溶液並於內溫為0℃-5℃下攪拌1.5小時。其後,添加脲0.4g並攪拌15分鐘而獲得重氮鹽溶液。除上述重氮鹽溶液以外,向中間物(T-3)中添加水300mL,將內溫冷卻至2℃為止後,於內溫為2℃-4℃下歷時15分鐘滴加先前所製備的重氮鹽溶液。將內溫保持為2℃-4℃並攪拌2小時後,以溶液狀態獲得(f-6)。 58 mL of water was added to 4.4 g of 2-aminobenzonitrile (e-1), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature, and 10.5 mL of 12 M hydrochloric acid water was added dropwise thereto, and the reaction liquid was cooled to an internal temperature of 0 °C. While maintaining the internal temperature at 0 ° C to 4 ° C, a 25% aqueous solution of 2.8 g of sodium nitrite was added dropwise thereto, and the mixture was stirred at an internal temperature of 0 ° C to 5 ° C for 1.5 hours. Thereafter, 0.4 g of urea was added and stirred for 15 minutes to obtain a diazonium salt solution. In addition to the above diazonium salt solution, 300 mL of water was added to the intermediate (T-3), and after cooling the internal temperature to 2 ° C, the previously prepared mixture was added dropwise at an internal temperature of 2 ° C to 4 ° C for 15 minutes. Diazonium salt solution. After the internal temperature was maintained at 2 ° C to 4 ° C and stirred for 2 hours, (f-6) was obtained in a solution state.

(7)BLACK-11的合成: (7) Synthesis of BLACK-11:

於室溫下對上述合成例1-(6)中所獲得的(f-6)進行攪拌,使中間物(G)17.7g完全溶解於水60mL後滴加。於內溫為22℃下滴加亞硝酸異戊酯4.5g,並於相同溫度下攪拌30分鐘。其後,進而滴加亞硝酸異戊酯0.2g並於內溫為22℃下攪拌2小時。對反應液進行除塵過濾而將不溶物去除後,向反應液中添加二甲基乙醯胺183mL,進而歷時30分鐘滴加異丙醇1.1L。對漿料狀的反應液進行過濾後,利用甲醇2L進行清洗而獲得粗(BLACK-11)。 (f-6) obtained in the above Synthesis Example 1-(6) was stirred at room temperature, and 17.7 g of the intermediate (G) was completely dissolved in 60 mL of water, followed by dropwise addition. 4.5 g of isoamyl nitrite was added dropwise at an internal temperature of 22 ° C, and stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. Thereafter, 0.2 g of isoamyl nitrite was further added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at an internal temperature of 22 ° C for 2 hours. After the reaction liquid was subjected to dust filtration and removal of the insoluble matter, 183 mL of dimethylacetamide was added to the reaction liquid, and 1.1 L of isopropanol was added dropwise over 30 minutes. The slurry-like reaction liquid was filtered, and then washed with 2 L of methanol to obtain crude (BLACK-11).

向該粗體中添加水220mL來進行溶解,然後滴加異丙醇370mL並再次進行過濾而獲得濕濾餅(wet cake)。使該濕濾餅完全溶解於水220mL中,添加1N-氫氧化鋰水溶液來將pH值調整成8.3(25℃)後,添加甲醇100mL並進行除塵過濾。將該溶液昇溫至內溫為40℃,並於相同溫度下滴加飽和氯化鋰-異丙醇溶液300mL,對所析出的結晶進行過濾而獲得濕結晶。向所獲得的濕結晶中添加水170mL、甲醇100mL,一面於內溫為40℃下進行攪拌一面滴加飽和氯化鋰-異丙醇溶液430mL,然後濾取所析出的結晶。利用異丙醇500mL進行清洗後,於40℃下乾燥12小時,而獲得精(BLACK-11)M:Li/Na≒70/30(mol/mol)11.3g。 To the crude body, 220 mL of water was added to dissolve, and then 370 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added dropwise and filtered again to obtain a wet cake. The wet cake was completely dissolved in 220 mL of water, and a 1 N-aqueous lithium hydroxide solution was added thereto to adjust the pH to 8.3 (25 ° C), and then 100 mL of methanol was added thereto to carry out dust filtration. The solution was heated to an internal temperature of 40 ° C, and 300 mL of a saturated lithium chloride-isopropanol solution was added dropwise at the same temperature, and the precipitated crystals were filtered to obtain a wet crystal. 170 mL of water and 100 mL of methanol were added to the obtained wet crystals, and 430 mL of a saturated lithium chloride-isopropanol solution was added dropwise while stirring at an internal temperature of 40 ° C, and the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration. After washing with 500 mL of isopropyl alcohol, it was dried at 40 ° C for 12 hours to obtain 11.3 g of fine (BLACK-11) M:Li/Na≒70/30 (mol/mol).

另外,針對以上述方式獲得的BLACK-11(M:Li/Na≒70/30(mol/mol)),使用鋰鹽型離子交換樹脂(奧加諾(Organo)公司製造,將IR-120B變成Li型者)來獲得BLACK-11(M:Li(即,M均為Li))。 In addition, for BLACK-11 (M:Li/Na≒70/30 (mol/mol)) obtained in the above manner, a lithium salt type ion exchange resin (manufactured by Organo Co., Ltd.) was used, and IR-120B was changed. Li type) to obtain BLACK-11 (M: Li (ie, M is Li)).

[合成例2] [Synthesis Example 2]

以下表示BLACK-32(M:Li)的合成流程。 The synthesis flow of BLACK-32 (M: Li) is shown below.

(1)中間物(B-11)的合成: (1) Synthesis of intermediate (B-11):

向硫脲12.5g與水120ml中添加原料(A-11;和光純藥品)40g,並於70℃下攪拌5小時。濾取所析出的結晶,添加5%NaOH 溶液400ml,於室溫下攪拌3小時後,進行過濾,而獲得中間物(B-11)的黃色結晶35.5g。 40 g of a raw material (A-11; Wako Pure Chemicals) was added to 12.5 g of thiourea and 120 ml of water, and the mixture was stirred at 70 ° C for 5 hours. Filtration of the precipitated crystals, adding 5% NaOH 400 ml of the solution was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and then filtered to obtain 35.5 g of a yellow crystal of intermediate (B-11).

(2)中間物(C-11)的合成: (2) Synthesis of intermediate (C-11):

對還原鐵57.0g、氯化銨5.0g、水35ml及異丙醇250ml進行30分鐘回流,然後添加中間物(B-11)22.0g,並進行1小時回流攪拌。過濾後,進行濃縮,而獲得中間物(C-11)的黃色結晶15.0g。 57.0 g of reduced iron, 5.0 g of ammonium chloride, 35 ml of water, and 250 ml of isopropyl alcohol were refluxed for 30 minutes, and then 22.0 g of an intermediate (B-11) was added thereto, followed by reflux stirring for 1 hour. After filtration, concentration was carried out to obtain 15.0 g of yellow crystals of Intermediate (C-11).

(3)中間物(D-11)的合成 (3) Synthesis of intermediate (D-11)

將中間物(C-11)9.6g添加至丙酮125mL中,並於內溫為50℃下進行攪拌而使其溶解。利用冰浴將內溫冷卻至4℃為止後,歷時15分鐘滴加乙酸酐5.6g。昇溫至室溫為止後,添加水50mL,並於減壓下餾去丙酮。濾取結晶後利用50mL的水清洗2次,然後於80℃下乾燥6小時而獲得中間物(D-11)的白色結晶9.9g。 9.6 g of the intermediate (C-11) was added to 125 mL of acetone, and the mixture was stirred at an internal temperature of 50 ° C to be dissolved. After cooling the internal temperature to 4 ° C in an ice bath, 5.6 g of acetic anhydride was added dropwise over 15 minutes. After warming to room temperature, 50 mL of water was added, and acetone was distilled off under reduced pressure. After crystallization was collected by filtration, it was washed twice with 50 mL of water, and then dried at 80 ° C for 6 hours to obtain 9.9 g of white crystals of intermediate (D-11).

(4)中間物(F-11)的合成 (4) Synthesis of intermediate (F-11)

將中間物(E-11)4.3g添加至水43mL中並於室溫下進行攪拌。滴加12N鹽酸4.0mL後,將內溫冷卻至4℃為止。向其中滴加亞硝酸鈉0.9g的水溶液3mL後於5℃以下攪拌2小時。其後,添加脲0.1g並於內溫為4℃下攪拌15分鐘而獲得重氮溶液。另外,使中間物(D-11)2.4g與乙酸鋰8.6g溶解於甲醇55mL與二甲基乙醯胺3.5mL中,然後將內溫冷卻至5℃以下為止。於內溫為5℃以下歷時5分鐘滴加重氮溶液。攪拌1.5小時後,添加氯化鋰15.0g,繼而滴加異丙醇150mL。濾取結晶後利用異丙醇100 mL進行清洗。於80℃下進行乾燥後,獲得中間物(F-11)的茶色結晶5.4g。 4.3 g of the intermediate (E-11) was added to 43 mL of water and stirred at room temperature. After dropwise adding 4.0 mL of 12N hydrochloric acid, the internal temperature was cooled to 4 °C. 3 mL of an aqueous solution of 0.9 g of sodium nitrite was added dropwise thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 5 ° C or lower for 2 hours. Thereafter, 0.1 g of urea was added and stirred at an internal temperature of 4 ° C for 15 minutes to obtain a diazo solution. Further, 2.4 g of the intermediate (D-11) and 8.6 g of lithium acetate were dissolved in 55 mL of methanol and 3.5 mL of dimethylacetamide, and then the internal temperature was cooled to 5 ° C or lower. The diazo solution was added dropwise over 5 minutes at an internal temperature of 5 ° C or less. After stirring for 1.5 hours, 15.0 g of lithium chloride was added, followed by dropwise addition of 150 mL of isopropyl alcohol. Isopropanol 100 after filtration and crystallization The mL is cleaned. After drying at 80 ° C, 5.4 g of a brown crystal of the intermediate (F-11) was obtained.

(5)BLACK-32的合成 (5) Synthesis of BLACK-32

利用12N鹽酸將中間物(F-11)5.0g、中間物(G)3.8g及水50mL的溶液調整成pH為2以下,然後於內溫為35℃~40℃下滴加亞硝酸異戊酯1.5g。於內溫為40℃下攪拌4小時後,添加氯化鋰20g,繼而滴加異丙醇25mL。將內溫冷卻至25℃為止,濾取結晶後,利用異丙醇50mL進行清洗。將該結晶添加水60mL,將內溫昇溫至40℃為止後,滴加異丙醇100mL。將內溫冷卻至25℃為止後濾取結晶。將所獲得的結晶添加至水35mL中,以pH變成8.3的方式添加4M氫氧化鋰水溶液。向該溶液中滴加異丙醇250mL,然後濾取所析出的結晶。利用異丙醇30mL進行清洗後,於80℃下進行乾燥而獲得(BLACK-32)(M:Li)的黑色結晶2.7g。 The solution of 5.0 g of intermediate (F-11), 3.8 g of intermediate (G) and 50 mL of water was adjusted to pH 2 or lower by using 12N hydrochloric acid, and then isopentyl nitrite was added dropwise at an internal temperature of 35 ° C to 40 ° C. Ester 1.5g. After stirring at an internal temperature of 40 ° C for 4 hours, 20 g of lithium chloride was added, followed by dropwise addition of 25 mL of isopropyl alcohol. The internal temperature was cooled to 25 ° C, and the crystals were collected by filtration, and then washed with 50 mL of isopropyl alcohol. 60 mL of water was added to the crystal, and the internal temperature was raised to 40 ° C, and then 100 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added dropwise. After cooling the internal temperature to 25 ° C, the crystals were collected by filtration. The obtained crystal was added to 35 mL of water, and a 4 M aqueous lithium hydroxide solution was added so that the pH became 8.3. To the solution, 250 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added dropwise, and the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration. After washing with 30 mL of isopropyl alcohol, it was dried at 80 ° C to obtain 2.7 g of black crystals of (BLACK-32) (M:Li).

[合成例3] [Synthesis Example 3]

以下表示BLACK-31(M:Li)的合成流程。 The synthesis flow of BLACK-31 (M: Li) is shown below.

(1)中間物(B-12)的合成: (1) Synthesis of intermediate (B-12):

將對胺基苯乙酮(A-12;東京化成品)20.3g添加至乙腈150mL中,並於室溫下進行攪拌,藉此使其完全溶解。繼而,添加吡啶13.4mL,於冰浴下將內溫保持為4℃。滴加乙酸酐11.8g,並 於內溫為4℃下攪拌15分鐘。向反應液中添加水300mL,繼而添加12N鹽酸5mL,然後濾取結晶。利用水100mL對結晶進行清洗後,於80℃下進行乾燥而獲得中間物(B-12)的白色結晶18.6g。 20.3 g of aminoacetophenone (A-12; finished product of Tokyo Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added to 150 mL of acetonitrile, and stirred at room temperature to completely dissolve it. Then, 13.4 mL of pyridine was added, and the internal temperature was maintained at 4 ° C under an ice bath. Adding 11.8 g of acetic anhydride dropwise, and Stir for 15 minutes at an internal temperature of 4 °C. 300 mL of water was added to the reaction liquid, followed by the addition of 5 mL of 12N hydrochloric acid, followed by filtration of crystals. The crystal was washed with 100 mL of water, and then dried at 80 ° C to obtain 18.6 g of a white crystal of the intermediate (B-12).

(2)中間物(C-12)的合成: (2) Synthesis of intermediate (C-12):

向安裝有迪安-斯塔克分水器(Dean-Stark trap)的100mL的三口燒瓶中投入中間物(B-12)17.7g、丙二腈7.3g、乙酸4.6mL、乙酸銨1.5g與甲苯20mL,並於125℃的油浴中進行回流。攪拌1小時後,追加添加乙酸4.6mL與乙酸銨1.5g,並於回流條件下攪拌2小時。放置冷卻後,添加甲醇30mL,並於冰浴中攪拌30分鐘。濾取結晶後,利用冷甲醇20mL進行清洗後進行乾燥。獲得中間物(C-12)的白色結晶12.1g。 Into a 100 mL three-necked flask equipped with a Dean-Stark trap, 17.7 g of an intermediate (B-12), 7.3 g of malononitrile, 4.6 mL of acetic acid, and 1.5 g of ammonium acetate were placed. Toluene (20 mL) was refluxed in an oil bath at 125 °C. After stirring for 1 hour, 4.6 mL of acetic acid and 1.5 g of ammonium acetate were additionally added, and the mixture was stirred under reflux for 2 hours. After standing to cool, 30 mL of methanol was added and stirred in an ice bath for 30 minutes. After crystallization was collected by filtration, it was washed with 20 mL of cold methanol and then dried. 12.1 g of white crystals of Intermediate (C-12) were obtained.

(3)中間物(D-12)的合成 (3) Synthesis of intermediate (D-12)

向中間物(C-12)11.3g與乙醇20mL的溶液中添加硫1.5g,繼而滴加三乙胺6.6mL。於內溫為50℃下攪拌30分鐘後,添加乙酸乙酯500mL與水300mL,振盪後,實施分液。向有機層中添加食鹽水200mL,振盪後進行分液,然後向有機層中添加硫酸鎂並進行乾燥。餾去有機溶劑後,添加異丙醇50mL,懸濁攪拌後濾取結晶。於80℃下進行乾燥後,獲得中間物(D-12)的白色結晶8.1g。 To a solution of 11.3 g of an intermediate (C-12) and 20 mL of ethanol, 1.5 g of sulfur was added, followed by dropwise addition of 6.6 mL of triethylamine. After stirring at an internal temperature of 50 ° C for 30 minutes, 500 mL of ethyl acetate and 300 mL of water were added, and after shaking, liquid separation was carried out. 200 mL of brine was added to the organic layer, and after shaking, liquid separation was performed, and then magnesium sulfate was added to the organic layer and dried. After distilling off the organic solvent, 50 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added, and the mixture was suspended and suspended, and the crystals were collected by filtration. After drying at 80 ° C, 8.1 g of a white crystal of Intermediate (D-12) was obtained.

(4)中間物(F-12)的合成 (4) Synthesis of intermediate (F-12)

將中間物(E-11)6.0g添加至水60mL中並於室溫下進行攪拌,滴加12N鹽酸5.6mL後,冷卻至內溫為4℃為止。於內溫為 5℃以下滴加亞硝酸鈉1.3g的水溶液4mL。於內溫為5℃以下攪拌2小時後,添加脲0.1g,然後攪拌15分鐘而獲得重氮溶液。 6.0 g of the intermediate (E-11) was added to 60 mL of water and stirred at room temperature, and 5.6 mL of 12N hydrochloric acid was added dropwise thereto, followed by cooling to an internal temperature of 4 °C. At the internal temperature 4 mL of an aqueous solution of 1.3 g of sodium nitrite was added dropwise at 5 ° C or lower. After stirring at an internal temperature of 5 ° C or lower for 2 hours, 0.1 g of urea was added, followed by stirring for 15 minutes to obtain a diazo solution.

另外,於室溫下使中間物(D-12)3.4g與乙酸鋰12.0g溶解於甲醇90mL與二甲基乙醯胺10mL中,將內溫冷卻至4℃為止後,於內溫為5℃以下歷時15分鐘滴加先前的重氮溶液。於內溫為4℃以下攪拌1.5小時後,添加氯化鋰20.0g,然後滴加乙腈75mL。濾取結晶後,利用乙腈進行清洗。使用異丙醇75mL,於內溫為50℃下對單離結晶進行懸濁清洗。濾取結晶後利用異丙醇進行清洗。於80℃下進行乾燥後,獲得中間物(F-12)的茶色結晶6.4g。 Further, 3.4 g of the intermediate (D-12) and 12.0 g of lithium acetate were dissolved in 90 mL of methanol and 10 mL of dimethylacetamide at room temperature, and the internal temperature was cooled to 4 ° C, and then the internal temperature was 5 The previous diazonium solution was added dropwise over 15 minutes at °C. After the internal temperature was stirred at 4 ° C or lower for 1.5 hours, 20.0 g of lithium chloride was added, and then 75 mL of acetonitrile was added dropwise. After crystallization was collected by filtration, it was washed with acetonitrile. The isolated crystals were suspended by using 75 mL of isopropyl alcohol at an internal temperature of 50 °C. The crystals were collected by filtration and washed with isopropyl alcohol. After drying at 80 ° C, 6.4 g of a brown crystal of the intermediate (F-12) was obtained.

(5)BLACK-31的合成 (5) Synthesis of BLACK-31

利用12N鹽酸水將中間物(F-12)5.0g與中間物(G)3.7g及水50mL的溶液調整成pH為2以下,於內溫為35℃-40℃下滴加亞硝酸異戊酯1.2g。於內溫為40℃下攪拌3小時後,添加氯化鋰50.0g並將內溫冷卻至25℃為止。濾取結晶後,利用異丙醇150mL進行清洗。將單離結晶添加至甲醇200mL中,將內溫昇溫至40℃為止後,滴加乙腈800mL。滴加後攪拌15分鐘,然後將內溫冷卻至25℃為止。濾取結晶後,添加至水150mL中,然後於室溫下滴加異丙醇450mL。濾取結晶後,添加至水50mL中,然後添加4M氫氧化鋰水溶液直至pH變成8.3為止。向該溶液中滴加異丙醇150mL,然後濾取所析出的結晶。利用異丙醇50mL進行清洗後,於80℃下進行乾燥而獲得(BLACK-31)(M:Li)的 黑色結晶4.3g。 The solution of 5.0 g of intermediate (F-12) and 3.7 g of intermediate (G) and 50 mL of water was adjusted to pH 2 or less with 12N hydrochloric acid water, and isoamyl nitrite was added dropwise at an internal temperature of 35 ° C to 40 ° C. Ester 1.2 g. After stirring at an internal temperature of 40 ° C for 3 hours, 50.0 g of lithium chloride was added and the internal temperature was cooled to 25 ° C. After crystallization was collected by filtration, it was washed with 150 mL of isopropyl alcohol. The isolated crystals were added to 200 mL of methanol, and the internal temperature was raised to 40 ° C, and then 800 mL of acetonitrile was added dropwise. After the dropwise addition, the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes, and then the internal temperature was cooled to 25 °C. After crystallization was collected by filtration, it was added to 150 mL of water, and then 450 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added dropwise at room temperature. After crystallization was collected by filtration, it was added to 50 mL of water, and then a 4 M aqueous lithium hydroxide solution was added until the pH became 8.3. To the solution, 150 mL of isopropyl alcohol was added dropwise, and the precipitated crystals were collected by filtration. After washing with 50 mL of isopropyl alcohol, it was dried at 80 ° C to obtain (BLACK-31) (M: Li). Black crystals 4.3g.

其次,對本發明的酞菁系色素衍生物的合成法進行詳細說明,但起始物質、色素中間物及合成途徑並無限定。 Next, the synthesis method of the phthalocyanine-based dye derivative of the present invention will be described in detail, but the starting material, the dye intermediate, and the synthesis route are not limited.

本發明的酞菁化合物例如可根據下述合成途徑而衍生出。於以下的實施例中,λmax為最大吸收波長,εmax是指最大吸收波長下的莫耳吸光係數。 The phthalocyanine compound of the present invention can be derived, for example, according to the following synthetic route. In the following examples, λmax is the maximum absorption wavelength, and εmax is the molar absorption coefficient at the maximum absorption wavelength.

[合成例4] [Synthesis Example 4]

(1)化合物(A)的合成 (1) Synthesis of Compound (A)

於氮氣氣流下,使4-硝基鄰苯二腈(東京化成)26.0g溶解於200mL的二甲基亞碸(Dimethyl sulfoxide,DMSO)中,於以20℃的內溫進行攪拌的過程中,添加30.3g的3-巰基-丙烷-磺酸鈉(艾爾迪希(Aldrich))。繼而,於以20℃的內溫進行攪拌的過 程中,緩慢地添加24.4g的無水碳酸鈉。一面對反應液進行攪拌,一面增溫至30℃為止,並於相同溫度下攪拌1小時。冷卻至20℃為止後,利用吸濾器對反應液進行過濾,將濾液倒出至15000mL的乙酸乙酯中進行晶析,繼而於室溫下攪拌30分鐘,並利用吸濾器對所析出的粗結晶進行過濾,然後利用乙酸乙酯進行清洗,並加以乾燥。自甲醇/乙酸乙酯中對所獲得的粗結晶進行再結晶,而獲得42.5g的化合物A。1H-NMR(DMSO-d6)、δ值TMS基準:1.9~2.0(2H,t);2.5~2.6(2H,m);3.2~3.3(2H,t);7.75~7.85(1H,d);7.93~8.03(1H,d);8.05~8.13(1H,s) 26.0 g of 4-nitrophthalonitrile (Tokyo Chemicals Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 200 mL of Dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) under a nitrogen gas stream, and stirred at an internal temperature of 20 ° C. 30.3 g of sodium 3-mercapto-propane-sulfonate (Aldrich) was added. Then, 24.4 g of anhydrous sodium carbonate was slowly added during the stirring at an internal temperature of 20 °C. While stirring the reaction solution, the temperature was raised to 30 ° C and stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour. After cooling to 20 ° C, the reaction solution was filtered with a suction filter, and the filtrate was poured into 15000 mL of ethyl acetate to carry out crystallization, followed by stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, and the precipitated crude crystals were separated by a suction filter. It was filtered, washed with ethyl acetate, and dried. The obtained crude crystals were recrystallized from methanol / ethyl acetate to give 42.5 g of Compound A. 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6), δ value TMS benchmark: 1.9~2.0 (2H, t); 2.5~2.6 (2H, m); 3.2~3.3 (2H, t); 7.75~7.85 (1H, d) ;7.93~8.03(1H,d);8.05~8.13(1H,s)

(2)化合物(B)的合成 (2) Synthesis of Compound (B)

使42.0g的化合物(A)溶解於300mL的乙酸中,於以20℃的內溫進行攪拌的過程中,添加2.5g的Na2WO4.2H2O,然後於冰浴中冷卻至內溫為10℃為止。繼而,一面對發熱加以注意一面緩慢地滴加32mL的過氧化氫水(30%)。於內溫為15℃~20℃下攪拌30分鐘後,將反應液增溫至內溫為60℃為止,並於相同溫度下攪拌1小時。冷卻至20℃為止後,將1500mL的乙酸乙酯注入至反應液中,繼而於相同溫度下攪拌30分鐘後,利用吸濾器對所析出的粗結晶進行過濾,然後利用200mL的乙酸乙酯進行清洗,並加以乾燥。使用甲醇/乙酸乙酯對所獲得的粗結晶進行加熱清洗後加以精製,而獲得40.0g的化合物B。1H-NMR(DMSO-d6)、δ值TMS基準:1.8~1.9(2H,t);2.4~2.5(2H,m);3.6~3.7(2H,t);8.3~8.4(1H,d);8.4~8.5(1H,d);8.6~8.7(1H,s) 42.0 g of the compound (A) was dissolved in 300 mL of acetic acid, and during the stirring at an internal temperature of 20 ° C, 2.5 g of Na 2 WO 4 was added . 2H 2 O, then cooled in an ice bath until the internal temperature was 10 °C. Then, 32 mL of hydrogen peroxide water (30%) was slowly added dropwise while paying attention to the fever. After stirring at an internal temperature of 15 ° C to 20 ° C for 30 minutes, the reaction solution was warmed to an internal temperature of 60 ° C, and stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour. After cooling to 20 ° C, 1500 mL of ethyl acetate was poured into the reaction liquid, followed by stirring at the same temperature for 30 minutes, and then the precipitated crude crystal was filtered by a suction filter, and then washed with 200 mL of ethyl acetate. And dry it. The obtained crude crystals were heated and washed with methanol/ethyl acetate, and then purified to obtain 40.0 g of Compound B. 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6), δ value TMS benchmark: 1.8~1.9 (2H, t); 2.4~2.5 (2H, m); 3.6~3.7 (2H, t); 8.3~8.4 (1H, d) ;8.4~8.5(1H,d);8.6~8.7(1H,s)

(3)例示化合物102β(通式(1)的染料1A)的合成 (3) Synthesis of exemplified compound 102β (dye 1A of the general formula (1))

向帶有冷卻管的三口燒瓶中添加正戊醇70mL,並向其中添加化合物B 6.7g、氯化銅(II)1.0g,一面進行攪拌一面於室溫下滴加7.0mL的1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一烯(DBU)。繼而,將反應液增溫至內溫為100℃為止,並於相同溫度下攪拌10小時。冷卻至40℃為止後,注入50℃的經增溫的甲醇250mL,並於回流下攪拌1小時。繼而,將反應液冷卻至室溫為止後,利用吸濾器對所獲得的固體進行過濾,然後利用200mL的甲醇進行清洗。繼而,將所獲得的固體添加至藉由氯化鈉而飽和的100mL的1M鹽酸水溶液中,使未反應的銅鹽溶出。對不溶物進行過濾後,向濾液中滴加300mL的甲醇並進行晶析後,利用吸濾器對所得的粗結晶進行過濾,然後利用200mL的甲醇進行清洗。使粗結晶溶解於50mL的水中後,一面對水溶液進行攪拌,一面緩慢地添加乙酸鈉的飽和甲醇溶液100mL來進行造鹽。進而,一面進行攪拌一面增溫至回流溫度為止,並於相同溫度下攪拌1小時。冷卻至室溫為止後,對所析出的結晶進行過濾,然後利用甲醇進行清洗。繼而,向80%甲醇100mL中添加所獲得的結晶,並於回流下攪拌1小時,冷卻至室溫為止後,對所析出的結晶進行過濾,進而,向70%甲醇水溶液100mL中添加所獲得的結晶,並進行1小時回流攪拌,冷卻至室溫為止後,對所析出的結晶進行過濾,利用甲醇100mL進行清洗後加以乾燥,而獲得作為藍色結晶的3.8g的例示化合物102β。 70 mL of n-pentanol was added to a three-necked flask equipped with a cooling tube, and 6.7 g of a compound B and 1.0 g of copper (II) chloride were added thereto, and 7.0 mL of 1,8- was added dropwise at room temperature while stirring. Diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene (DBU). Then, the reaction liquid was warmed to an internal temperature of 100 ° C, and stirred at the same temperature for 10 hours. After cooling to 40 ° C, 250 mL of warmed methanol at 50 ° C was poured and stirred under reflux for 1 hour. Then, after cooling the reaction liquid to room temperature, the obtained solid was filtered by a suction filter, and then washed with 200 mL of methanol. Then, the obtained solid was added to 100 mL of a 1 M aqueous hydrochloric acid solution saturated with sodium chloride to elute the unreacted copper salt. After filtering the insoluble matter, 300 mL of methanol was added dropwise to the filtrate to carry out crystallization, and the obtained crude crystals were filtered by a suction filter, and then washed with 200 mL of methanol. After the crude crystals were dissolved in 50 mL of water, 100 mL of a saturated methanol solution of sodium acetate was slowly added while stirring the aqueous solution to carry out salt formation. Further, while stirring, the temperature was raised to the reflux temperature, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour. After cooling to room temperature, the precipitated crystals were filtered and washed with methanol. Then, the obtained crystal was added to 100 mL of methanol (100 mL), and the mixture was stirred under reflux for 1 hour, and after cooling to room temperature, the precipitated crystal was filtered, and the obtained crystal was added to 100 mL of a 70% methanol aqueous solution. After crystallizing, the mixture was refluxed for 1 hour, and after cooling to room temperature, the precipitated crystal was filtered, washed with 100 mL of methanol, and dried to obtain 3.8 g of the exemplified compound 102β as a blue crystal.

λmax(最大吸收波長):629.1nm;εmax(最大吸收波長下的莫耳吸光係數)=6.19×104(水溶液中)。對所獲得的化合物進行分析(利用質量分析法:電灑游離質譜法(Electrospray Ionization-Mass Spectrometry,ESI-MS)、元素分析、中和滴定等各種機器分析方法進行測定)的結果,可確認本說明書中所定義的酞菁銅(II)-取代位置為β-位取代型{於各個苯核的(2位或3位)、(6位或7位)、(10位或11位)、(14位或15位)上具有1個-{SO2-(CH2)3-SO3Na}基,於銅酞菁的一分子中具有合計4個-{SO2-(CH2)3-SO3Na}基}。 Λmax (maximum absorption wavelength): 629.1 nm; εmax (mole absorption coefficient at the maximum absorption wavelength) = 6.19 × 10 4 (in an aqueous solution). The obtained compound was analyzed (measured by various analytical methods such as mass spectrometry: Electrospray Ionization-Mass Spectrometry (ESI-MS), elemental analysis, and neutralization titration), and the results were confirmed. The copper(II)-substituted position of the phthalocyanine as defined in the specification is a β-position substitution type {(2 or 3 position), (6 or 7 position), (10 or 11 position) of each benzene nucleus, (14 or 15) has 1 -{SO 2 -(CH 2 ) 3 -SO 3 Na} group, and has a total of 4 -{SO 2 -(CH 2 ) 3 in one molecule of copper phthalocyanine -SO 3 Na} base}.

(合成例5) (Synthesis Example 5)

本發明的由式(YELLOW-1)(於下述流程中記載為式(Y-1))所表示的染料例如可根據下述合成途徑而衍生出。 The dye represented by the formula (YELLOW-1) (described as the formula (Y-1) in the following scheme) of the present invention can be derived, for example, according to the following synthesis route.

於以下的實施例中,λmax為最大吸收波長,εmax是指最大吸收波長下的莫耳吸光係數。 In the following examples, λmax is the maximum absorption wavelength, and εmax is the molar absorption coefficient at the maximum absorption wavelength.

於室溫下,向DMF(N,N-二甲基甲醯胺)450mL與1,2-二氯乙烷24.75g中添加化合物(a)(2-胺基-5-巰基-1,3,4-噻二唑(和光純藥工業(股份)製造/產品目錄編號019-11125))76.5g, 添加碳酸鉀79.5g後昇溫至70℃為止,並於相同溫度下攪拌30分鐘。繼而,歷時10分鐘將80℃的溫水375mL滴加至上述反應液中,然後將內溫冷卻至25℃為止。濾取所析出的結晶,利用離子交換水250mL進行清洗,繼而利用甲醇150mL進行清洗,然後於70℃下乾燥一夜而獲得化合物(b)65.1g。 Add compound (a) (2-amino-5-mercapto-1,3) to 450 mL of DMF (N,N-dimethylformamide) and 24.75 g of 1,2-dichloroethane at room temperature. , 4-thiadiazole (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. / Catalog No. 019-11125)) 76.5g, After adding 79.5 g of potassium carbonate, the temperature was raised to 70 ° C, and stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. Then, 375 mL of warm water of 80 ° C was dropwise added to the above reaction liquid over 10 minutes, and then the internal temperature was cooled to 25 ° C. The precipitated crystals were collected by filtration, washed with 250 mL of ion-exchanged water, followed by washing with 150 mL of methanol, and then dried at 70 ° C overnight to obtain 65.1 g of compound (b).

使胺基間苯二甲酸((和光純藥工業(股份)製造/產品目錄編號322-26175))(A)181.2g懸濁於離子交換水1000ml中後,添加濃鹽酸257mL,並於冰浴中保持為5℃。向其中滴加亞硝酸鈉69.7g的水溶液116ml(反應液A)。於內溫為25℃下對亞硫酸鈉378.1g的水溶液1300ml進行攪拌,然後向其中注入上述反應液A。於該狀態下攪拌30分鐘後,將內溫加熱至30℃為止,然後攪拌60分鐘。向該反應液中添加鹽酸500mL,立即將內溫昇溫至50℃為止(反應液B)。於該狀態下攪拌90分鐘後,將三甲基乙醯基乙腈(東京化成(股份)製造/產品目錄編號P1112)125.2g與異丙醇100mL添加至上述反應液B中後,將內溫昇溫至93℃為止,然後攪拌240分鐘。冷卻至室溫為止後,對所析出的結晶(C)進行抽吸過濾,利用離子交換水1500mL對結晶進行清洗,繼而利用異丙醇1000mL對結晶進行清洗,然後進行乾燥。單離產率為223.5g。產率為73.7%。 After aminoisophthalic acid ((Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. manufacturing / catalog number 322-26175)) (A) 181.2g was suspended in 1000ml of ion-exchanged water, 257mL of concentrated hydrochloric acid was added, and it was ice bath Keep it at 5 °C. 116 ml of an aqueous solution of 69.7 g of sodium nitrite (reaction liquid A) was added dropwise thereto. 1300 ml of an aqueous solution of 378.1 g of sodium sulfite was stirred at an internal temperature of 25 ° C, and then the above reaction liquid A was poured thereinto. After stirring for 30 minutes in this state, the internal temperature was heated to 30 ° C, and then stirred for 60 minutes. 500 mL of hydrochloric acid was added to the reaction liquid, and the internal temperature was immediately raised to 50 ° C (reaction liquid B). After stirring for 90 minutes in this state, 125.2 g of trimethylacetamidoacetonitrile (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. / catalog number P1112) and 100 mL of isopropyl alcohol were added to the above reaction liquid B, and the internal temperature was raised. Until 93 ° C, then stir for 240 minutes. After cooling to room temperature, the precipitated crystals (C) were suction-filtered, and the crystals were washed with 1500 mL of ion-exchanged water, and then the crystals were washed with 1000 mL of isopropyl alcohol, followed by drying. The isolated yield was 223.5 g. The yield was 73.7%.

於室溫下,向甲磺酸100mL、乙酸120mL、丙酸180mL中添加化合物(b)29.2g,將內溫昇溫至45℃為止而製成均勻溶液後,將內溫冷卻至0℃為止。繼而,一面保持內溫為0℃~10℃, 一面將NaNO214.7g與離子交換水27mL的溶液滴加至上述均勻溶液中,於內溫為5℃下攪拌15分鐘,而製成重氮鹽。以保持內溫為0℃~10℃的速度,向事先自合成例2中所製作的偶合劑成分(C)60.6g、甲醇600mL、乙二醇600mL所製作的溶液中滴加上述重氮鹽溶液。繼而,於內溫為25℃下攪拌30分鐘。對所析出的結晶進行過濾,利用甲醇250mL進行清洗後,使粗結晶分散於650mL的水中,其後,於內溫為80℃下攪拌30分鐘後冷卻至室溫為止,然後進行過濾,利用水300mL進行清洗後,於60℃下乾燥一夜,而獲得64.47g的色素(D)。 To a solution of 100 mL of methanesulfonic acid, 120 mL of acetic acid, and 180 mL of propionic acid, 29.2 g of the compound (b) was added, and the internal temperature was raised to 45 ° C to obtain a homogeneous solution, and then the internal temperature was cooled to 0 ° C. Then, while maintaining the internal temperature at 0 ° C to 10 ° C, a solution of 14.7 g of NaNO 2 and 27 mL of ion-exchanged water was added dropwise to the above homogeneous solution, and the mixture was stirred at an internal temperature of 5 ° C for 15 minutes to prepare a diazo. salt. The diazonium salt was added dropwise to a solution prepared by previously preparing the coupling agent component (C) 60.6 g, methanol 600 mL, and ethylene glycol 600 mL prepared at a temperature of 0 ° C to 10 ° C in the internal temperature. Solution. Then, the mixture was stirred at an internal temperature of 25 ° C for 30 minutes. The precipitated crystals were filtered, washed with 250 mL of methanol, and then the crude crystals were dispersed in 650 mL of water, and then stirred at an internal temperature of 80 ° C for 30 minutes, then cooled to room temperature, and then filtered, using water. After washing with 300 mL, it was dried overnight at 60 ° C to obtain 64.47 g of a pigment (D).

於內溫為20℃~30℃下,向事先製備的KOH(錠劑)16.5g與離子交換水414.9mL的溶液中添加上述合成例3中所製作的色素(D)46.1g並使其溶解。 46.1 g of the dye (D) prepared in the above Synthesis Example 3 was added to and dissolved in a solution of 16.5 g of KOH (tablet) and 414.9 mL of ion-exchanged water prepared in advance at an internal temperature of 20 ° C to 30 ° C. .

繼而,於內溫為25℃下,將乙酸鉀40.0g與甲醇200mL的溶液滴加至上述色素水溶液中,繼而於相同溫度下攪拌10分鐘。其後,滴加IPA(異丙醇)2488mL來進行造鹽,於相同溫度下攪拌30分鐘後進行過濾,然後利用IPA500mL進行清洗,於70℃下乾燥一夜,而獲得44g的色素(YELLOW-1)的粗結晶。 Then, a solution of 40.0 g of potassium acetate and 200 mL of methanol was added dropwise to the above aqueous dye solution at an internal temperature of 25 ° C, followed by stirring at the same temperature for 10 minutes. Thereafter, 2488 mL of IPA (isopropyl alcohol) was added dropwise to carry out salt formation, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes, and then filtered, and then washed with IPA 500 mL, and dried at 70 ° C overnight to obtain 44 g of a pigment (YELLOW-1). The crude crystals.

於室溫下,使粗結晶(YELLOW-1)8.7g溶解於離子交換水78.3mL中後,使用0.1N鹽酸來將水溶液的pH值調整成8.5,利用0.2μm的薄膜過濾器進行過濾後,於內溫為25℃下向濾液中滴加IPA391.5mL。對所析出的結晶進行過濾,利用IPA100mL進行清洗後,於80℃下乾燥一夜,而獲得7.8g的色素 (YELLOW-1)的精結晶。{λmax:428nm(H2O),εmax:4.20×104}關於(YELLOW-2)及(YELLOW-3),亦可藉由與(YELLOW-1)相同的方法來合成。 After dissolving 8.7 g of crude crystals (YELLOW-1) in 78.3 mL of ion-exchanged water at room temperature, the pH of the aqueous solution was adjusted to 8.5 using 0.1 N hydrochloric acid, and filtered through a 0.2 μm membrane filter. IPA 391.5 mL was added dropwise to the filtrate at an internal temperature of 25 °C. The precipitated crystals were filtered, washed with 100 mL of IPA, and dried overnight at 80 ° C to obtain fine crystals of 7.8 g of a pigment (YELLOW-1). {λmax: 428 nm (H 2 O), ε max: 4.20 × 10 4 } With respect to (YELLOW-2) and (YELLOW-3), it can also be synthesized by the same method as (YELLOW-1).

[各墨水組成物的製備] [Preparation of each ink composition]

關於青色墨水組成物,向下述表5所示的酞菁染料、及以下所示的其他成分中添加去離子水而變成100g後,一面於30℃~40℃下進行加熱一面攪拌1小時。其後,利用NaOH10mol/L製備成PH=9,然後利用平均孔徑為0.25μm的微濾器進行減壓過濾而製備青色用墨水液。 The cyan ink composition was added to deionized water and added to 100 g of the phthalocyanine dye shown in the following Table 5 and the other components shown below, and the mixture was stirred while heating at 30 to 40 ° C for 1 hour. Thereafter, PH = 9 was prepared by using NaOH 10 mol/L, and then filtered under reduced pressure using a microfilter having an average pore diameter of 0.25 μm to prepare a cyan ink liquid.

酞菁染料(通式(1)的染料) Phthalocyanine dye (dye of formula (1))

酞菁染料(通式(2)的染料) Phthalocyanine dye (dye of formula (2))

關於黃色墨水組成物、洋紅色墨水組成物及黑色墨水組成物,根據以下的表1、表2、表4所示的組成,於常溫下將各成分攪拌30分鐘後,使用孔徑為1.0μm的薄膜過濾器對所獲得 的溶液進行過濾,藉此獲得各墨水組成物。再者,於表1、表2、表4中,各成分的數值表示將墨水組成物的質量設為100%時的各成分的質量%,進而,表示水的量的「剩餘」表示與水以外的成分相加合計變成100%的量。 With respect to the yellow ink composition, the magenta ink composition, and the black ink composition, the components were stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes according to the compositions shown in Tables 1, 2, and 4 below, and then the pore diameter was 1.0 μm. Membrane filter pair obtained The solution was filtered to thereby obtain each ink composition. In Tables 1, 2, and 4, the numerical value of each component indicates the mass % of each component when the mass of the ink composition is 100%, and the "residual" indicating the amount of water indicates water. The other components are added together in an amount of 100%.

以下表示各墨水組成物中所使用的化合物的詳細情況。 The details of the compounds used in the respective ink compositions are shown below.

‧TEGmBE:三乙二醇單丁醚 ‧TEGmBE: triethylene glycol monobutyl ether

‧DEGmBE:二乙二醇單丁醚 ‧DEGmBE: Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether

‧Acetylenol E100:乙炔二醇系界面活性劑,川研精細化學品(Kawaken Fine Chemicals)公司製造 ‧Acetylenol E100: acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Kawaken Fine Chemicals

‧Olfine E1010:乙炔二醇系界面活性劑,日信化學股份有限公司製造 ‧Olfine E1010: acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd.

‧Olfine PD001:乙炔二醇系界面活性劑,日信化學股份有限公司製造 ‧Olfine PD001: acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd.

‧Surfynol 104PG50:乙炔二醇系界面活性劑,氣體產品與化學公司製造 ‧Surfynol 104PG50: acetylene glycol surfactant, manufactured by Gas Products and Chemicals

‧PROXEL XL2:1,2-二苯并異噻唑啉-3-酮,奧麒(Arch)公司製造 ‧PROXEL XL2: 1,2-Dibenzoisothiazolin-3-one, manufactured by Arch

‧YELLOW-R1:C.I.直接黃132 ‧YELLOW-R1: C.I. Direct Yellow 132

‧YELLOW-R2:C.I.直接黃86 ‧YELLOW-R2: C.I. Direct Yellow 86

‧C.I.酸性紅289:東京化成公司製造 ‧C.I. Acid Red 289: Made by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.

‧C.I.酸性藍9:東京化成公司製造 ‧C.I. Acid Blue 9: Made by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.

比較化合物3(取代位置的比率α/β=50/50) Comparative compound 3 (ratio of substitution position α/β=50/50)

使用具有表1、表2、表4所示的組成的墨水組成物,並根據以下的表5所示的墨水組成物的組合,製作實施例1~實施例15、比較例1~比較例7的墨水套組。 The ink compositions having the compositions shown in Tables 1, 2, and 4 were used, and Examples 1 to 15 and Comparative Examples 1 to 7 were produced according to the combination of the ink compositions shown in Table 5 below. Ink set.

針對表5所示的墨水套組,如以下般進行該墨水套組中的各墨水組成物的墨水保存穩定性的評價。 With respect to the ink set shown in Table 5, the ink storage stability of each ink composition in the ink set was evaluated as follows.

另外,使用噴墨印表機Stylus Color 880(商標)(商品名,精工愛普生(Seiko Epson)股份有限公司製造),進而使用表5所示的墨水套組,將包含黃色(Y)、洋紅色(M)、青色(Cy)、及黑色(Bk),且濃度以各色的光密度(Optical Density,OD)值變 成0.7~1.8的方式階梯狀地變化的各色單色圖像圖案,以及綠色、紅色、灰色的圖像圖案印在噴墨專用記錄介質{照片用紙<光澤>(商品名,精工愛普生股份有限公司製造)}上。 In addition, using an inkjet printer Stylus Color 880 (trademark) (trade name, Seiko Epson Co., Ltd.), and further using the ink set shown in Table 5, it will contain yellow (Y), magenta (M), cyan (Cy), and black (Bk), and the concentration varies with the optical density (OD) of each color. A monochrome image pattern of various colors varying in a stepwise manner from 0.7 to 1.8, and an image pattern of green, red, and gray printed on an inkjet recording medium {photo paper <gloss> (trade name, Seiko Epson Co., Ltd.) Made)}.

[墨水保存穩定性] [Ink storage stability]

將墨水組成物保管於密閉容器中,並於室溫(18~20℃)下確認1個月間的保存穩定性。利用高效液相層析法(島津製作所製造的LC20)來測定保存前後的墨水中的色素含量(染料含量),並作為色素殘存率來評價。將色素殘存率為90%以上設為A,將色素殘存率為80%以上、未滿90%設為B,將色素殘存率未滿80%設為C而以三個階段進行評價。色素殘存率越高,墨水保存穩定性越優異。將評價結果示於表6及表7中。 The ink composition was stored in a closed container, and the storage stability during one month was confirmed at room temperature (18 to 20 ° C). The pigment content (dye content) in the ink before and after storage was measured by high performance liquid chromatography (LC20 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) and evaluated as a residual ratio of the dye. The residual ratio of the pigment was 90% or more, and the residual ratio of the dye was 80% or more, and the remaining content of 90% was B. The residual ratio of the dye was less than 80%, and C was evaluated in three stages. The higher the residual ratio of the pigment, the more excellent the ink storage stability. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 6 and 7.

[耐光性] [light resistance]

對形成有圖像的光澤紙照射氙光(10萬勒克司(Lux))28日,使用反射濃度計(X-Rite310TR)測定氙照射前後的圖像濃度,並測定各色單色圖像的OD值。再者,上述反射濃度是於0.7、1.0及1.8的3點進行測定。根據所獲得的結果,利用下式:ROD(%)=(D/D0)×100求出光學濃度殘存率(ROD)(式中,D表示光照射後的OD值,D0表示光照射前的OD值)。 The glossy paper on which the image was formed was irradiated with a calender (100,000 lux) for 28 days, and the image density before and after the krypton irradiation was measured using a reflection densitometer (X-Rite 310TR), and the OD of each color monochrome image was measured. value. Further, the above reflection density was measured at three points of 0.7, 1.0, and 1.8. Based on the obtained results, the optical density residual ratio (ROD) was obtained by the following formula: ROD (%) = (D/D 0 ) × 100 (wherein D represents the OD value after light irradiation, and D 0 represents light irradiation. The previous OD value).

將於任何濃度下ROD均為85%以上的情況設為A,將任1點的濃度的ROD未滿85%的情況設為B,將任2點的濃度的ROD未滿85%設為C,將所有濃度的ROD未滿85%的情況設為D,而以四個階段進行評價。 When the ROD is 85% or more at any concentration, it is set to A, and when the ROD of any one point is less than 85%, it is B, and the ROD of any two points is less than 85% of C. The case where all concentrations of ROD were less than 85% was set to D, and evaluation was performed in four stages.

即便長時間曝露於光中,ROD的下降越少,耐光性亦越優異。將評價結果示於表6及表7中。 Even if exposed to light for a long period of time, the decrease in ROD is less, and the light resistance is superior. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 6 and 7.

另外,根據各色的耐光性評價的結果,利用以下的判定基準,進行作為各個墨水套組的耐光性的分級。將所獲得的評價結果作為墨水套組的「耐光性」而示於表7中。 In addition, based on the results of the light resistance evaluation of each color, the light resistance of each ink set was classified by the following criteria. The evaluation results obtained are shown in Table 7 as "light resistance" of the ink set.

A:耐光性評價是4種顏色均為A。 A: The light resistance evaluation is that all four colors are A.

B:耐光性評價是4種顏色中的1種顏色以上為B,剩餘的顏色均為A。 B: Light resistance evaluation is one of four colors, B or more, and the remaining colors are A.

C:耐光性評價是4種顏色中的1種顏色以上為C,剩餘的顏色均為A或B。 C: Light resistance evaluation is one of the four colors, C or more, and the remaining colors are A or B.

D:耐光性評價是4種顏色中的1種顏色以上為D。 D: Light resistance evaluation is one of four colors and D is D or more.

進而,針對因曝露於光中而產生的印刷物的各色間的ROD變化的差(色彩平衡),利用以下的判定基準對各墨水套組進行評價。 Further, the ink set is evaluated for the difference (color balance) of the ROD change between the respective colors of the printed matter caused by exposure to light.

A:即便自光照射開始起28日以後,各色的ROD中的最大值與最小值的差(以下,於該評價法的說明中簡稱為「ROD的差」)亦未滿15點(15%)。 A: Even after 28 days from the start of light irradiation, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value in the ROD of each color (hereinafter, referred to as "the difference in ROD" in the description of the evaluation method) is less than 15 points (15%). ).

B:於自光照射開始起15日~28日內,ROD的差變成15點。 B: The ROD difference becomes 15 points from 15 days to 28 days from the start of the light irradiation.

C:於自光照射開始起8日~14日內,ROD的差變成15點。 C: The difference in ROD becomes 15 points within 8 to 14 days from the start of light irradiation.

D:於自光照射開始起7日以內,ROD的差變成15點。 D: Within 7 days from the start of the light irradiation, the difference in ROD becomes 15 points.

於本評價中ROD的差小者作為記錄物優異。將所獲得的評價結果作為「色彩平衡1」而示於表7中。 The difference in ROD in this evaluation was excellent as a recorded matter. The evaluation results obtained are shown in Table 7 as "color balance 1".

[耐臭氧性] [Ozone resistance]

將形成有圖像的光澤紙於設定成臭氧氣體濃度為5pm(25℃、60%RH)的條件下放置14日,使用反射濃度計(X-Rite310TR)測定在臭氧氣體下放置前後的圖像濃度,並測定各色單色圖像的OD值。再者,上述反射濃度是於0.7、1.0及1.8的3點進行測定。根據所獲得的結果,利用下式:ROD(%)=(D/D0)×100求出光學濃度殘存率(ROD)(式中,D表示在臭氧氣體下放置後的OD值,D0表示在臭氧氣體下放置前的OD值)。 The glossy paper on which the image was formed was placed for 14 days under the conditions of setting the ozone gas concentration to 5 pm (25 ° C, 60% RH), and the image before and after the ozone gas was measured using a reflection densitometer (X-Rite 310TR). The concentration, and the OD value of each color monochrome image was measured. Further, the above reflection density was measured at three points of 0.7, 1.0, and 1.8. Based on the obtained results, the optical density residual ratio (ROD) was determined by the following formula: ROD (%) = (D / D 0 ) × 100 (wherein D represents the OD value after standing under ozone gas, D 0 Indicates the OD value before placement under ozone gas).

將於任何濃度下ROD均為85%以上的情況設為A,將任1點的濃度的ROD未滿85%的情況設為B,將任2點的濃度的ROD未滿85%設為C,將所有濃度的ROD未滿85%的情況設為D,而以四個階段進行評價。 When the ROD is 85% or more at any concentration, it is set to A, and when the ROD of any one point is less than 85%, it is B, and the ROD of any two points is less than 85% of C. The case where all concentrations of ROD were less than 85% was set to D, and evaluation was performed in four stages.

即便長時間曝露於臭氧氣體下,ROD的下降越少,耐臭氧性亦越優異。將評價結果示於表6中。 Even if exposed to ozone gas for a long time, the decrease in ROD is less, and the ozone resistance is superior. The evaluation results are shown in Table 6.

另外,根據各色的耐臭氧性評價的結果,利用以下的判定基準,進行作為各個墨水套組的耐臭氧性的分級。將所獲得的評價結果作為「墨水套組的耐臭氧性」而示於表7中。 In addition, based on the results of the evaluation of the ozone resistance of each color, the classification of ozone resistance as the respective ink sets was performed using the following criteria. The evaluation results obtained are shown in Table 7 as "the ozone resistance of the ink set".

A:耐臭氧性評價是4種顏色均為A。 A: Evaluation of ozone resistance is that all four colors are A.

B:耐臭氧性評價是4種顏色中的1種顏色以上為B,剩餘的顏色均為A。 B: Evaluation of ozone resistance is one of the four colors, B or more, and the remaining colors are A.

C:耐臭氧性評價是4種顏色中的1種顏色以上為C,剩餘的顏色均為A或B。 C: Evaluation of ozone resistance is one of the four colors, C or more, and the remaining colors are A or B.

D:耐臭氧性評價是4種顏色中的1種顏色以上為D。 D: Evaluation of ozone resistance is one of four colors, and D is D or more.

進而,針對因曝露於臭氧中而產生的印刷物的各色間的ROD變化的差(色彩平衡),利用以下的判定基準對各墨水套組進行評價。 Further, the difference (color balance) of the ROD change between the respective colors of the printed matter caused by exposure to ozone was evaluated for each ink set using the following criteria.

AA:即便自在臭氧氣體下放置開始起21日以後,各色的ROD中的最大值與最小值的差(以下,於該評價法的說明中簡稱為「ROD的差」)亦未滿15點(15%)。 AA: Even after 21 days from the start of ozone gas, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value in the ROD of each color (hereinafter, referred to as "the difference in ROD" in the description of the evaluation method) is less than 15 points ( 15%).

A:於自在臭氧氣體下放置開始起15日~21日內,ROD的差變成15點。 A: The ROD difference becomes 15 points within 15 to 21 days from the start of the ozone gas.

B:於自在臭氧氣體下放置開始起8日~14日內,ROD的差變成15點。 B: The ROD difference becomes 15 points within 8 to 14 days from the start of the ozone gas.

C:於自在臭氧氣體下放置開始起4日~7日內,ROD的差變成15點。 C: The difference in ROD becomes 15 points within 4 to 7 days from the start of the placement under ozone gas.

D:於自在臭氧氣體下放置開始起3日以內,ROD的差變成15點。 D: Within 3 days from the start of the ozone gas, the difference in ROD becomes 15 points.

於本評價中ROD的差小者作為記錄物優異。將所獲得的評價結果作為「色彩平衡2」而示於表7中。 The difference in ROD in this evaluation was excellent as a recorded matter. The evaluation results obtained are shown in Table 7 as "color balance 2".

[圖像濃度] [Image density]

另外,使用噴墨印表機Stylus Color 880(商標)(商品名,精工愛普生股份有限公司製造),進而使用表5所示的墨水套組,於普通紙(佳能(Canon)製造,GF-500(商品名))上進行印相,然後使用反射濃度計(X-rite310TR)測定最高到達圖像濃度,並 測定各單色的圖像濃度,且藉由以下的評價基準來進行評價。 In addition, an inkjet printer Stylus Color 880 (trademark) (trade name, manufactured by Seiko Epson Co., Ltd.) was used, and the ink set shown in Table 5 was used, and it was made on plain paper (Canon, GF-500). (Product name)) is printed on, and then the maximum image density is measured using a reflection densitometer (X-rite310TR), and The image density of each single color was measured, and the evaluation was performed by the following evaluation criteria.

A:於所有顏色中圖像濃度均為1.1以上 A: The image density is 1.1 or more in all colors.

B:4種顏色中的1種顏色以上為1.0以上、未滿1.1,剩餘的顏色均為A。 B: One of the four colors is 1.0 or more and less than 1.1, and the remaining colors are A.

C:4種顏色中的1種顏色以上未滿1.0,剩餘的顏色均為A或B。 C: One of the four colors is less than 1.0 or more, and the remaining colors are A or B.

將所獲得的評價結果作為圖像濃度而示於表7中。 The obtained evaluation results are shown in Table 7 as image density.

根據以上的結果,可知本發明的墨水套組的墨水保存穩定性優異,可獲得印相濃度高、色彩平衡良好、褪色平衡因優異的臭氧氣體牢固性及光牢固性而優異的圖像(記錄物)。 According to the above results, it is understood that the ink set of the present invention is excellent in ink storage stability, and can obtain an image excellent in print density, good color balance, and excellent fading balance due to excellent ozone gas fastness and light fastness (recording) ()).

[產業上之可利用性] [Industrial availability]

本發明的墨水套組因使用特定的化合物作為青色墨水組成物的著色劑,故墨水保存穩定性優異。使用該墨水套組所獲得的圖像成為印相濃度高、色彩平衡良好、褪色平衡因優異的臭 氧氣體牢固性及光牢固性而優異者。 Since the ink set of the present invention uses a specific compound as a coloring agent for the cyan ink composition, the ink storage stability is excellent. The image obtained by using the ink set has a high print density, good color balance, and excellent fading balance. Excellent in oxygen gas firmness and light fastness.

雖然詳細地且參照特定的實施形態對本發明進行了說明,但對於本領域從業人員而言明確的是,可不脫離本發明的精神與範圍而施加各種變更或修正。 While the invention has been described in detail with reference to the specific embodiments the embodiments

本申請是基於2012年11月15日申請的日本專利申請(日本專利特願2012-251705)者,其內容可作為參照而被編入至本申請中。 The present application is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-251705, filed on Jan.

Claims (22)

一種墨水套組,其至少包括黑色墨水組成物、黃色墨水組成物、洋紅色墨水組成物、及青色墨水組成物,上述黑色墨水組成物含有選自由由下述通式(B-1)所表示的化合物及其鹽所組成的群組中的至少一種作為著色劑,上述青色墨水組成物含有由下述通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料、及由下述通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料作為著色劑, (通式(B-1)中,A表示經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的含氮5員雜環基;G表示氮原子或-C(R2)=;R2表示氫原子、磺基、羧基、經取代或未經取代的胺甲醯基、或氰基;Y2、Y3及Y4分別獨立地表示氫原子、或一價的取代基;Y2、Y3及Y4可相互鍵結而形成環;Y2、Y3及Y4不會同時均表示氫原 子;M分別獨立地表示氫原子或一價的抗衡陽離子) 通式(1)中,R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、烯基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、胺基、烷基胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯胺基、芳基胺基、脲基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷硫基、芳硫基、烷氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、烷氧基羰基、雜環氧基、偶氮基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、矽烷氧基、芳氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基胺基、醯亞胺基、雜環硫基、磷醯基、醯基或離子性親水性基;該些基亦可進而具有取代基;Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4分別獨立地表示經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的環烷基、經取代或未經取代的烯基、經取代或未經取代的芳烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或 未經取代的雜環基;其中,Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4中的至少1個具有離子性親水性基作為取代基;l、m、n、p、q1、q2、q3及q4分別獨立地表示1或2;M1表示氫原子、金屬元素、金屬氧化物、金屬氫氧化物或金屬鹵化物; 通式(2)中,R1、R4、R5、R8、R9、R12、R13及R16分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、環烷基、烯基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羥基、硝基、胺基、烷基胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、醯胺基、芳基胺基、脲基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷硫基、芳硫基、烷氧基羰基胺基、磺醯胺基、胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、烷氧基羰基、雜環氧基、偶氮基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、矽烷氧基、芳氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基胺基、醯亞胺基、雜環硫基、磷醯基、醯基或離子性親水性基; 該些基亦可進而具有取代基;Z5、Z6、Z7、及Z8分別獨立地表示經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的環烷基、經取代或未經取代的烯基、經取代或未經取代的芳烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的雜環基;其中,Z5、Z6、Z7、及Z8中的至少1個具有離子性親水性基作為取代基;t、u、v、w、q5、q6、q7及q8分別獨立地表示1或2;M2表示氫原子、金屬元素、金屬氧化物、金屬氫氧化物或金屬鹵化物。 An ink set comprising at least a black ink composition, a yellow ink composition, a magenta ink composition, and a cyan ink composition, wherein the black ink composition is selected from the group consisting of the following formula (B-1) At least one of the group consisting of a compound containing a phthalocyanine dye represented by the following formula (1) and a group represented by the following formula (2) Phthalocyanine dye as a coloring agent, (In the formula (B-1), A represents a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing 5-membered heterocyclic group; G represents a nitrogen atom or -C(R 2 )= R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amine carbenyl group, or a cyano group; and Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent; Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring; Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 do not simultaneously represent a hydrogen atom; M independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent counter cation) In the formula (1), R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an alkenyl group. Aralkyl, aryl, heterocyclic, cyano, hydroxy, nitro, amine, alkylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, decylamino, arylamino, ureido, aminoxime Amino group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, sulfonylamino group, amine carbaryl group, amine sulfonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, heterocyclic oxy group, azo group, oxime a group, an amine methyl methoxy group, a decyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a quinone imine group, a heterocyclic thio group, a phosphonium group, a fluorenyl group or an ionic hydrophilic group; Further having a substituent; Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted Alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; wherein Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 having at least one ionic Aqueous group as a substituent; l, m, n, p , q 1, q 2, q 3 and q 4 each independently represent 1 or 2; M 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a metal element, a metal oxide, a metal hydroxide Or a metal halide; In the formula (2), R 1 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 9 , R 12 , R 13 and R 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an alkenyl group. Aralkyl, aryl, heterocyclic, cyano, hydroxy, nitro, amine, alkylamino, alkoxy, aryloxy, decylamino, arylamino, ureido, aminoxime Amino group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, sulfonylamino group, amine carbaryl group, amine sulfonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, heterocyclic oxy group, azo group, oxime a group, an amine methyl methoxy group, a decyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a quinone imine group, a heterocyclic thio group, a phosphonium group, a fluorenyl group or an ionic hydrophilic group; Further having a substituent; Z 5 , Z 6 , Z 7 , and Z 8 each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted Alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic; wherein Z 5 , Z 6 , Z 7 , and Z 8 having at least one ionic Aqueous group as a substituent; t, u, v, w , q 5, q 6, q 7 and q 8 each independently represent 1 or 2; M 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a metal element, a metal oxide, a metal hydroxide Or metal halides. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的墨水套組,其中上述黑色墨水組成物進而含有由下述通式(B-14)所表示的化合物, 通式(B-14)中,A環、B環、C環分別獨立地表示經取代或未經取代的芳基或雜環基;A1、A2、A3、A4、A5、A11、A12、A13、A14、A15、B1、B2、B3、B4、B5、B6、B11、B12、B13、B14、B15、B16、C1、C2、C3、C4、C11、C12、C13、C14分別獨立地表示氫原子 或取代基;Q1、Q2分別獨立地表示氫原子或取代基;L12表示二價的連結基;其中,通式(B-14)的化合物具有至少一個離子性親水性基。 The ink set according to claim 1, wherein the black ink composition further contains a compound represented by the following formula (B-14), In the formula (B-14), the A ring, the B ring and the C ring each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heterocyclic group; A 1 , A 2 , A 3 , A 4 , A 5 , A 11 , A 12 , A 13 , A 14 , A 15 , B 1 , B 2 , B 3 , B 4 , B 5 , B 6 , B 11 , B 12 , B 13 , B 14 , B 15 , B 16 And C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 11 , C 12 , C 13 , and C 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; and Q 1 and Q 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent; 12 represents a divalent linking group; wherein the compound of the formula (B-14) has at least one ionic hydrophilic group. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的墨水套組,其中相對於上述黑色墨水組成物中的總質量,上述黑色墨水組成物中的著色劑的含量為0.1質量%~30質量%。 The ink set according to claim 1, wherein the content of the coloring agent in the black ink composition is 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total mass of the black ink composition. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料中的R2、R3、R6、R7、R10、R11、R14及R15為氫原子。 The ink set according to claim 1, wherein R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 7 , R 10 , R 11 , R 14 in the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) R 15 is a hydrogen atom. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料中的R1、R4、R5、R8、R9、R12、R13及R16為氫原子。 The ink set according to claim 1, wherein R 1 , R 4 , R 5 , R 8 , R 9 , R 12 , R 13 in the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (2) R 16 is a hydrogen atom. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料中的Z1、Z2、Z3、及Z4分別獨立地表示經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的雜環基。 The ink set according to claim 1, wherein Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 in the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) independently represent substituted or unsubstituted A substituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料中的Z5、Z6、Z7、及Z8分別獨立地表示經取代或未經取代的烷基、經取代或未經取代的芳基、或者經取代或未經取代的雜環基。 The ink set according to claim 1, wherein Z 5 , Z 6 , Z 7 , and Z 8 in the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (2) independently represent substituted or unsubstituted A substituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料中的Z5、Z6、Z7、及Z8表示取代烷基,且烷基 所具有的取代基的至少一個為-SONHR基(其中,R表示經取代或未經取代的烷基、或者經取代或未經取代的苯基)。 The ink set according to claim 1, wherein Z 5 , Z 6 , Z 7 , and Z 8 in the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (2) represent a substituted alkyl group, and the alkyl group At least one of the substituents has a -SONHR group (wherein R represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group). 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料中的l、m、n及p為1。 The ink set according to claim 1, wherein l, m, n and p in the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) are 1. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料中的t、u、v及w為1。 The ink set according to claim 1, wherein t, u, v, and w in the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (2) are 1. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料中的q1、q2、q3及q4為2。 The ink set according to claim 1, wherein q 1 , q 2 , q 3 and q 4 in the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) are 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料中的q5、q6、q7及q8為2。 The ink set according to claim 1, wherein q 5 , q 6 , q 7 and q 8 in the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (2) are 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的墨水套組,其中由通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料與由通式(2)所表示的酞菁染料的質量比為50/50~10/90。 The ink set according to claim 1, wherein the mass ratio of the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (1) to the phthalocyanine dye represented by the general formula (2) is 50/50 to 10/ 90. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第13項中任一項所述的墨水套組,其中上述青色墨水組成物中的由通式(1)所表示的酞菁染料的含量為0.1質量%~10質量%。 The ink set according to any one of the items 1 to 13, wherein the content of the phthalocyanine dye represented by the formula (1) in the cyan ink composition is 0.1% by mass to 10%. quality%. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第13項中任一項所述的墨水套組,其包括含有選自由由下述通式(Y)所表示的化合物、及由通式(Y-2)所表示的化合物以及其鹽所組成的群組中的至少1種化合物作為著色劑的黃色墨水組成物;其中,通式(Y-2)不包含通式(Y);通式(Y): (通式(Y)中,M分別獨立地表示氫原子或陽離子,當M表示陽離子時是表示Li+離子、Na+離子、K+離子或NH4 +離子); 通式(Y-2)中,R4表示一價的基,R5表示-OR6或-NHR7,R6及R7表示氫原子或一價的基,X3表示二價的連結基,n3為0或1,Ar3表示二價的雜環基,Ar4表示烷基、芳基或一價的三嗪環基。 The ink set according to any one of claims 1 to 13, which comprises a compound selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (Y) and a formula (Y-2) a yellow ink composition as a colorant of at least one compound represented by the compound and a salt thereof; wherein the general formula (Y-2) does not contain the general formula (Y); the general formula (Y): (In the general formula (Y), M each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a cation, and when M represents a cation, it means a Li + ion, a Na + ion, a K + ion or an NH 4 + ion); In the formula (Y-2), R 4 represents a monovalent group, R 5 represents -OR 6 or -NHR 7 , R 6 and R 7 represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent group, and X 3 represents a divalent linking group. , n 3 is 0 or 1, Ar 3 represents a divalent heterocyclic group, and Ar 4 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a monovalent triazine ring group. 如申請專利範圍第15項所述的墨水套組,其中相對於上 述黃色墨水組成物中的總質量,上述黃色墨水組成物中的著色劑的含量為1.0質量%~6.0質量%。 An ink set as described in claim 15 wherein the ink set is opposite to the upper The total mass of the yellow ink composition is from 1.0% by mass to 6.0% by mass based on the total amount of the coloring agent in the yellow ink composition. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第13項中任一項所述的墨水套組,其包括含有選自由由下述式(M-1)所表示的化合物及其鹽所組成的群組中的至少一種作為著色劑的洋紅色墨水組成物, 通式(M-1)中,AM表示5員的雜環基;B1及B2分別表示-CR13=、-CR14=,或者B1及B2任一者表示氮原子、而另一者表示-CR13=或-CR14=;R11及R12分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、環烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、或胺磺醯基;各基亦可進而具有取代基;其中,R11、R12不同時為氫原子;G、R13、R14分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳烷基、芳基、雜環基、氰基、羧基、胺甲醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、醯基、羥基、烷氧基、芳氧基、矽烷氧基、醯氧基、胺甲醯氧基、雜環氧基、烷氧基羰氧基、芳氧基羰氧基、 經烷基或芳基或雜環基取代的胺基、醯基胺基、脲基、胺磺醯基胺基、烷氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、烷基磺醯基胺基或芳基磺醯基胺基、硝基、烷硫基、芳硫基、烷基磺醯基或芳基磺醯基、烷基亞磺醯基或芳基亞磺醯基、胺磺醯基、雜環硫基、或離子性親水性基;各基可進而被取代;另外,R13與R11、或R11與R12可鍵結而形成5員環或6員環;其中,通式(M-1)具有至少一個離子性親水性基。 The ink set according to any one of claims 1 to 13, which comprises a group selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (M-1) and a salt thereof. At least one magenta ink composition as a colorant, In the formula (M-1), A M represents a 5-membered heterocyclic group; B 1 and B 2 respectively represent -CR 13 =, -CR 14 =, or B 1 and B 2 each represent a nitrogen atom; The other represents -CR 13 = or -CR 14 =; R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a mercapto group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an amine carbaryl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, or an amine sulfonyl group; each group may further have a substituent; wherein R 11 , R 12 is not a hydrogen atom at the same time; G, R 13 and R 14 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an arylalkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group or a carboxyl group. Aminomethyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, decyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, nonyloxy, decyloxy, aminemethyloxy, heterocyclic oxy, alkoxy A carbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an amine group substituted with an alkyl group or an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, a mercaptoamine group, a urea group, an aminesulfonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxy group Carbocarbonylamine, alkylsulfonylamino or arylsulfonyl Base, nitro, alkylthio, arylthio, alkylsulfonyl or arylsulfonyl, alkylsulfinyl or arylsulfinyl, aminesulfonyl, heterocyclicthio, or An ionic hydrophilic group; each group may be further substituted; in addition, R 13 and R 11 or R 11 and R 12 may be bonded to form a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring; wherein the formula (M-1) has At least one ionic hydrophilic group. 一種墨水匣,其收容有如申請專利範圍第1項至第13項中任一項所述的墨水套組。 An ink cartridge that accommodates the ink set as described in any one of claims 1 to 13. 一種噴墨印表機,其裝填有如申請專利範圍第18項所述的墨水匣。 An ink jet printer loaded with an ink cartridge as described in claim 18 of the patent application. 一種噴墨記錄方法,其特徵在於:使用如申請專利範圍第1項至第13項中任一項所述的墨水套組進行記錄。 An ink jet recording method characterized in that recording is performed using the ink set as described in any one of claims 1 to 13. 一種噴墨記錄方法,其特徵在於:使用如申請專利範圍第1項至第13項中任一項所述的墨水套組形成圖像。 An ink jet recording method, characterized in that an image is formed using the ink set as described in any one of claims 1 to 13. 一種記錄物,其特徵在於:使用如申請專利範圍第1項至第13項中任一項所述的墨水套組來記錄。 A recorded matter characterized by being recorded using an ink set as described in any one of claims 1 to 13.
TW102141657A 2012-11-15 2013-11-15 Ink set, ink cartridge, inkjet printer, inkjet recording method, and recorded matter TW201425489A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012251705 2012-11-15

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201425489A true TW201425489A (en) 2014-07-01

Family

ID=50731083

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW102141657A TW201425489A (en) 2012-11-15 2013-11-15 Ink set, ink cartridge, inkjet printer, inkjet recording method, and recorded matter

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2014077169A1 (en)
TW (1) TW201425489A (en)
WO (1) WO2014077169A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111133061A (en) * 2017-09-29 2020-05-08 富士胶片株式会社 Ink set, ink cartridge, ink jet printer, and ink jet recording method
CN111133062A (en) * 2017-09-29 2020-05-08 富士胶片株式会社 Ink set, ink cartridge, ink jet printer, and ink jet recording method

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017179089A (en) * 2016-03-29 2017-10-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink set, ink cartridge, inkjet printer, inkjet recording method, and recorded matter

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000303009A (en) * 1999-04-21 2000-10-31 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Water-base ink composition and ink jet recording process
JP3949385B2 (en) * 2001-02-22 2007-07-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Phthalocyanine compound, coloring composition, ink for ink jet recording, and ink jet recording method
CN1296444C (en) * 2002-01-24 2007-01-24 富士胶片株式会社 Ink for ink jet recording, process for the production of ink and ink jet recording process
JP2003253176A (en) * 2002-03-05 2003-09-10 Seiko Epson Corp Ink set, method for inkjet recording and recorded article
JP2004307844A (en) * 2003-03-24 2004-11-04 Nippon Kayaku Co Ltd Pigment mixture, ink, ink set and ink jet recording method using ink or ink set, pigmented product and process for preparation thereof
JP4911283B2 (en) * 2006-02-16 2012-04-04 ブラザー工業株式会社 Cyan ink for inkjet recording
JP4465721B2 (en) * 2006-09-29 2010-05-19 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Ink set, ink cartridge, ink jet recording method and recorded matter
JP2010131785A (en) * 2008-12-02 2010-06-17 Fujifilm Corp Method for inkjet recording
JP5757804B2 (en) * 2011-02-28 2015-08-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink set, ink cartridge, ink jet printer, ink jet recording method and recorded matter

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111133061A (en) * 2017-09-29 2020-05-08 富士胶片株式会社 Ink set, ink cartridge, ink jet printer, and ink jet recording method
CN111133062A (en) * 2017-09-29 2020-05-08 富士胶片株式会社 Ink set, ink cartridge, ink jet printer, and ink jet recording method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2014077169A1 (en) 2017-01-05
WO2014077169A1 (en) 2014-05-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7566362B2 (en) Ink, ink jet recording method, ink cartridge, recording unit and ink jet recording apparatus
EP2302001B1 (en) Xanthene-based colorant compound
KR101522568B1 (en) Ink set, inkjet recording method and recorded matter
JP4390290B2 (en) Ink, ink jet recording method, ink cartridge, recording unit, and ink jet recording apparatus
JP6272096B2 (en) Compound, ink, ink cartridge, and ink jet recording method
US8876273B2 (en) Ink composition, ink jet recording method using the same and recorded material
TW201435016A (en) Colored composition, ink-jet recording ink, ink-jet recording method, ink-jet printer cartridge and ink-jet recording substance
EP2463345A1 (en) Ink composition, recording method using the same and recorded material
TW201026785A (en) Disazo compounds and their use in ink-jet printing
JP5663255B2 (en) Ink set, ink cartridge, ink jet printer, ink jet recording method and recorded matter
JP4966553B2 (en) Ink set and inkjet recording method
TW201425489A (en) Ink set, ink cartridge, inkjet printer, inkjet recording method, and recorded matter
JP3894726B2 (en) Metal chelate dye for inkjet recording and water-based inkjet recording liquid using the same
JP5757803B2 (en) Ink set, ink cartridge, ink jet printer, ink jet recording method and recorded matter
JP2012193311A (en) Ink set, ink cartridge, inkjet recording method, and inkjet recording apparatus
WO2021039651A1 (en) Dye ink composition, cyan dye ink, dye ink for inkjet printing, inkjet printing method, and dye aqueous solution
JP7270032B2 (en) Dye ink composition, dye ink for inkjet recording, and inkjet recording method
JP7257499B2 (en) Dye ink composition, dye ink for inkjet recording, and inkjet recording method
JP5435886B2 (en) Dye compound and ink containing the dye compound
JP5757804B2 (en) Ink set, ink cartridge, ink jet printer, ink jet recording method and recorded matter
WO2021201043A1 (en) Dye ink composition, cyan dye ink, dye ink for inkjet printing, inkjet printing method, and dye aqueous solution
JP7223849B2 (en) Dye ink composition, dye ink for inkjet recording, and inkjet recording method
JP2012193310A (en) Red ink, ink cartridge, inkjet recording method, and inkjet recording apparatus
JP2012193308A (en) Ink set, ink cartridge, inkjet recording method, and inkjet recording apparatus
JP2006306967A (en) Method for purifying ionic pigment compound and inkjet recording liquid